Engström Pro: Technical Reference Manual

Engström Pro TM
Technical Reference Manual

Engström Pro
Datex-Ohmeda products have unit serial numbers with coded logic which indicates a product
group code, the year of manufacture, and a sequential unit number for identification. The serial
number can be in one of two formats.
AAA X 11111 AAA XX 111111AA

The X represents an alpha character The XX represents a number indicating
indicating the year the product was the year the product was manufactured;
manufactured; H = 2004, J = 2005, etc. 04 = 2004, 05 = 2005, etc.
I and O are not used.
Engström, ComWheel, D-fend, EView, and EVair 03 are registered trademarks of Datex-
Ohmeda Inc.
Other brand names or product names used in this manual are trademarks or registered
trademarks of their respective holders.
03/11 M1142536
Technical Reference Manual
Engström Pro
This document is not to be reproduced in any manner, nor are the contents to be disclosed to
anyone, without the express authorization of the product service department, Datex-Ohmeda,
Ohmeda Drive, PO Box 7550, Madison, Wisconsin, 53707.
©
2011 Datex-Ohmeda Inc.
M1142536 03/11 i
Engström Pro
Important
The information contained in this Technical Reference manual pertains only to those models of
products which are marketed by Datex-Ohmeda as of the effective date of this manual or the
latest revision thereof. This Technical Reference manual was prepared for exclusive use by
Datex-Ohmeda service personnel in light of their training and experience as well as the
availability to them of parts, proper tools and test equipment. Consequently, Datex-Ohmeda
provides this Technical Reference manual to its customers purely as a business convenience
and for the customer's general information only without warranty of the results with respect to
any application of such information. Furthermore, because of the wide variety of circumstances
under which maintenance and repair activities may be performed and the unique nature of each
individual's own experience, capacity, and qualifications, the fact that customer has received
such information from Datex-Ohmeda does not imply in anyway that Datex-Ohmeda deems said
individual to be qualified to perform any such maintenance or repair service. Moreover, it should
not be assumed that every acceptable test and safety procedure or method, precaution, tool,
equipment or device is referred to within, or that abnormal or unusual circumstances, may not
warrant or suggest different or additional procedures or requirements.
This manual is subject to periodic review, update and revision. Customers are cautioned to
obtain and consult the latest revision before undertaking any service of the equipment.
Comments and suggestions on this manual are invited from our customers. Send your
comments and suggestions to the Manager of Technical Communications, Datex-Ohmeda,
Ohmeda Drive, PO Box 7550, Madison, Wisconsin 53707.
w CAUTION Servicing of this product in accordance with this Technical Reference manual should never
be undertaken in the absence of proper tools, test equipment and the most recent
revision to this service manual which is clearly and thoroughly understood.
Technical Competence
The procedures described in this Technical Reference manual should be performed by trained
and authorized personnel only. Maintenance should only be undertaken by competent
individuals who have a general knowledge of and experience with devices of this nature. No
repairs should ever be undertaken or attempted by anyone not having such qualifications.
Datex-Ohmeda strongly recommends using only genuine replacement parts, manufactured or
sold by Datex-Ohmeda for all repair parts replacements.
Read completely through each step in every procedure before starting the procedure; any
exceptions may result in a failure to properly and safely complete the attempted procedure.
ii 03/11 M1142536
Table of Contents
Important . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ii
Technical Competence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ii
Table of Contents
Introduction 1
1.1 What this manual includes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2
1.2 User’s Reference manuals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2
1.3 Conventions used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2
1.4 What is an Engström Pro? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3
1.5 Ventilator overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-5
1.6 Display controls and indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7
1.7 Ventilator display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-8
1.7.1 Using menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
1.8 Symbols used in the manual or on the equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Theory of Operation 2
2.1 Pneumatic Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2
2.1.1 Primary Gas Inlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-3
2.1.2 Expiratory circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9
2.1.3 Associated circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
2.1.4 Electronic micropump nebulizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
2.2 Electrical Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
2.2.1 Display Unit overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
2.2.2 Software requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
2.2.3 Display unit system connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
2.3 System Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
2.3.1 HPDU Serial Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
2.3.2 HPDU Enhanced Serial Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
2.3.3 Communication channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
2.3.4 Ventilator Control Board - VCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
2.3.5 Ventilator Monitoring Board - VMB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
2.3.6 Power Management Board – PMB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23
2.3.7 Other Electronic Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23
2.3.8 Motherboard (backplane) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
M1142536 03/11 iii

Engström Pro
Checkout Procedure 3
3.1 Inspect the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2
3.2 Automated Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2
3.3 Backlight test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-3
3.4 Power failure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-3
3.5 Electrical safety tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4
Installation and Service Menus 4

4.1 Service and Installation menu structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-2
4.2 Install/Service Menu (Super User) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-3
4.2.1 Trends Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-4
4.2.2 Display Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-5
4.2.3 Ventilator Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-8
4.2.4 Parameter Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-9
4.2.5 Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
4.2.6 Factory Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
4.2.7 Data Transfer Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
4.2.8 Favorites Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
4.2.9 Touchscreen On or Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
4.3 Calibration menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
4.4 Service menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
4.4.1 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
4.4.2 Options Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
4.4.3 Options List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
4.4.4 Options Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
4.4.5 Copy Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
4.4.6 Service Log menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
4.4.7 Software/Hardware version menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
4.4.8 Resetting feature option key codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
4.4.9 Touchscreen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24
Service Tests and Calibration 5

5.1 Calibration (super-user) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-2
5.1.1 Calibration procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-3
5.2 Service level tests and calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4
5.2.1 Service application setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4
5.2.2 Test setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4
5.2.3 Vent engine debris clean-out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-5
5.2.4 Regulator output pressure test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
5.2.5 Vent engine leak test (low pressure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-8
5.2.6 Vent engine leak test (high O2 pressure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
5.2.7 Vent engine leak test (high Air pressure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
iv 03/11 M1142536
Table of Contents
5.2.8 Calibrate airway pressure transducer Zero and Span . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16

5.2.9 Verify operation of free-breathing valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
5.2.10 Verify operation of inspiratory effort valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
5.2.11 Verify operation of auxiliary pressure relief valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
5.2.12 VCB buzzer test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
5.2.13 Mechanical over-pressure valve test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
5.3 Touchscreen Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
Installation and Maintenance 6

6.1 Engström Pro Installation Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-2
6.2 Engström Pro Planned Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-6
6.2.1 Every twelve (12) months . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-6
6.2.2 Every forty-eight (48) months . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-8
6.3 JunAir EVair03 Compressor Maintenance (Model OF302-1.5DSA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-9
6.3.2 Every 10, 000 hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
6.4 Cleaning and sterilizing agents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
6.5 Recommended part replacement period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
6.6 Battery capacity test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
Troubleshooting 7
7.1 Troubleshooting Checkout Failures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-2
7.1.1 Paw transducer check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-2
7.1.2 Barometric pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3
7.1.3 Low pressure leak and compliance check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-4
7.1.4 Safety valve relief and back pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-5
7.1.5 Exhalation valve calibration check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-6
7.1.6 Exhalation flow sensor calibration test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-7
7.1.7 Measure breathing circuit resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-8
7.1.8 Air inspiratory flow sensor calibration check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-8
7.1.9 O2 inspiratory flow sensor calibration check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-9
7.1.10 O2 sensor test and calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
7.1.11 Inspiratory Limb Resistance check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
7.2 Troubleshooting Vent Engine Leaks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
7.2.1 Vent engine leak test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
7.2.2 Expiratory pressure circuit test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16
7.2.3 Auxiliary pressure circuit test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
7.3 Troubleshooting Vent Engine Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18
7.3.1 Regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18
7.3.2 Flow Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18
7.4 Troubleshooting Startup Screen (POST) messages - display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
7.5 Troubleshooting the Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
M1142536 03/11 v
Engström Pro
7.6 Alarm message troubleshooting chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22

7.7 Troubleshooting Service App messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
Service Diagnostics and Software Download 8

8.1 Service Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-2
8.1.1 Main menu and system information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-2
8.3.1 Power Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-5
8.3.2 Display Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-8
8.3.3 Compatibility Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9
8.3.4 System Download Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9
8.3.5 CF Card Install Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9
8.3.6 View Install Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9
8.4 Software upgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
8.4.1 Before upgrading software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
8.4.2 Upgrading software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
8.4.3 Checkout procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
8.5 Engström PC Service Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
8.5.1 Port setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
8.5.2 Main menu and system information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13
8.5.3 Logging checkout results to file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15
8.5.4 Logging Calibration Results to file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16
8.5.5 VCB Diagnostics and Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17
8.5.6 Sensirion sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18
8.5.7 VCB input signal latch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18
8.5.8 VCB Channel configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19
8.5.9 VCB outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20
8.5.10 VCB Calibrations and tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21
8.5.11 Callibration tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25
8.5.12 Neon tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25
8.5.13 Peep stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-28
8.5.14 NVM error log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-28
8.5.15 VMB Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-29
8.5.16 VMB Channel Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-30
8.5.17 VMB outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-31
8.5.18 VMB data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-31
8.5.19 Baro P cal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-32
8.5.20 Acutronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-32
8.5.21 EEProm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-32
8.5.22 Neon Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-32
vi 03/11 M1142536
Engström Pro
Repair Procedures 9
9.1 Circuit Board Replacement precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-4
9.1.1 Software download . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-4
9.1.2 Required calibrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-4
9.2 How to bleed gas pressure from the machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-5
9.3 Accessing chassis components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-5
9.3.1 To remove the chassis from the housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-6
9.3.2 To remove the Vent Engine from the chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-6
9.3.3 To replace chassis mounted components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-7
9.3.4 To replace vent engine components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-7
9.3.5 To replace inspiratory valve assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10
9.3.6 To replace free breathing valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11
9.3.7 To replace Vent Engine assembly, complete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12
9.3.8 To replace Vent Engine,sub-assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12
9.4 Servicing the High Performance Display Unit (HPDU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13
9.4.1 Remove the Display Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13
9.4.2 Disassemble the Display Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14
9.4.3 CPU Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14
9.4.4 To replace the CPU board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15
9.4.5 To replace the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16
9.4.6 To replace the LCD display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16
9.4.7 To replace the backlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18
9.4.8 To replace the Inverters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19
9.4.9 To replace the front enclosure or components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20
9.5 Servicing the High Performance Display Unit (HPDU)/Touchscreen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23
9.5.3 CPU Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25
9.5.4 TSB (Touch sensor board) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25
9.5.5 Connector Panel assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25
9.5.10 To replace the Inverters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-30
9.5.11 To replace the front enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-31
9.5.12 To replace a membrane switch and keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-31
9.6 Display arm (original) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-33
9.6.1 Adjust upper pivot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-33
9.6.2 Adjust lower pivot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-34
9.6.3 Adjust arm bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-34
9.6.4 Removing the original display arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-35
M1142536 03/11 vii

Engström Pro
9.6.5 Removing the original display arm from the ventilator chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-36
9.7 Display arm (non-remote mount) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-37
9.7.1 Removing the non-remote display arm from the ventilator chassis . . . . . . . . . . 9-37
9.7.2 Removing the non-remote display arm from the display unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-37
9.8 Display arm (remote mount) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-38
9.8.1 Mounting the remote display arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-38
9.8.2 Removing the remote display arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-40
9.8.3 Mounting to ISO 19054 Rail System (medi-rail) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-41
9.9 Removing the ventilator from the cart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-42
9.10 Removing a compressor from the cart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-43
9.11 Attaching Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-44
9.11.1 Key/BID label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-44
9.11.2 Feature label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-44
Illustrated Parts 10
10.1 Service tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
10.1.1 Software tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
10.1.2 Manual shut-off valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
10.1.3 Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
10.1.4 Leak test devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
10.1.5 Lubricants and Adhesives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5
10.1.6 Touch-up paint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5
10.2 Exhalation valve assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6
10.3 Exhalation valve heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7
10.4 External components - front view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8
10.5 External components - rear view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9
10.6 Display arm mounting hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10
10.6.1 Original display arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10
10.7 Original display arm assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
10.8 Non-remote mount display arm assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14
10.9 High Performance Display Unit (HPDU)/Touchscreen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16
10.10 High Performance Display Unit (HPDU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20
10.11 Main enclosure (external) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22
10.12 Main enclosure (internal) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
10.13 Vent Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26
10.14 Outlet manifold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29
10.15 Inlet manifold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31
10.16 AC power cords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
10.17 Cart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-35
10.18 Compressor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37
viii 03/11 M1142536

Engström Pro
10.19 Key/BID label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38

10.20 Feature label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-39
EView Electronic Data Logger 11

11.1 What is an EView Data Logger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-2
11.1.1 Media Compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3
11.2 EView overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-4
11.3 EView installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-5
11.4 Software Download . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-7
11.4.1 Verify software download . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-7
11.5 Acquiring and transferring data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8
11.5.1 Data Transfer Settings menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8
11.5.2 Data Transfer Setup menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9
11.5.3 Transferring EView data to USB or SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-10
11.6 EView functional testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-11
11.6.1 Data Transfer Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-11
11.6.2 Transferring EView data to the PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-12
11.7 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-14
11.7.1 Troubleshooting table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-14
11.7.2 Error Logs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-15
11.8 Service tools and parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-17
11.8.1 Software tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-17
11.8.2 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-17
11.8.3 Label ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-17
11.9 External components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-18
11.10 Internal components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-19
11.11 Repair Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-20
11.11.1 To remove the PCA board from the housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-21
11.11.2 To remove PCA board from back plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-21
11.11.3 To remove and replace the Turbo XB board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-22
11.11.4 To replace internal Compact Flash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-23
11.11.5 Re-assembling PCA assembly into housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-23
Schematics and Diagrams 12
Appendix A 1
Appendix B 1
M1142536 03/11 ix
Engström Pro
x 03/11 M1142536
1 Introduction
In this section This section provides a general overview of the Engström Ventilator.
1.1 What this manual includes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2
1.2 User’s Reference manuals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2
1.3 Conventions used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2
1.4 What is an Engström Pro? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3
1.5 Ventilator overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-5
1.6 Display controls and indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7
1.7 Ventilator display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-8
1.7.1 Using menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
1.8 Symbols used in the manual or on the equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
M1142536 03/11 1-1

Engström Pro
1.1 What this manual includes

This manual covers the service information for the Engström Pro.
It covers the following components:
• Display Unit (DU/HPDU/HPDU Touchscreen)
• Integral electronics
• Gas delivery components
• Frame component
Other equipment Other equipment may be attached to the system. Consult separate
documentation relative to these items for details.
1.2 User’s Reference manuals

Some sections of this manual refer you to the User’s Reference manual for the
Engström Pro. To expedite repairs, you must have, and be familiar with, the
User’s Reference manual for this product.
Refer to the Engström Pro User’s Reference manual if you need further
information about the operation of the system.
1.3 Conventions used

Hard keys Names of the hard keys on the display and modules are written in bold
typeface; for example, Normal Screen.
Menu selections Menu selections are written in bold italic typeface; for example, Patient
Setup.
Messages Messages that are displayed on the screen are enclosed in single quotes; for
example, ‘Check sample gas out.’
Sections and headings When referring to different sections or headings in the User’s Technical
Reference manual, the name is written in italic typeface and is enclosed in
double quotes; for example, “System Controls and Menus.”
1-2 03/11 M1142536

1 Introduction
1.4 What is an Engström Pro?

The Engström is a family of critical care ventilators that are flexible and
physically adaptable to a variety of work environments. It has an intuitive user
interface that is common to many Datex-Ohmeda products. A wide selection
of performance options gives the user full control of the system configuration.
All Engströms feature patient ventilation, patient monitoring, integrated
nebulizer, and the capability of interfacing with central monitoring.
The following Engström Carestation options are not available on the Engström
Pro: Airway modules, INview ventilation tool (FRC, SpiroDynamics, Lung
Inview), and the Neonatal option. Some associated Menu item options are
grayed-out and not accessible in the software. For detailed information on
the above feature options refer to the Engström Carestation Technical
Reference Manual 1505-1018-000.
Note Photos and drawings shown in this manual may not be identical to all variants
of the product. Some photos and drawings show accessories and options that
may not be present or available on all variants. This manual does not cover
the operation of every accessory; refer to the accessory documentation for
further information.
The Engström must only be operated by authorized medical personnel well
trained in the use of this product, for patient ventilation in the intensive care
environment. It must be operated according to the instructions in the User’s
Reference manual.
AB.98.318
Figure 1-1 • Engström Pro
M1142536 03/11 1-3

Engström Pro
The ventilator is designed to be used with infant through adult patients with a
body weight of 5 kg or greater. The Engström is designed to maintain lung
ventilation in the absence of spontaneous breathing effort as well as in
support of the patient’s existing spontaneous breathing effort. The system is
designed for facility use, including within-facility transport, and should only
be used under the orders of a clinician. It is designed to be operated on
medical-grade gases only and should never be connected to gasses that do
not meet the medical-grade requirements listed in Appendix A.
The Engström Pro consists of two main components: a display and ventilator
unit. The display allows the user to interface with the system and control
settings. The ventilator unit controls electrical power, nebulization, and
pneumatic gas flow to and from the patient.
Optional accessories include an air compressor, support arm, humidifier and
water trap mounting brackets.
1-4 03/11 M1142536

1 Introduction
1.5 Ventilator overview
7 8 9 10 11
6 INSP EXP
5
16 15 14 13 12
4
AB.98.318
1. Ventilator lock [locks Ventilator unit (item 5) to Cart (item 2)] 9. Expiratory inlet
2. Cart 10. Expiratory flow sensor
3. Caster 11. Gas exhaust port
4. Dovetail rails 12. Leak test plug
5. Ventilator unit 13. Exhalation valve housing latch
6. Display 14. Water trap
7. Nebulizer connection 15. Auxiliary pressure port
8. Exhalation valve housing 16. Inspiratory outlet
Figure 1-2 • Front view
M1142536 03/11 1-5

Engström Pro
21 20 19 19
25
23 22 20 19
1
24
2
18 3
17 4
16
5
15
6
14
13
7
12
11 8
AB.98.308
AB.98.309
AB.98.340
10 9
1. Display fan filter 13. Ventilator unit fan filter

2. Display connection 14. Nurse call/RS232 Serial Communication port (Port 4)
3. Module Bay (not supported) 15. Arm holder
4. AC mains inlet and fuse holder 16. Neonatal flow sensor connection (Port 1)
5. System switch 17. Exhalation valve heater (Port 2)
6. Equipotential connector 18. Exhalation valve heater (Port 3)
7. Thumbscrews 19. USB port (not currently supported)
8. Oxygen supply connection (pipeline) 20. Ethernet connection (not currently supported)
9. O2 high-pressure inlet filter (optional) 21. RS232 Serial communication port
10. Air high-pressure inlet filter 22. RS232 Serial communication port (Port 6)
11. Air supply connection (pipeline or compressor) 23. EView/RS232 Serial communication port (Port 5)
12. Retaining channel 24. Enhanced serial port
25. Standard serial port
Figure 1-3 • Back view
1-6 03/11 M1142536

1 Introduction
1.6 Display controls and indicators
3 2
9
7
4
6
AB.98.326
3 5
1 Alarm LEDs The red and yellow LEDs indicate the priority of active alarms.
2 Silence Alarm key Push to silence any active, silenceable high and medium priority alarms or
to suspend any non-active high or medium priority alarms. Alarm audio is
silenced or suspended for 120 seconds for Adult and Pediatric patient
types, and for 30 seconds for Neonatal patient types. Push to clear resolved
alarms.
3 Menu keys Push to show corresponding menu.
4 ComWheel Push to select a menu item or confirm a setting. Turn clockwise or
counterclockwise to scroll menu items or change settings.
5 Normal Screen key Push to remove all menus from the screen.
6 AC mains indicator The green LED lights continuously when the EC is connected to an AC mains
source. The internal batteries are charging when the LED is lit.
7 Quick keys Push to change corresponding ventilator setting. Turn the ComWheel to
make a change. Push the Quick key or ComWheel to activate the change.
8 ↑ O2 key Push to deliver increased FiO2 for 2 minutes.
9 Lock/Unlock key Push to lock or unlock the touchscreen. When the touchscreen is locked
touch points are inactive. (Software 7.X or greater)
Figure 1-4 • Controls and indicators
M1142536 03/11 1-7

Engström Pro
1.7 Ventilator display
3
1 2 4 5 6
AB.98.222
10 9
Figure 1-5 • Normal Screen view
1 Alarm silence symbol Displays the time remaining during an alarm silence or alarm suspend period.
and countdown
2 Alarm message fields Alarms will appear in order of priority. Refer to “Alarms and Troubleshooting” for more information
on alarm behavior.
3 Waveform fields The top two waveforms are permanently set to Paw and Flow. The third waveform may be selected
as CO2, O2, Vol, Paux, or Off.
4 General message field Displays informational messages.
5 Lock icon Indicates the touchscreen is locked. Press the Lock/Unlock key to unlock the touchscreen.
6 Clock The time may be set in 12 or 24 hour format in the Time and Date menu.
7 Patient type icon Displays Neonatal, Pediatric, or Adult patient type mode.
8 Measured value fields Displays current measured values corresponding to the waveforms.
9 Digit field Displays information related to Volume, CO2, O2, Compliance, Metabolics, Spirometry, or Volume
per weight.
10 Ventilator settings Displays several of the settings for the current mode of ventilation.
1-8 03/11 M1142536

1 Introduction
When a menu key is selected the waveform fields start at the right edge of the
menu. The entire waveform is always displayed.
AB.98.223
1. Menu
2. Waveform fields
Figure 1-6 • Menu view
M1142536 03/11 1-9

Engström Pro
1.7.1 Using menus Push a menu key to display the corresponding menu. Use the ComWheel to
navigate through the menu.
1
2
6
4
Xxxxxx Xxxxxx
AB.91.007
5
1. Menu title
2. Present selection
3. Adjustment window
4. Indicates submenu
5. Short instructions
6. Menu selections
Figure 1-7 • Example menu
1. Push the menu key to display the corresponding menu.

2. Turn the ComWheel counterclockwise to highlight the next menu item.
(Turn the ComWheel clockwise to highlight the previous menu item.)
3. Push the ComWheel to enter the adjustment window or a submenu.
4. Turn the ComWheel clockwise or counterclockwise to highlight the desired
selection.
5. Push the ComWheel to confirm the selection.
6. Select Normal Screen or push the Normal Screen key to exit the menu
and return to the normal monitoring display. (Select Previous Menu to
return to the last displayed menu, if available.)
1-10 03/11 M1142536

1 Introduction
1.8 Symbols used in the manual or on the equipment

Symbols replace words on the equipment, on the display, or in
Datex-Ohmeda manuals.
Warnings and Cautions tell about the dangerous conditions that can occur if the
instructions in the manual are not followed.
Warnings tell about a condition that can cause injury to the operator or the patient.
Cautions tell about a condition that can cause damage to the equipment. Read and
follow all warnings and cautions.
l On (power)
O Off (power)
p On for part of the equipment

œ Off for part of the equipment
o Standby
m Type B protection against
electrical shock
wW Attention, refer to product instructions

IEC 60601-1 w Caution, ISO 7000-0434
REF Stock number SN Serial number
† Direct current
∏ Alternating current
y Earth ground
x Protective earth ground
Y Equipotential connector Fuse
z Lock
To identify on a control that a function is Z Unlock
To identify on a control that a
locked or to show the locked status. function is not locked or to show
the unlocked status.
t Variability
T Variability in steps
+ Plus, positive polarity

- Minus, negative polarity
N Movement in one direction

ˆ Movement in both directions
N
N
This way up Warning, dangerous voltage
M1142536 03/11 1-11

Engström Pro
Pneumatic inlet Pneumatic outlet
Electrical input Electrical output
Inspiratory port Expiratory port
Electrical testing certification Inspiratory breath identifier
Serial port Module data indicator
Module bay port Electronic micropump nebulizer
Auxiliary pressure port Display signal input/output
No battery/battery failure Battery in use. Bar indicates

amount of battery power
remaining.
Silence alarms Submenu
Hourmeter Drain outlet
1-12 03/11 M1142536

1 Introduction
Air Pump
Heavy object USB port
Ethernet connection ID
Network ID connection
X1 (Datex-Ohmeda proprietary port)
134°C Autoclavable
Í Not autoclavable
Authorized representative in the Systems with this mark agree with

European Community the European Council Directive
XXXX (93/42/EEC) for Medical Devices
when they are used as specified in
their User’s Reference Manuals.
The xxxx is the certification number
of the Notified Body used by
Datex-Ohmeda’s Quality Systems.
Date of Manufacture Maximum
Pediatric patient type Adult patient type
Manufacturer GOST R Russian certification
Indicates that the waste of electrical and This product consist of devices
electronic equipment must not be that may contain mercury, which
disposed as unsorted municipal waste must be recycled or disposed of in
and must be collected separately. accordance with local, state, or
Please contact an authorized country laws. (Within this system,
representative of the manufacturer for the backlight lamps in the monitor
information concerning the display contain mercury.)
decommissioning of equipment.
Non-invasive option is installed Non-invasive mode is in use
M1142536 03/11 1-13

Engström Pro
Consult operating instructions Heat transfer
Union made Temperature limitation
Humidity limitation Do not stack
Stacking limit by mass Fragile; handle with care
Keep dry Protect from heat and radioactive

sources
Recyclable material 120 Kg Maximum mass of configured

mobile equipment
Union made Temperature limitation
Electrostatic sensitive devices O2 Oxygen
1-14 03/11 M1142536

1 Introduction
This device contains phthalates. Single-use devices:

Risks and Precautionary Measures
related to Phthalates: This single-use product is not
designed or validated to be
This instruction pertains to the phthalate reused. Reuse may cause a risk of
symbol marked on the device or its cross-contamination, affect the
packaging. If this is used for the measurement accuracy, system
treatment of children, or treatment of performance, or cause a
pregnant or nursing women; please note malfunction as a result of the
that the following types of procedures product being physically damaged
may increase the risk of exposure to due to cleaning, disinfection, re-
phthalates: Exchange transfusion in sterilization, or reuse.
neonates, haemodialysis in peripubal
males, make fetus and make infant of
pregnant women, and lactating women;
and massive blood infusion into trauma
patients. Although these procedures
have the potential for increased risk of
exposure, conclusive evidence of human
health risks has not been established.
As a precautionary measure, to reduce
the potential for unnecessary exposures
to phthalates, the product must be used
in accordance with the instructions for
use, and practitioners should refrain
from using this product beyond the
period of time the product is medically
necessary or needed.
M1142536 03/11 1-15

Engström Pro
1-16 03/11 M1142536

2 Theory of Operation
In this section 2.1 Pneumatic Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2

2.1.1 Primary Gas Inlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-3
2.1.2 Expiratory circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9
2.1.3 Associated circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
2.1.4 Electronic micropump nebulizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
2.2 Electrical Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
2.2.1 Display Unit overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
2.2.2 Software requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
2.2.3 Display unit system connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
2.3 System Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
2.3.1 HPDU Serial Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
2.3.2 HPDU Enhanced Serial Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
2.3.3 Communication channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
2.3.4 Ventilator Control Board - VCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
2.3.5 Ventilator Monitoring Board - VMB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
2.3.6 Power Management Board – PMB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23
2.3.7 Other Electronic Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23
2.3.8 Motherboard (backplane) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
M1142536 03/11 2-1

Engström Pro
2.1 Pneumatic Operation

For a complete diagram of the pneumatic system, refer to Figure 12-2, "Vent
Engine manifold flow diagram" in Section11.
The system requires medical-grade oxygen (O2) and medical-grade Air
sources ranging from 2.4 to 6.5 bar (35 to 94 psi). Refer to Appendix For
additional information regarding medical-grade gasses. Additional filtering
will not be necessary if supplied gasses are medical grade. If gas supply does
not meet specifications refer to Appendix A for information regarding risks and
recommendations on filters.
The system includes two separate channels (O2 and Air) to provide dynamic
mixture control of the delivered O2 percentage.
The Air supply may include an optional compressor unit {1} for applications
where pipeline Air is not available or to provide a continued Air supply if the
pipeline supply drops below 225-265 kPa (32.6-38.4 psi).
AB.98.237
Air O2
{1}
Air
AB.98.022
2-2 03/11 M1142536

2.1.1 Primary Gas Inlet Compressed gas enters the system through an inlet fitting {2} that is particular
to the institution’s supply system. The gas is filtered through a 2-micron
particulate filter {3} and then a 0.5-micron coalescing particulate filter {3a} as
it enters the ventilator’s “pneumatic engine” manifold. The Air Pipeline Inlet
filter assembly {3a} is standard on all configurations. The O2 Pipeline Inlet
Filter assembly does not come standard, but is an orderable option. The
0.5-micron filter protects the system from pipeline particle and liquid aerosol
contamination.
A high-pressure transducer {4} having a dynamic range of 0 to 8.3 bar
(0 to 120 psi) is tapped at the outlet of the filter. This transducer monitors the
adequacy of the supply pressure. Failures of supply gas, coupling hoses or an
occluded filter are identified by the supply pressure transducer.
{4} Flow
High Pressure Valve
Transducer Flow
Regulator Sensor P
P 25 psi Test R
{3} {3a} 172 kPa Port T H
{2} Inlet Check
Primary Filter Standard Valve
Inlet
Air
{4}
Flow
High Pressure Flow Valve
Transducer Regulator Sensor
25 psi Test
{3} P 172 kPa Port T H
{2} Inlet
{3a} Check
Filter Optional Valve
Primary
Inlet
O2
Next in the downstream path of flow is a check valve {5}. The check valve
prevents backflow from the system that would possibly contaminate the
supply pressure lines. For example; if the O2 supply were to be lost, the check
valve in the O2 channel will prevent Air from moving back into the O2 supply
lines.
Flow
High Pressure Valve
Transducer Flow
Regulator Sensor P
P 25 psi Test R
{5} 172 kPa Port T H

Inlet Check
Inlet
Air
{5}
High Pressure Flow
Flow
Valve
25 psi Test
P {5} 172 kPa Port T H
Inlet Check
Primary
Inlet
O2
M1142536 03/11 2-3

Engström Pro
Downstream from the check valve is a 172 kPa (25 psi) pressure regulator {6}.
(The regulator is a non-relieving type that does not bleed gas into the
ventilator’s enclosure.) The regulator ensures a constant pressure supply to
the flow valve {8}. The regulated supply is flow rate dependant, which is
compensated for in the flow valve’s on-site calibration.
{8}
High Pressure {6} {7} Flow
Valve
Transducer Flow
Regulator Sensor
P 25 psi Test
172 kPa Port T H
Inlet Check
Inlet
Air
{7} {8}
High Pressure
{6} Flow
Flow
Valve
25 psi Test
P 172 kPa Port T H
Inlet Check
Primary
Inlet
O2
Between the regulator and the flow valves is the inspiratory flow sensor {7}.
The sensor is a thermal mass-flow type that injects heat into the flow stream
and monitors the associated temperature rise at a downstream location. The
temperature change is dependent on the mass flow of the flow stream and
the specific heat of the gas moving through the sensor. Since the composition
of gas in the sensor is known, a conversion of mass-flow rate to volumetric
flow at ambient conditions can be made using the ambient density of the gas.
The sensor uses a laminar (two channel) flow element to split a portion of the
flow through the sensor past the heat injection and temperature sensing
elements. The sensor is pre-calibrated and includes an electronic PCB that
produces direct digital output of mass flow through an RS-232 interface.
Individual flow sensors measure the volume of gas dispensed from the O 2 and
Air channels during inspiration and expiration. The relative proportion of gas
dispensed from each channel is continuously adjusted to precisely control the
percentage of O2 delivered to the patient.
2-4 03/11 M1142536

Downstream of the flow sensor is a flow valve {8} that meters flows from
approximately 0.05 l/min (leakage level) to a full flow value of 160 l/min. The
valve is a normally- closed proportional solenoid that is powered by a current
feedback loop. When calibrated on-site, the flow valve uses both sensors
during calibration. Data comes from the Total Flow Sensor and is verified
again by the Air or O2 Flow Sensors. Using data from the inspiratory flow
sensor, a precise volumetric flow versus input current profile is developed that
includes both the valve and regulator characteristics.
A Bleed Resistor {29} is located in parallel with the O2 Flow Control Valve to
prevent pressure build-up between the O2 regulator and the Flow Control
Valve. This Bleed Resistor has a 35 ml/min nominal flow.
{8}
Flow
High Pressure Valve
Transducer Flow
Regulator Sensor
P 25 psi Test
172 kPa Port T H
Inlet Check
Inlet
Air
{8}
Flow
25 psi Test
P 172 kPa Port T H
Inlet Check
Primary
Inlet
O2
{29}
M1142536 03/11 2-5

Engström Pro
Following the two individual flow valves is the total flow sensor {10}. This
sensor is the same type as the individual flow sensors and is used to measure
the combined inspiratory flow being dispensed from the system. Using the
known mixture composition along with atmospheric pressure and gas
temperature information, mass-flow data from the sensor is converted to
delivered volumetric flow towards the patient. During calibration, the sensor is
checked against the output of the O2 and Air flow sensors to ensure proper
operation.
Flow
Sensor Pneumatic
Resistor
T H
Air {10}
Total Flow
T H
Flow
Flow Valve
Sensor
Inspiratory
Effort
T H Valve
Free Breathi
Check Valv
O2
Auxilia
2-6 03/11 M1142536

Following the total flow sensor are the free-breathing check valve {11} and the
inspiratory effort valve {12}.
During normal operation, the inspiratory effort valve is open, allowing the
free-breathing check valve to admit flow if the patient draws a significant
amount of inspiratory pressure, causing the airway pressure to become more
negative than -0.5 cm H2O. The free-breathing check valve allows the patient
to spontaneously breathe in case of a ventilation delivery failure.
On occasion, to assess the patient’s tolerance to be weaned from the
ventilator, clinicians can determine the amplitude of inspiratory effort that the
patient can create. During this “procedure”, the inspiratory effort valve is
closed, effectively locking out the free breathing valve from the patient circuit.
Flow
Valve
Flow
Sensor Pneumatic
Resistor P
T H Expiratory Press
Air {13}
Total Flow
O2 Sensor
T H
O2
Flow
Flow Valve
Sensor
Inspiratory
Effort
T H Valve
{12}
Free Breathing
Check Valve
O2 {11}
Auxi
T
Next in the flow path is the O2 sensor {13}. The sensor is used to monitor the
O2 concentration produced by the combined O2 and Air flows.
The O2 sensor uses the paramagnetic principle (oxygen molecules are
attracted in magnetic fields) to measure the oxygen concentration. The sensor
includes two nitrogen-filled glass spheres mounted on a suspension
containing a conductive coil that is located in a non-uniform magnetic field.
When the system is disturbed by an impulse of current, the suspension begins
to oscillate, inducing an EMF into the coil. The oscillation period of the
induced EMF is dependent on the partial pressure of oxygen surrounding the
suspension.
As sample gas fills the sensor, oxygen that is present in the sample is
attracted into the strongest part of the magnetic field. This congregation of O 2
molecules alters the natural oscillation frequency of the suspension.
Calculations based on the difference between the oscillation period for an
oxygen sample and that for nitrogen, and readings from the absolute pressure
transducer, determine the measured O2 percentage.
M1142536 03/11 2-7

Engström Pro
As a safety measure, a relief valve {14}, located downstream from the O 2

sensor, can be energized to vent the full flow rate of the inspiratory delivery
side of the system. If an overpressure condition is detected, the valve can be
opened by either of the system’s two control processors. To provide
redundant safety (independent of the electronic circuits), the valve begins to
mechanically relieve pressure at a nominal 115 cm H2O.
Flow Valve
Valve
Flow
Sensor Pneumatic
Exhalation
Resistor P Valve
T H Expiratory Pressure
{15}
Inspiratory Pressure
Air P
Total Flow Inspiratory Zero
O2 Sensor Valve
T H
O2
Flow
Flow Valve
Sensor
Inspiratory
Effort
T H Valve
Safety
Relief Valve
Free Breathing
Check Valve {14}
O2
Auxiliary Pressure
Transducer Relief
Valve
The inspiratory airway pressure transducer {15}, along with its associated
zeroing valve, is located just prior to the inspiratory outlet port. This
transducer has a range of –20 to 120 cm H2O and serves as one of three
airway pressure measuring devices in the system.
2-8 03/11 M1142536

2.1.2 Expiratory circuit At the expiratory side of the ventilator, a solenoid powered exhalation valve
{16} controls exhaust from the breathing circuit. The valve contains an
elastomer diaphragm that is held against a rigid seat by a solenoid (voice coil)
driven piston. The valve achieves a balance between the pressure generated
within its 21-mm diameter seat area and the force applied by the piston,
releasing exhalation flow as necessary to maintain balance. The proportional
solenoid controls the exhalation sealing pressure within a range of 0 to 100
cm H2O. Software control provides continuous oscillatory movement
(dithering) of the exhalation valve to minimize static friction effects.
{20}
Air 30 mm Male Cone
Pneumatic Exhalation
H
Resistor Flow Sensor
Expiratory Zero {19}
Flow
Valve
{18} Valve
Flow
Pneumatic
{16} From
Sensor Exhalation EXP
Resistor P Valve 22 / 15 mm
T H Expiratory Pressure Male / Female
{17}
Inspiratory Pressure
P
Total Flow Inspiratory Zero Patient
O2 Sensor Valve
T H Patient
O2
INSP
To
Flow 22 / 15 mm Micropump
Flow Nebulizer
Valve Male / Female
Sensor
Inspiratory
Effort
T H Valve
Safety
Relief Valve
Immediately upstream of the exhalation valve is a tap for the expiratory

pressure transducer {17} and its associated zeroing valve. The expiratory
pressure tap is continuously purged with 35 ml/min of air to ensure that
exhaled condensate does not occlude the tap. The air flow is established from
the regulated Air supply using a fixed orifice (pneumatic resistor) {18}.
Downstream of the exhalation valve is the expiratory flow transducer {19}. In
principle, the transducer is similar to a hot-wire anemometer. A wire having a
large “temperature to electrical resistance” relationship is placed in the
flowstream. The wire is kept at a constant temperature using a Wheatstone
bridge circuit. The current necessary to maintain the resistance of the sensor
portion of the bridge is a function of the flow through the sensor.
At the output of the flow sensor is a flapper type check valve {20} that
prevents gas from being drawn in through the expiratory valve and minimizes
patient rebreathing in the event of a ventilator failure.
Located downstream on the patient wye is an optional Neonatal Flow Sensor
(not shown). The sensing elements for the Neonatal Flow Sensor Subsystem
consist of two hot wires each with its own drive circuitry and Wheatstone
bridge. The hot wires reside off-board in a flow tube situated at the patient
M1142536 03/11 2-9

Engström Pro
wye and electrically act as variable resistors in each of the bridges. The
sensors hold a constant temperature at all times as they contain a linear
resistance change with temperature. The Neonatal Flow sensor is connected
to the Ventilator Monitoring Board (VMB) through the Motherboard via Port 1
and a 2+ meter long shielded cable, detachable at both ends. The other
Wheatstone bridge resistors and all associated drive circuitry reside on the
VMB. As gas (Air and Oxygen) flows, current through the hot wire elements
increases. These currents are converted to a voltage, amplified, offset with a
voltage reference and converted to a digital value by the 12-bit ADC. Because
of the bidirectional nature of gas flow at the patient wye, a post that is
situated between the elements serves to shadow the downstream element
and reduce the downstream signal. By comparison of the individual signal
levels of the two hot wire elements, flow direction can be ascertained.
2-10 03/11 M1142536

2.1.3 Associated circuits Associated with the inspiratory and expiratory pressure transducers are two
“zeroing” solenoid valves {21} and {22}. These valves are used to disconnect
the pressure transducers from circuit pressure and vent them to atmosphere
during zero bias calibration. This zeroing procedure is conducted routinely
(every 12 hours) under the control of the Vent Engine software.
30 mm Male Cone
Pneumatic
{22} Exhalation
H
Expiratory Zero
High Pressure
Transducer Flow
Flow
Valve {25} Valve
Regulator Sensor Pneumatic EXP

Exhalation
P 25 psi Test Resistor P Valve 22 / 15 mm
172 kPa Port T H Expiratory Pressure Male / Female Neonatal Flow Sensor - Optional
Inlet Check
Inlet Inspiratory Pressure
Air P {21}
Inspiratory Zero
H
Total Flow Patient
O2 Sensor Valve
T H
O2
INSP
High Pressure Flow Nebulizer
Valve Male / Female
Inspiratory
P
25 psi
172 kPa
Test
Port T H Effort
Valve
{27}
Inlet Check
Primary Safety
Inlet Relief Valve
Free Breathing
O2 Check Valve
{23} {26}
Auxiliary Pressure
{24} Transducer Relief

Valve
Auxiliary Pressure P
Purge Valve
Paux
1/8, 3/16,1/4 inch Stepped Hose Barb
A third (auxiliary) pressure channel {23} is used to measure additional patient

“airway” pressures at the discretion of the clinician. This port could be used to
measure circuit pressure directly at the airway, laryngeal cuff pressures or
pressures lower in the airway tract. The transducer circuit includes a valve {24}
to provide a 35 ml/min purge flow as required by the particular clinical
application. For example, in measuring airway pressure at the endotracheal
tube the purge would most likely be turned on, but for measuring laryngeal
cuff pressures (closed system) the purge would be turned off. The purge flow
is established from the regulated Air supply using a fixed orifice (pneumatic
resistor) {25}. The relief valve {26} limits pressure in the auxiliary channel to
less than 230 cm H2O.
2.1.4 Electronic The Aeroneb Professional Nebulizer System (Aeroneb Pro) by Aerogen, Inc.
micropump nebulizer {27} is integrated into the system. This nebulizer is electrically connected to
the system and uses proprietary technology to produce a fine-droplet, low-
velocity aerosolized drug delivered into the breathing circuit.
The Aeroneb Pro is designed to operate in-line with standard ventilator
circuits and mechanical ventilators. It operates without changing the patient
ventilator parameters.
M1142536 03/11 2-11

Engström Pro
2.2 Electrical Operation

For a complete diagram of the electrical system, refer to Figure 12-4, "Electrical
architecture" in Section11.
The system includes 5 major processor control boards:
• Display Unit: (1009-5933-000)
• Ventilator Control Board (1505-5500-000)
• Ventilation Monitoring Board: (M1052980)
• Expiratory Flow Sensor Board (1505-5507-000)
• Power Management Board (1505-5502-000)
The system includes 5 analog boards:
• Motherboard/backplane: (M1053184)
• Monitoring Module Power Supply Board (M1052831)
• 3 Airway Pressure Transducer boards (1505-5506-000)
2.2.1 Display Unit The Engström can use one of the following display units:
overview • the High Performance Display Unit (HPDU)
• or the Touchscreen High Performance Display Unit
The display unit handles most of the machine’s user interface functions through the
front panel controls and the LCD screen. It is the primary interface to external
peripherals.
The main components of the display include:
• An active matrix thin film transistor liquid crystal display (A)
• The CPU board (B)
• The System Interconnect assembly (C)
The CPU board includes a host processor and three coprocessors to handle display,
front panel, and monitoring interfaces.
B
A
2-12 03/11 M1142536

2.2.2 Software The HPDU uses a Compact Flash interface to handle software upgrades and
requirements to load the diagnostics Service Application. The HPDU requires system
software version 3.X or greater.
2.2.3 Display unit system The display unit is physically separate from the ventilator chassis (connected
connections through a single cable running through the display arm). The display unit
contains a CPU board and three daughter boards. The CPU board provides
power and signals for operating the main audio speaker and the display. One
daughter board, the display unit connector board, provides an interface
between the display unit’s CPU and the remainder of the system. The second
daughter board provides hardware connector interfaces for the Ethernet,
USB, and serial ports. The third daughter board provides touch sensing
capability as well as variable speed fan control for reduced audible noise and
internal cooling.
The display unit communicates with the remainder of the system via the
Motherboard using five digital channels. Setting and alarm annunciation
information are directly relayed to the VMB and VCB from the display unit. The
display is a 31 cm active matrix LCD with 6 bits per color.
In the event of a display unit communications failure, the system will continue
to ventilate at the current settings.
M1142536 03/11 2-13

Engström Pro
2.3 System Connections
2.3.1 HPDU Serial Port The HPDU accommodates the following connections:
1).
• Display connection (1
2).
• Future expansion(2
3).
• Future expansion (3
4).
5).
2 3 4 5
AB.98.181
1
2-14 03/11 M1142536

2.3.2 HPDU Enhanced The HPDU accommodates the following connections:

Serial Port 1).
2).
• Serial communication port (2
3).
• Serial communication port (3
4).
5).
2 3 4 5
AB.98.258
1
1
2
7
3
9
5
Port 5: EView/RS232 Serial communication port pin configuration

• Pin 1 - ISO 3.3 Vdc
• Pin 2 - Receive
• Pin 3 - Transmit
• Pin 5 - ISO Ground
• Pin 7 - 12.0 Vdc
• Pin 9 - Ground
2
3
5
Port 6: RS232 Serial communication port pin configuration

• Pin 2 - Receive
• Pin 3 - Transmit
• Pin 5 - ISO Ground
M1142536 03/11 2-15

Engström Pro
2.3.3 Communication The display unit communicates to the remainder of the system through the
channels Motherboard using 5 digital channels.
[1] A 500 Kbaud, RS-485 interface (Mod Bus: Datex-Ohmeda proprietary
module communication protocol), to external monitoring modules. This
link runs through the Monitoring Module Power supply board which forms
the physical interface to the M-Gas (and ultimately other) monitoring
modules.
Additionally, the Mod Bus interfaces with the PSM (Patient Side Module)
support circuitry (future expansion).
[2] A 38.4 Kbaud, RS-422 interface relays setting and alarm annunciation
information from the VMB, and receives alarm commands and data.
[3] A 38.4 Kbaud, RS-422 interface relays setting and alarm annunciation
information from the VCB, and receives sensor data for presentation to the
user as well as alarm commands. As described later, the VMB also
communicates directly to the VCB, thus there exists a triangle of bi-
directional communication paths between the display unit, VCB and VMB.
[4] An RS-232 Serial port that routes to an external connector directly on the
Motherboard. This link ports data from the display unit to other compatible
equipment via the Ohmeda Com 1.X protocol.
[5] A 38.4 Kbaud, RS-232 link to the PMB. Provides display signal input/
output, battery and power information to the display unit. This link is
located internally on the Motherboard and is used to confirm a “hard”
power down of the system with user inputs to the display unit being relayed
to the PMB for power down action.
2-16 03/11 M1142536

[1]
[1]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[2]
[2]
[4]
[3]
[3]
[4]
[4]
[5]
AB.98.198
[5]
[5]
AB.98.198
M1142536 03/11 2-17

2.3.4 Ventilator The VCB is a Motorola Coldfire V4 CPU powered assembly that:
Control Board - •collects information from all system sensors (some indirectly from the VMB),
•and controls all actuators necessary to affect ventilation delivery.
VCB
The VCB computes and supplies all ventilation sensor monitoring data for display on the display
unit. If there are alarms to be generated based on this monitoring data, the VCB notifies the
display unit to post the appropriate alarm message and audio sequence. The VCB observes the
display unit’s response to ensure that the alarm is adequately presented.
To control ventilation, the VCB accepts ventilation parameters from the display unit. Measured
data (waveform and numeric) is also sent to the display unit from the VCB. This data flow occurs
on the 38.4 Kbaud, RS-422 communications link (VCB - display unit Data I/O).
The VCB also communicates directly with the VMB every 1 ms, receiving expiratory flow,
expiratory pressure and O2 sensor data on the 921.6 Kbaud, RS-422 interface (VMB Sensor
Data I/O). Barometric pressure data is also received from the VMB, but at a lower data rate.
The following sensor information is acquired directly by the VCB:
• Air Flow/Temp sensor through the RS-232 cable interface @ 200 Hz,
• O2 Flow/Temp sensor through the RS-232 cable interface @ 200 Hz,
• Total Flow/Temp sensor through the RS-232 cable interface @ 200 Hz,
• Inspiratory Pressure sensor via a differential analog signal – 12 bits @ 1000 Hz.
• Auxiliary Pressure sensor via a differential analog signal – 12 bits @ 1000 Hz.
The VCB contains actuator drive circuits for the following:
• the Air and O2 Flow Valves,
• the Exhalation Valve,
• the Inspiratory Pressure Sensor zeroing valve
• and the Auxiliary Pressure Sensor purge flow valve.
The Flow Valve and Exhalation valve actuators are driven using current drive circuits and
feedback controlled using current sense resistors. The VCB contains digital control signals for
activating the inspiratory effort and safety relief valves (through the VMB) and the Piezo-Electric
Nebulizer.
The VCB receives 12.5 Vdc from the PMB, which it regulates down to various voltages for use by
the board’s digital circuits and analog drivers. These voltage lECels are self-tested on the VCB.
An additional power line is separately connected to an auxiliary buzzer on the VCB that provides
a backup audio alarm source. The buzzer is normally on and must be kept silent by both the VCB
and through a dedicated digital line coming from the VMB. A reset or failure of either the VCB or
VMB is regarded as a system fault and the buzzer is activated.
The VCB includes 1 MB of SRAM and 8 MB of Flash memory. The CPU is connected to a digital
watchdog circuit to monitor continuous and properly sequenced execution of software code.
As the core processor unit for the EC, the VCB includes two external serial I/O channels: one
19.2 Kbaud RS-422 channel (Expansion Port I/O #1 to External Connector 3) and one 19.2
Kbaud RS-422 channel (Expansion Port I/O #2 to External Connector 2).
2-18 03/11 M1142536

For further details, refer to Figure 12-10, "VCB block diagram" in Section11.
VCB
Vent Control Board
1 MB V Checks
SRAM
Coldfire Piezo-Electric
Nebulizer
V4 CPU Neb Board
8 MB
Watchdog
Flash
Air
Circuit Power
Exhal Valve Flow Valve
Power Drive w/ V & I
VMB Sensor Regs Sense O2
Data I/O Flow Valve
Expansion Port I/O #1 Air Valve Drive
Expansion Port I/O #2 w/ I Sense
12 Bit
Exhal Valve
Insp Effort Valve ADC O2 Valve Drive
Exh Valve Closed w/ I Sense
16 CH
Safety Valve On/Off MUX
Exh Valve On/Off RS-232 Air Flow/
Temp
RS-422 VCB - DU Data I/O
38.4Kb RS-232 O2 Flow/
Temp
Power for Buzzer
8 UARTS
RS-232 Total Flow/
Buzzer Control Temp
Serial
Buzzer Sense XCVRs
Current Lmt Control Backup

Insp P
Buzzer
AB.98.076
Expansion Signals
Insp P Zero
Valve
Aux P
Aux P Purge
Valve
M1142536 03/11 2-19

Engström Pro
2.3.5 Ventilator The VMB (PN M1052980) is based on an Atmel Atmega 128 CPU. The VMB performs
Monitoring Board - as an independent monitoring system that provides computational and oversight
redundancy to the display unit and VCB.
VMB
The VMB independently acquires sensor data relating to the ventilator’s three safety
parameters:
• airway pressure (expiratory),
• delivered O2 percentage,
• and exhaled minute/tidal volume.
In addition, the VMB monitors the air and oxygen supply pressures:
• Air High Pressure Supply via analog cable –10 bits @ 11 Hz,
• O2 High Pressure Supply via analog cable – 10 bits @ 11 Hz,
• Expiratory flow sensor data via an I2C cable interface @ 200 Hz,
• O2 Concentration via a serial cable @ 5 Hz,
• Expiratory Airway Pressure via analog signal – 12 bits @ 1000 Hz,
• Barometric Pressure onboard VMB – 10 bits @ 11 Hz.
The VMB controls a safety valve actuator that enables it to unilaterally relieve pressure
in the breathing circuit. This allows the barotrauma hazard with its 50 ms reaction time
to be independently controlled by either action of the VCB or VMB. The hazards
associated with O2 concentration (improper mixture) and low exhaled minute volume
(hypoventilation) have much slower reaction times (on the order of minutes) and are
controlled under fault conditions by the VMB’s ability to unilaterally activate the backup
buzzer.
The VMB receives 12.5 Vdc from the PMB, which it regulates down to various voltages
for use by the board’s digital circuits and analog drivers. These voltage levels are self-
tested on the VMB.
The VMB communicates directly to the display unit via the bi-directional 38.4 Kbaud
RS-422 channel (VCD - display unit Data I/O). A separate 921.6 Kb RS-422 link (VMB
Sensor Data I/O) is used to transmit the VMB’s sensor data to the VCB.
2-20 03/11 M1142536

Nurse Call Port 4 (15 pin) may be used to output alarm signals to a nurse call system. The
ventilator will signal an alarm with a normally open or normally closed signal. The nurse
call will be triggered by all medium and high priority alarms. When alarms are
suspended, the nurse call will not be signalled. If an alarm is silenced, the nurse call
signal will turn off.
10
3
11
.180
The 15-pin female D connector configuration:
• Pin 3 - relay common
• Pin 10 - normally open
• Pin 11 - normally closed
Load current:
• Minimum: 100 uA at 100 mVdc
• Maximum: 1 A at 30 Vdc
• Relay isolated
M1142536 03/11 2-21

Engström Pro
VMB
Vent Monitor Board
Insp Effort
Circuit Power Atmel Insp Maneuver Valve
Valve Drive
ATmega128 Safety
Insp Effort Valve Control CPU Relief Valve
Exh Valve Closed
Safety Valve
Drive Air Pipeline P
UARTS
Safety Valve On/Off
O2 Pipeline P
Exh Valve On/Off
RS-422 VMB - DU Data I/O I2C Exp Flow Exp Flow Exp Flow
38.4 Kb Sensor Bd Infc Bd Sensor
Watchdog
RS-422 VMB Sensor Data I/O
921.6 Kb V Checks Baro P RS-232 O2 Sensor
Buzzer Control
ADC /
Buzzer Sense
MUX
Exp P
Circuit Power
Exp P Zero
Valve
Expansion Signals
AB.98.077
VMB
M1052980
2-22 03/11 M1142536

2.3.6 Power The PMB is based on an Atmel Atmega 128 CPU. The PMB performs power selection
Management between power sources in the following order:
Board – PMB • AC power mains,
• Internal battery.
The PMB regulates the 24 Vdc power supply output down to raw 16 V and 12.5 V power
rails that are used throughout the system (all boards locally regulate from these power
rails).
The PMB controls the charging operation of the internal battery, selecting trickle, bulk,
or float charge status.
The PMB communicates with the display unit through the 9.6 Kbaud, RS-232 link (PMB
Data I/O). It sends status commands to the display unit concerning the charge status
of the internal 24 V battery.
The PMB uses this link as a communication interlock to handle the unit shutdown
sequence. Once a signal is received by the PMB from the mechanical On/Standby
switch, the PMB prompts the DU for a confirmation signal that shutdown is appropriate
(unit is not in a ventilation therapy state). Once the DU relays this confirmation to the
PMB, the power-off sequence is initiated.
The PMB supports the operation of the system chassis fan and the fan on the PMB
heatsink.
2.3.7 Other The system employs a separate AC to DC switching power supply for providing a
Electronic Items nominal 24v voltage level to the PMB. The power supply is capable of regulating 150 W
of power output. A power entry module contains fuses and filters for Mains AC input
cables. Finally, two internal 12v batteries are connected in series to provide an internal
backup 24v power source for the system.
For further details, refer to Figure 12-7, "PMB block diagram" in Section11.
PMB
Power Management Board
Atmel PMB Data I/O

ATmega
128 CPU
Backup
Audio Power
Power Panel UARTS
Connectors 150W Mains 16V
Reg
Power Supply
12.5V
V Checks Reg
Chassis Gnd
On/Standby
and Power Entry Mains/Bat
PMB
Safety Switch Module Fan Select Bat Charge
Cntlr
Battery I & 2 - 12 V
Vent Fan Cntlrs
V Monitor
AB.98.197
Engine 4AHr
Fan Batteries
M1142536 03/11 2-23

Engström Pro
2.3.8 Motherboard The Motherboard (PN M1053184) provides backplane connectivity for the VCB, VMB
(backplane) and PMB assemblies in the chassis.
Analog circuits on the board provide current limiting for external peripheral
connections to ensure that the primary ventilation and monitoring functions are not
compromised by excessive power draw. In addition, 10VA energy limit circuitry is
provided for power connections within 20 cm of O2 exhaust outlets, in order to mitigate
the risk of an oxygen enriched fire.
The board features 6 external connectors that exit through a rear sheet metal interface.
Refer to section 2.3.3.
• Not supported
• Exhalation valve heater (future expansion)
• Exhalation valve heater, Service Application, (future expansion)
• External Serial I/O connector, Nurse call
• Main DU connector (communication channel between DU and system)
15 Pin 9 Pin 9 Pin

15 Pin
Motherboard
15 Pin
2-24 03/11 M1142536

3 Checkout Procedure
In this section 3.1 Inspect the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2

3.2 Automated Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2
3.3 Backlight test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-3
3.4 Power failure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-3
3.5 Electrical safety tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4
w WARNINGS After any repair or service of the Engström Ventilator, complete all tests in this
section.
Before you do the tests in this section:

• Complete all necessary calibrations and subassembly tests. Refer to the
individual procedures for a list of necessary calibrations.
• Completely reassemble the system.
If a test failure occurs, make appropriate repairs and test for correct operation.
M1142536 03/11 3-1

Engström Pro
3.1 Inspect the system

Before testing the system, ensure that:
• The equipment is not damaged.
• Components are correctly attached.
• Pipeline gas supplies are connected.
• The casters are not loose and the brakes are set and prevent movement.
• The power cord is connected to a wall outlet. The mains indicator comes
on when AC Power is connected.
3.2 Automated Checkout

The System is equipped with an automated checkout.
Note If any of the Checks fail, refer to Section 7.1, “Troubleshooting Checkout
Failures”, to troubleshoot a specific failure.
To file a quality report or request technical assistance regarding a checkout
failure, create and include a Checkout log using the PC Service application
Section 8.5.3.
Run the Checkout while the Service Application is running and select Log
Calibration Results.
To run Automated Checkout upon system power up:
• Software 6.X and greater: Select the appropriate settings from the Select
Patient menu and confirm. Proceed to step 1 of the Automated Checkout.
• Software prior to 6.X: Select the appropriate settings from the Select Patient
menu, then select Patient Setup (the Patient Setup menu displays on the
normal screen.) Select the appropriate settings and confirm. Proceed to
step 1 of the Automated Checkout.
To run Automated Checkout after System has been in use:
• Place system in Standby. When in Standby, the Patient Setup menu is
displayed on the normal screen.
1. Select Checkout.
2. Attach the patient circuit.
3. Occlude the patient wye.
4. Select Start Check.
• The results appear next to each check as they are completed. When
the entire checkout is finished ‘Checkout complete’ will appear and
the highlight will move to Delete Trends.
• If one or more checks fail, select Check Help for troubleshooting
tips.
3-2 03/11 M1142536

3 Checkout Procedure
Checkout includes the following checks:

• Paw Transducer Check
• Barometric Pressure Check
• Relief Valve Check
• Exhalation Valve Check
• Expiratory Flow Sensor Check
• Air Flow Sensor Check
• O2 Flow Sensor Check
• O2 Concentration Sensor Check
• Neonatal Flow Sensor Check (if applicable)
• Resistance Check (if applicable)
• Circuit Leak, Compliance, and Resistance
3.3 Backlight test

1. Access the Calibration menu.
• In the standby mode, push the System Setup key.
• On the System Setup menu, select Install/Service (23-17-21).
• On the Install/Service menu, select Calibration.
2. On the Calibration menu, select Backlight Test.
3. Select Start Test.
4. The display will show the test running on light 1 and then on light 2. If the
display goes completely blank or flickers during the test, one of the lights
has failed.
3.4 Power failure test

1. Connect the power cord to a wall outlet. The mains indicator on the front
panel of the Display Unit comes on when AC Power is connected.
2. Set the system switch to On and Start a case.
3. Unplug the power cord with the system turned on.
4. Make sure the following message is displayed:
• ‘On battery’
5. Connect the power cable again.
6. Make sure the alarm cancels.
M1142536 03/11 3-3

3.5 Electrical safety tests
w WARNING Make sure the system is completely assembled and that the power cords are
connected as illustrated in Section 10.16.
1. Connect an approved test device (for example: UL, CSA, or AAMI) and verify that the
leakage current is less than:
Voltage Max. Leakage Current

120/100 Vac 300 µAmps
220/240 Vac 500 µAmps
2. Make sure that the resistance to ground is less than 0.2Ω between the equipotential
stud and the ground pin on the power cord.
3-4 03/11 M1142536

4 Installation and Service Menus
In this section 4.1 Service and Installation menu structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-2

4.2 Install/Service Menu (Super User) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-3
4.2.1 Trends Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-4
4.2.2 Display Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-5
4.2.3 Ventilator Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-8
4.2.4 Parameter Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-9
4.2.5 Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
4.2.6 Factory Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
4.2.7 Data Transfer Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
4.2.8 Favorites Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
4.2.9 Touchscreen On or Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
4.3 Calibration menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
4.4 Service menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
4.4.1 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
4.4.2 Options Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
4.4.3 Options List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
4.4.4 Options Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
4.4.5 Copy Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
4.4.6 Service Log menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
4.4.7 Software/Hardware version menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
4.4.8 Resetting feature option key codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
4.4.9 Touchscreen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24
M1142536 03/11 4-1

Engström Pro
4.1 Service and Installation menu structure

This section describes the Service level functions that are part of the main
software installed in the ventilator.
Section 8, “ Service Diagnostics and Software Download,” covers a separate
service application that loads from a PCMCIA or Compact Flash card and is
used to download system software and run service diagnostics and other
service tests.
Menu structure The Service menu structure has two levels which are password protected:
• Install/Service (super-user)
• Service
The Install/Service level (with super-user password) supports standard
hospital preferences such as colors, units, ventilator settings and alarm
defaults, and access to the Calibration and Service menus.
The Service level (with service password) supports system configuration and
provides access to the Service Log menu.
Follow the menu structure to access the various service screens:
• On the front panel of the Display Unit, press the System Setup key to access
the System Setup menu.
• On the System Setup menu, select Install/Service to access (with super-
user password) the Install/Service menu;
- select Calibration to access the Calibration menu.
- select Service to access (with service password) the Service menus.
System Setup Install/Service Calibration Service Service Log
Patient Setup Trends Setup O2 FCV Configuration Scroll Recent

Screen Setup Display Settings Air FCV Options Key
Neo Flow Sensor Ventilator Settings Exhalation Valve Options List Error Log
Setup Parameter Settings Backlight Test Options Card Event Log
Parameters Setup Defaults Gas Calibration Copy Config Alarm Log
System Status Data Transfer Cal. Flag Service Log SW HW Version
Data Transfer Setup Settings Gas Module Copy Logs
Install/Service Calibration Previous Menu Touchscreen Reset Logs
Normal Screen Service Exit Previous Menu
Exit
4-2 03/11 M1142536

4.2 Install/Service Menu (Super User)

Use the super-user password to access the Install/Service menu:
“23-17-21”.
Menu Item Message text Comments
Trends Setup Configure graphical trend pages. Refer to section 4.2.1
Display Settings Set colors, units, and time and date Refer to section 4.2.2
show alarm limits, and access
touchscreen configuration.
Ventilator Settings Configure ventilator settings: breath Refer to section 4.2.3

timing, flow, and modes using
backup ventilation.
Parameter Settings Set volume conditions and CO2 Refer to section 4.2.4
humidity compensation.
Defaults Set or change default settings. Refer to section 4.2.5
Data Transfer Settings Configure Data Transfer settings. Refer to section 4.2.7
Calibration Calibrate airway gas, calibrate gas Refer to section 4.3

valves, and test backlights.
Service Set and copy configuration and Refer to section 4.4

show technical data. The system will
have to be turned off to exit this
menu.
Exit Turn power off to exit menu.
M1142536 03/11 4-3

Engström Pro
4.2.1 Trends Setup Refer to the Engström Pro User Reference manual for detailed information.
Menu Item Message text Values

Default Trend Change default trend type: Meas, Graph, or
graphical, measured, or settings. Set
Graphical Trends Configure graphical trend pages Pages 1-5
Previous Menu Return to previous menu.
Graphical Trends
Menu Item Message text

Page 1 Configure first graphical trend page
(Page 2 to Page 5) (Second, third, fourth, fifth)
Page Menus Use the Pull Aside list to select options for each menu item and page. Options
are shown below:
Page 1 Page 2 Page 3 Page 4 Page 5

Menu Item Options
Default Default Default Default Default
Field 1 Off—Select Off to clear trend field

rr+co2—respiration rate and CO2
Field 2 Rate —respiration rate
Pres—Ppeak and Pplat
Field 3 Pmean—Pmean
PEEP—Peepe and Peepi
MVexp—expired minute volume
Spont—spontaneous MVexp and respiration rate
Mech—mechanical MVexp and respiration rate
Compl—compliance and Raw
Spiro—static compliance
Paux—auxiliary pressure
VO2—VO2 and VCO2
VO2/m2—VO2 and VCO2 weighted by body surface area
VO2/kg—VO2 and VCO2 weighted by body kg
EE/RQ—energy expenditure and respiratory quotient
Leak—leak %
Previous Return to previous menu.

Menu
4-4 03/11 M1142536

4.2.2 Display Settings The Display Settings menu can be accessed here in the super-user level to
change individual preferences, or if required during installation, in the service
level Installation menu. Refer to the User Reference manual for detailed
information.
Colors Set colors of parameters.
Units Set units of Paw, Flow, CO2, height,

weight, and EE. The system will have
to be turned off to exit this menu
Show Alarm Limits Select Yes to show alarm limits in Yes/No

digit fields.
Time and Date Change clock and calendar
functions.
Layout Selection Select to display the Basic or Full Full or Basic

layout on power up.
Favorites Select to view defaults and to display

Favorites Bar on power up.
Touchscreen Select On to enable or Off to disable On/Off

the Touchscreen,
M1142536 03/11 4-5

Engström Pro
Colors Menu
Paw Change color of Paw waveform, Yellow, White,

digits and trend. Green, Red,
or Blue
Flow Change color of Flow waveform, Yellow, White,

or Blue
O2 Change color of O2 waveform, digits Yellow, White,

and trend. Green, Red,
or Blue
CO2 Change color of CO2 waveform, Yellow, White,

or Blue
Volume Change color of Volume waveform, Yellow, White,

or Blue
Paux Change color of Paux waveform, Yellow, White,

or Blue
4-6 03/11 M1142536

Units Menu
Paw Change Paw unit: kPa, cmH2O, or
mbar
Flow Change Flow unit: l/min or l/s
CO2 Change CO2 unit: %, kPa, or

mmHg
Height Change height unit: cm or in
Weight Change weight unit: kg or lb
Energy Expenditure Change EE unit: kcal/d or kJ/d
Altitude Change altitude unit: m or ft
Gas Supply Pressure Change gas supply pressure unit: kPa, psi, or bar
Blood Gases Change blood gas unit: kPa or mmHg

Hb Change hemoglobin unit: g/l, g/dl, or
mmol/l
Time and Date
Hour Set Hour. a (am) p (pm)
Minutes Set Minutes. 0-59
Zero seconds Set seconds to zero.
Day Set Day. 1-31
Month Set Month. Month
Year Set Year. XXXX
Clock Format Set Clock Format: 12 or 24 hours. 12 or 24
M1142536 03/11 4-7

Engström Pro
4.2.3 Ventilator Settings

Timing Change timing setting: I:E, Tinsp, or I:E, Tinsp, Tpause

Tpause. Tpause is only available
when Flow is set to On.
Flow Select to use Flow settings or Insp On, Off

Pause. Tpause Timing is available
when Flow is set to On.
BiLevel Timing Select to use I:E and Rate, Tinsp I:E, Tinsp, Thigh
and Rate, or Thigh and Tlow settings
for BiLevel mode.
BiLevel High Select to use Phigh or Pinsp for Phigh, Pinsp

Pressure BiLevel High Pressure
CPAP Rate Select On to use Rate, Pinsp, and On, Off

Tinsp for CPAP/PSV.
Modes with Select Modes that will allow backup SIMV-VC (Yes, No)
Backup ventilation. SIMV-PC (Yes, No)
Bi-Level (Yes, No)
CPAP/PSV (Yes, No)
VG-PS (Yes, No)
SIMV/PCVG (Yes, No)
or BiLevel VG (Yes,
No)
Mode Availability Select to use all vent modes or the All, Selected
customized list of vent modes at
power up.
Selected Modes Select the customized ventilation

mode list to display as the Selected
vent modes.
Neonatal Add the selected value to the 100; 5 to 75
Increase O2 current O2 setting for Oxygenation increment 5.
and Suction procedures for
neonatal patients. Default :25
4-8 03/11 M1142536

4.2.4 Parameter Settings

TV Based on Change value calculations: ATPD (no ATPD, BTPS

humidifier) or BTPS (heated
humidifier).
CO2 Numbers Change humidity compensation type Dry, Wet

in CO2 partial pressure values.
M1142536 03/11 4-9

Engström Pro
4.2.5 Defaults
Scroll Settings Push ComWheel to scroll default

settings.
Default Type Select default patient type. The selected type (Adult or Pediatric)
determines the Patient Type in the Select
Patient Menu on power up. The
corresponding Adult, Pediatric or facility
defaults are displayed for the settings on
power up. If the setting is changed within
a power cycle, those settings remain for a
specific Patient Type until they are
changed by the user or the ventilator is
turned off.
View Not selectable: Heading for the following
mutually exclusive lists — Adult, Pediatric,
or Factory.
Adult Show Adult facility defaults and The “Adult Settings” page contains a list
settings. of parameters or settings and the
corresponding “Saved” and “Current”
values for the Adult patient type. The
“Current” values reflect the settings in the
Vent Setup and Alarms Setup menus. Any
setting that does not have a value shows
three dashes.
Pediatric Show Pediatric facility defaults and The “Pediatric Settings” page contains a
settings. list of parameters or settings and the
corresponding “Saved” and “Current”
values for the Pediatric patient type. The
“Current” values reflect the settings in the
Vent Setup and Alarms Setup menus. Any
setting that does not have a value shows
three dashes.
Factory Show adult and pediatric Factory Refer to section 4.2.6

defaults.
Backup Set defaults for backup ventilation.
Save Current Save current settings as facility The default selection is No. Common
defaults. values in the saved defaults are
overridden if another ventilation mode is
set up and saved.
Factory Reset Save factory settings as facility The default selection is No. If Yes is
defaults. selected, “Reset machine for defaults to
take effect.”
4-10 03/11 M1142536

4.2.6 Factory Defaults The following table lists the factory defaults for parameters and alarm limits:
Setting Adult Pediatric

Vent Mode BiLevel BiLevel
FiO2 50 50
TV 500 100
Pinsp 10 cmH2O 7 cmH2O
(10 mbar, 1.0 kPa) (7 mbar, 0.7 kPa)
Rate 10 15
I:E 1:2 1:2
Tinsp 1.7 1.7
Tpause 0 0
PEEP Off Off
Psupp 5 cmH2O 3 cmH2O
(5 mbar, 0.5 kPa) (3 mbar, 0.3 kPa)
Pmax 30 cmH2O 30 cmH2O
(30 mbar, 3.0 kPa) (30 mbar, 3.0 kPa)
Plimit 100 cmH20 100 cmH20
(98 mbar, 9.8 kPa) (98 mbar, 9.8 kPa)
Insp Pause 0 0
Phigh 10 cmH2O 7 cmH2O
(10 mbar, 1.0 kPa) (7 mbar, 0.7 kPa)
Plow Off Off
Thigh 1.7 1.7
Tlow 4.25 2.3
Flow 40 l/min (0.6 l/s) 20 l/min (0.34 l/s)
Rise Time 100 ms (for PC)/ 100 ms (for PC)/
0 ms (for VC) 0 ms (for VC)
PSV Rise Time 50 ms 50 ms
Trig Window 25 25
Trigger 2 l/min (0.03 l/s) 1 l/min (0.02 l/s)
Bias Flow 3 l/min (0.05 l/s) 2 l/min (0.04 l/s)
End Flow 25 25
Tsupp NA NA
Assist control On On
Leak Compensation Off Off
Trig Compensation Off Off
Low FiO2 44 44
High FiO2 56 56
Low Ppeak 4 cmH2O 4 cmH2O
Low MVexp 2 l/min (0.03 l/s) 1 l/min (0.02 l/s)
High MVexp 10 l/min (0.16 l/s) 5 l/min (0.08 l/s)
Low TVexp Off Off
M1142536 03/11 4-11

Notes
High TVexp Off Off

Low RR Off Off
High RR Off Off
Low EtO2 Off Off
High EtO2 Off Off
Low EtCO2 3% (3 kPa, 23 mmHg) 3% (3 kPa, 23 mmHg)
High EtCO2 8% (8 kPa, 60 mmHg) 8% (8 kPa, 60 mmHg)
Low PEEPe Off Off
High PEEPe Off Off
High PEEPi Off Off
High Paux 30 cmH2O 30 cmH2O
(30 mbar, 3 kPa) (30 mbar, 3 kPa)
Apnea Time 30 s 30 s
High Alert Audio 30 sec 30 sec
NIV PEEP 3 cmH2O 3 cmH2O
NIV Psupp 5 cmH2O 3 cmH2O
NIV Trigger 5 l/min (0.08 l/s) 3 l/min (0.05 l/s)
NIV Tsupp 4s 3s
NIV End Flow 25% 25%
NIV Rise Time 200 ms 200 ms
NIV Bias Flow 8 l/min (0.13 l/s) 8 l/min (0.13 l/s)
NIV Minimum Rate 10 /min 15 /min
NIV Backup Pinsp 5 cmH2O 5 cmH2O
NIV Backup Tinsp 1.0 s 1.0 s
NIV Apnea Time 60 s 60 s
NIV Leak Limit 50% 50%
NIV Low MVexp 2 l/min (0.03 l/s) 1 l/min (0.02 l/s)
NIV High MVexp 10 l/min (0.16 l/s) 5 l/min (0.08 l/s)
NIV Low PEEPe NA NA
NIV Leak Comp On On
NIV Trig Comp On On
NIV Pmax 30 cmH2O 30 cmH2O
(30 mbar, 3.0 kPa) (30 mbar, 3.0 kPa)
NIV Low Ppeak 4 cmH2O 4 cmH2O
Backup Mode PCV PCV

Backup TV 500 100
Backup Pinsp 10 cmH2O 7 cmH2O
(10 mbar, 1.0 kPa) (7 mbar, .07 kPa)
Backup Rate 12 12
Backup I:E 1:2 1:2
4-12 03/11 M1142536

Backup Tinsp 1.7 1.7

Backup Tpause 0 0
Backup Insp pause 0 0
Backup Phigh 10 cmH2O 7 cmH2O
(10 mbar, 1.0 kPa) (7 mbar, .07 kPa)
Backup Thigh 1.7 1.7
Backup Tlow 3.3 3.3
Backup Trig Wind 25 25
Backup Flow 40 l/min (0.6 l/s) 20 l/min (0.34 l/s)
Backup Rise Time 100 ms (for PC) 100 ms (for PC)
0 ms (for VC) 0 ms (for VC)
Backup PSV Rise 50 ms 50 ms
Wave Field 3 Vol (Volume) Vol (Volume)

Digit Field Compl Compl
(Pulmonary Mechanics) (Pulmonary Mechanics)
Split Screen None None
Lower Split Screen Digits Digits
Data Source Vent Vent
Sweep Speed Fast Fast
Tdisconnect 30 s 30 s
Patient Effort 50 s 50 s
Alarm Volume 3 3
4.2.7 Data
Transfer Settings
Transfer Media Select which storage device to USB, SD, Both

enable for data transfer.
M1142536 03/11 4-13

Engström Pro
4.2.8 Favorites The Favorites Bar is preset with seven factory default functions and procedures:
Bar Manual Breath, SBT, Lung Mechanics, Vent Preferences, Backup Mode, Alarm History,
and Favorites Setup. These defaults may be changed to configure the Favorites Bar to
the user’s or facility’s preference.
To change or view the Favorites defaults the system must be in Standby.
1. Push the System Setup key.
2. Select Install/Service and enter the password.
3. Select Display Settings -Favorites.
The Favorites Factory Settings menu displays with the highlight on the Scroll Settings
menu item.
• Select Scroll Settings to view either the factory default settings or the facility
default and current settings.
• Select Bar Default On or Off to display the Favorites Bar.
• Select Facility to view the facility default and current settings.
• Select Factory to view the factor default settings.
• Select Save Current to save the current settings.
• Select Factory Reset Yes or No to return the Favorites Bar to factory set defaults.
4. Select Previous Menu.
5. Turn the ventilator off.
• New settings are displayed after the power up.
4-14 03/11 M1142536

4.2.9 Touchscreen Touchscreen is enabled when the Touchscreen hardware is detected at startup and the
On or Off touchscreen is set to On.
To turn the touchscreen On or Off:
1. Push the System Setup key.
3. Select Display Settings - Touchscreen.
4. Select On or Off and confirm the selection.
Note: If the Touchscreen is turned Off, the Favorites Bar will no longer be accessible or
displayed.
M1142536 03/11 4-15

Engström Pro
4.3 Calibration menu
O2 FCV Start O2 Flow Control Valve Select Start Calibration.

calibration and leak test. Open inspiratory port to atmosphere.
Start 02 Flow Control Valve calibration.
Air FCV Start Air Flow Control Valve Select Start Calibration.
calibration and leak test. Open inspiratory port to atmosphere.
Start Air Flow Control Valve.
Exhalation Valve Patient must not be connected to Connect to the patient circuit.
circuit during calibration. Start Occlude the patient wye.
Exhalation Valve calibration. Start Exhalation Valve calibration.
Backlight Test Start display backlight test. This test turns off one backlight to test the
other light. Screen brightness may change
during the test.
Gas Calibration Start gas calibration. Calibrate CO2 Gas Calibration is enabled whenever an
and O2 measurements. MGAS module is installed. Gas
Calibration is disabled if the MGAS
module is warming up.
Cal. Flag Turn the Calibration required When Cal. Flag is set to On, the
message On/Off. “Calibration required” message is
displayed in the general message area.
Note The Cal. Flag menu item is used by the factory to activate the “Calibration required”
alarm. It is set as a reminder that calibrations must be performed when the machine is
set up for operation at its permanent location.
After completing the O2 FCV, Air FCV, and the Exhalation Valve calibrations, set the
Cal. Flag to Off.
If the Service Application is connected, ensure DAC is set to 0 and the checkbox is
marked.
Refer to Section 5.1.1 for further information.
4-16 03/11 M1142536

4.4 Service menu

Use the service-level password to access the Service menu:
“34-22-14.”
Whenever service menu is entered, “Enter Service dd-mmm-yyyy hh:mm:ss” is
recorded in the Event log.
Note Touchscreen capability is only available with Software 7.X or greater. Refer to section 5.3 for
Touchscreen calibration.
Note Touchscreen capability is only available with Software 7.X or greater. Refer to Section 5.4 for
Touchscreen calibration.
Configuration Set language, altitude and units.
Options Key Enable software options.
Options List Display software options.
Options Card Install card to enable software options.
Copy Config Save or install configuration and default settings using

memory card.
Service Log Show error, event, and alarm histories and system
information.
Gas Module Show airway module measurements and adjust gains.
Touchscreen Select to start the touchscreen calibration.
M1142536 03/11 4-17

Engström Pro
4.4.1 Configuration
Menu Item Message text Values Comments
Decimal Marker Select decimal delineator. 0.01 or 0,01 Default: 0.01
Language Select language for Chinese (simplified) Default: English

screen. Czech
Danish
Dutch
English
Finnish
French
German
Greek
Hungarian (prior to
SW6.X)
Italian
Japanese
Norwegian
Polish
Portuguese
Russian
Spanish
Swedish
Turkish
Paw Change Paw unit: kPa, kPa, cmH2O, or mbar Default: cmH2O
cmH2O, mbar.
Flow Change flow unit: l/min or l/s Default: l/min

l/min or l/s.
CO2 Change CO2 unit: %, kPa, or mmHg Default: %

%, kPa, or mmHg.
Height Change height unit: cm or in Default: cm

cm or in.
Weight Change weight unit: kg or lb Default: kg
kg or lb.
Energy Expenditure Change energy kcal/d or kJ/d Default: kcal/d

expenditure unit: kcal/d
or kJ/d.
Gas Supply Pressure Change gas supply psi, kPa, or bar Default: kPa
pressure unit: kPa, psi, or
bar.
Blood Gases Change blood gas unit: kPa or mmHg Default: mmHg
kPa or mmHg.
Hb Change hemogloblin unit: g/l, g/dl, or mmol/l Default: g/l

g/l, g/dl, or mmol/l.
Altitude Change altitude used for –400 to 3000 m Default: 300 m

gas calculations. in 100-m increments
4-18 03/11 M1142536

4.4.2 Options Key

Current Key Enter key code to enable options.
Entry 1 Enter first value of key-code.
Entry 2 Enter second value of key-code.
Entry 3 Enter third value of key-code.
Entry 4 Enter fourth value of key-code.
Entry 5 Enter fifth value of key-code.
Entry 6 Enter sixth value of key-code.
Entry 7 Enter seventh value of key-code.

Save New Key Confirm values for key-code
Control Board ID Control number used by key-code.
4.4.3 Options List

Menu Item Option Name
Available Options FRC, SpiroDynamics, Neonatal, SIMV-PCVG, BiLevel-VG,

Non-invasive, Pneumatic Nebulizer Only*
*For future use - non-orderable item.
4.4.4 Options Card

Upgrade Select Yes to enable all features on this card.
Options Available Install card to enable software options.

on Card
M1142536 03/11 4-19

Engström Pro
4.4.5 Copy
Configuration
Menu Item Message text Values Comments
Save to Card Save Configuration and <blank>, Fail, or OK. Saves all settings
defaults to card. that are not hardware
The field is blank until the dependent, including
data has either been facility defaults,
written to the card (OK) or screen configuration,
the system determines it trend settings, colors,
cannot write to the card units, decimal
(Fail). marker, altitude,
patient type, backup
settings, and the
Show Alarm Limits
selection.
Copy from Card Copy Configuration and <blank>, Fail, or OK.

defaults from card.
The field is blank until the
When completed: data has either been read
Copy from card complete. from the card (OK) or the
Please reboot system. system determines it
cannot read the card or
the card does not have the
required data (Fail).
Systems cannot accept configuration files from a different product model.

The software version is stored with the saved configuration. A system will reject any
configurations from other than the current version of software.
Selecting Save to Card overwrites any configuration on the card.
4-20 03/11 M1142536

4.4.6 Service Log The Service log menu is a organized listing of stored events.
menu
Scroll Recent Scroll through newest entries.
Error Log Show error history.
Event Log Show event history.
Alarm Log Show alarm history.
SW HW Version Show system information.

Copy Logs Save HW/SW info, all logs and trend information to
memory card.
Reset Logs Erase Error and Alarm log entries
Each history log shows at the top of the screen total Running Hours, the date when the
logs were last reset, and the Ventilator Serial Number.
Whenever logs are reset, “Reset Logs dd-MMM-yyy hh:mm:ss” is recorded in the Event
log.
If the logs are saved to a memory card, the ventilator’s serial number, date, and time
are saved along with the current contents of the logs.
Error Log The Error Log lists the last 200 errors logged since the last log reset, starting with the
most recent. The system stores the last 1,000 errors logged since the last log reset.
Event Log The Event Log records the service history of the device. This includes: service
calibrations, super user calibrations, checkout results, entry into the service mode,
options enabled, and software installation. In the event of a board replacement, it is
understood that this log like all others could be lost. See section 7.12 for Checkout
Failure messages.
The Event History menu lists the last 200 events logged starting with the most recent.
The Event History log stores the last 1000 events.
The Event History log cannot be reset.
Alarm Log The Alarm Log lists the last 200 alarms since the last log reset starting with the most
recent. The Alarm History log store the last 1000 entries.
Copy Logs The Copy Logs function copies Error, Event, and Alarm logs along with the software/
hardware configuration to a text file on a Compact Flash or PCMCIA card.
M1142536 03/11 4-21

Engström Pro
4.4.7 Software/ Turn the ComWheel to scroll through the list box.
Hardware Push the ComWheel to return to the Service menu.
version menu
System Information X=Number, A, B, C = letter

menu
SW HW version
System Information:
Running Hours: XXXXX
Software Release: XX.XX
Model Code: XXX
Serial Number: ABCDXXXXX
Option Package: XXX

Options Code: XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
VCB Software Version: XX.XX

VCB Hardware Version: XXXX-XXXX-XXX REV A
VCB Hardware Serial Number: ABCXXXXX
DU Software Version: XX.XX

DU Hardware Version: XXXX-XXXX-XXX REV A
DU Hardware Serial Number: ABCXXXXX
VMB Software Version: XX.XX

VMB Hardware Version: AXXXXXXX XXX XXX
VMB Hardware Serial Number: ABCXXXXX
PMB Software Version: XX.XX

PMB Hardware Version: XXXX-XXXX-XXX REV A
PMB Hardware Serial Number: ABCXXXXX
BIOS Software Version
MGAS Software Version: X.X

MGAS Hardware Version: GAS SW Pr. XXXXXXX-X
MGAS Hardware Serial Number: ABCXXXXX
The MGAS information is only displayed when an Airway module is present.
4-22 03/11 M1142536

4.4.8 Resetting 1. Power up the Engström and select Service Menu -Options List.
feature option key 2. Record the available options that are "On".
codes
3. Power down the ventilator.
4. Perform the software download per TRM Section 8.2, "Download New".
5. After software download is complete, power up the ventilator and select Service
Menu-Options List.
6. Verify the options "On" match the options recorded in step 2. (IMPORTANT)
• If the "On" options match the options recorded in step 2, proceed to step 11.
• If the options "On" do not match the options recorded in step 2, go to the Datex
Ohmeda "Key Code Generator" Web site: www.docodes.com, and follow the
instructions to request a new "Key Code".
• After you receive the new Key Code, select Service Menu-Options Key. Enter the
new key code, select Save New Key and proceed to step 7.
7. Select Service Menu- Options key. Record the new three digit Control Board ID and
new seven digit Key Code on the new Key/BID label. (1504-3521-000)
8. Remove the existing Key/BID label from the back of the machine.
9. Clean the area with Isopropyl alcohol.
10.Affix the new Key/BID label to the machine. (1504-3521-000)
11.Perform Super User Calibrations per TRM Section 5.1.1.
12.Perform Checkout procedure (Section 3).
M1142536 03/11 4-23

Engström Pro
4.4.9 Touchscreen Use the Touchscreen menu to calibrate the touchscreen. The touchscreen calibration
page shows the date and time of the last touchscreen calibration. Refer to Section 5.3
for the Touchscreen Calibration procedure.
4-24 03/11 M1142536

5 Service Tests and Calibration
w WARNING After adjustments and calibration are completed, always perform the checkout
procedure. Refer to Section 3 of this manual.
In this section 5.1 Calibration (super-user) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-2

5.1.1 Calibration procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-3
5.2 Service level tests and calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4
5.2.1 Service application setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4
5.2.2 Test setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4
5.2.3 Vent engine debris clean-out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-5
5.2.4 Regulator output pressure test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
5.2.5 Vent engine leak test (low pressure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-8
5.2.6 Vent engine leak test (high O2 pressure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
5.2.7 Vent engine leak test (high Air pressure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
5.2.8 Calibrate airway pressure transducer Zero and Span . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
5.2.9 Verify operation of free-breathing valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
5.2.10 Verify operation of inspiratory effort valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
5.2.11 Verify operation of auxiliary pressure relief valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
5.2.12 VCB buzzer test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
5.2.13 Mechanical over-pressure valve test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
5.3 Touchscreen Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
M1142536 03/11 5-1

Engström Pro
5.1 Calibration (super-user)

The ventilator includes integrated software that allows a qualified user to
periodically calibrate the O2 flow valve, the Air flow valves, and the Exhalation
valve.
At a minimum, these calibrations should be completed every 6 months,
whenever performance is questioned, or when associated components are
serviced or replaced. These calibrations can be performed more frequently,
as needed, for optimal performance.
The menu structure for accessing the calibration software is described in
Section 4.1, “Service and Installation menu structure” .
Note The Valve calibrations (Section 5.1.1) can be performed without performing
the Service level test and calibrations (Section 5.2). However, if the Service
level test and calibrations are performed, the Valve calibrations should be
performed again after the Service level test are completed (passed).
Note To file a quality report or request technical assistance regarding a calibration

failure, create and include a Calibration log while using the PC Service
application.
Run the Calibration while the PC Service Application is running and select Log
Calibration Results.
5-2 03/11 M1142536

5.1.1 Calibration 1. If present, disconnect the patient circuit from the inspiratory port (open to
procedure atmosphere).
2. Access the Calibration menu.
• In the standby mode, push the System Setup key.
• On the System Setup menu, select Install/Service (23-17-21).
• On the Install/Service menu, select Calibration.
3. On the Calibration menu, select O2 FCV.
• On the O2 FCV menu, select Start Calibration and allow the system to
perform the calibration procedure.
• When O2 FCV calibration is complete (passed), select Previous Menu.
4. On the Calibration menu, select Air FCV.
• On the Air FCV menu, select Start Calibration and allow the system to
perform the calibration procedure.
• When Air FCV calibration is complete (passed), select Previous Menu.
5. On the Calibration menu, select Exhalation Valve.
• Connect a patient circuit and block the patient port.
• On the Exhalation Valve menu, select Start Calibration and allow the
system to perform the calibration procedure.
• When Exhalation Valve calibration is complete (passed), select Previous
Menu.
Backlight Test 6. On the Calibration menu, select Backlight Test.

7. Select Start Test.
8. The display will show the test running on light 1 and then on light 2. If the
display goes completely blank or flickers during the test, one of the lights
has failed.
Note: Screen brightness may change during test.
9. Turn power off to exit the Install/Service menu.
M1142536 03/11 5-3

Engström Pro
5.2 Service level tests and calibration

The service level tests require the Windows based service application as
described in Section 8.5, “Engström PC Service Application” .
Note After completing the Service level test and calibrations, perform the Valve
calibrations in Section 5.1.1.
5.2.1 Service application 1. Connect a Windows based PC to the serial port (Port 3) of the ventilator
setup using a USB to RS-422 converter (Refer to section 10.1.1).
2. Start the Service Application on the PC.
• Open the VCB and VMB windows.
3. To establish communication between the PC Service Application and the
ventilator, the EC must be powered On.
a. Read only access is available in normal operation mode.
b. Controlled access is available in Super User or Service modes.
5.2.2 Test setup 1. Connect a manual shut-off valve to each gas supply inlet.
• Remove the inlet fittings from the ventilator and ensure o-ring remains on
the adapter).
• Connect the shut-off valve to the respective EC pipeline adapter.
• Connect the removed inlet fitting to the respective shut-off valve.
2. Close both shut-off valves.
3. Connect pipeline supplies to each shut-off valve.
5-4 03/11 M1142536

5.2.3 Vent engine debris

clean-out
Important This procedure is not intended for, or recommended as a repair to a device

that has been contaminated by external debris including particulates, liquid
hydrocarbons, or moisture. This device and its components have been
cleaned for breathing gas use and as such, any and all components
contaminated by any substance that may compromise this level of
cleanliness must be replaced.
Note The intent of the procedure is to remove any internal debris that may be
loosened during maintenance and service.This procedure is needed only if:
• The pneumatic system within the vent engine was serviced; that is,
components were replaced or removed for evaluation.
• A gas inlet filter was replaced.
Clean-out procedure
1. Open both shut-off valves.
2. Verify that the inspiratory outlet is open to atmosphere (not plugged).
3. On the VCB screen:
• Verify that the Air and O2 Flow Valves are energized ( ).
• Set the Air DAC counts to 60,000 (fully open).
• Set the O2 DAC counts to 60,000 (fully open).
4. After 20 seconds:
• Close both shut-off valves. Pulse the Air and O2 flow valves 5 times for
5 seconds.
• Set the Air DAC counts to zero (closed).
• Set the O2 DAC counts to zero (closed).
Note Closing the shut-off valves before setting the flow DAC counts to zero, bleeds
pressure from the system.
M1142536 03/11 5-5

Engström Pro
5.2.4 Regulator output pressure test

Important The regulator output pressure should be checked during battery replacement
intervals or whenever the unit is already opened for other reasons.
Air regulator 1. Remove the plug from the Air regulator outlet test port.
2. Connect a test pressure gauge to the Air regulator outlet test port.
3. Open the manual Air shut-off valve.
• Verify that the Air Flow Valve is energized ( ).
• Adjust the Air DAC reading (start at approximately 9,500)
until the Air flow reading is 15 l/min ± 0.5 l/min.
5. Verify that the test gauge indicates 172.4 ± 3.4 kPa (25 ± 0.50 psi).
6. If required, adjust the regulator. Set to 172.4 ± 0.7 kPa (25 ± 0.10 psi).
• Be sure to tighten the locking nut after adjustment.
7. Close the manual Air shut-off valve.
8. Remove the test gauge and plug the test port.
O2 regulator 1. Remove the plug from the O2 regulator outlet test port.
2. Connect a test pressure gauge to the O2 regulator outlet test port.
3. Open the manual O2 shut-off valve.
• Verify that the O2 Flow Valve is energized ( ).
• Adjust the O2 DAC reading (start at approximately 9,500)
until the O2 flow reading is 15 l/min ± 0.5 l/min.
5. Verify that the test gauge indicates 172.4 ± 3.4 kPa (25 ± 0.50 psi).
6. If required, adjust the regulator. Set to172.4 ± 0.7 kPa (25 ± 0.10 psi).
• Be sure to tighten the locking nut after adjustment.
7. Close the manual O2 shut-off valve.
Remove the test gauge and plug the test port.
O2 Adjust Air Adjust
Air Regulator
O2 Regulator Test Port
Test Port
5-6 03/11 M1142536

30 mm Male Cone
H
Expiratory Zero
Flow Valve
High Pressure Valve
Transducer Flow
Exhalation
P 25 psi Test Resistor P Valve
172 kPa Port T H Expiratory Pressure
Inlet Check
Primary Filter Standard Valv
e
P
Air Total Flow Inspiratory Zero
O2 Sensor Valve
T H
O2
INSP
Flow
25 psi Test Inspiratory
P 172 kPa Port T H Effort
Valve
Inlet Check
Filter Optional Valv
Primary Safety
Inlet e Relief Valve
AB.98.196
Free Breathing
O2 Check Valve
Auxiliary Pressure
Transducer Relief
Valve
Purge Valve
Paux
Inlet Manifold Vent Engine Manifold Outlet Manifold
Inlet Inlet
Filter P P Filter
O2 Air
Optional Standard
O2 Air
Regulator Regulator
Air
Test Port
O2
Test
Port
O2 O2 Total Air Air
Flow Flow Flow Flow Flow
Valve Sensor Sensor Sensor Valve
Atmosphere
Paux
Pexp
Pinsp Paux
O2 Sensor
Relief
AB.98.119
INSP Paux
EXP
M1142536 03/11 5-7

Engström Pro
5.2.5 Vent engine leak There are two low pressure leak tests to perform: P1 and P2.
test (low pressure)
Low P1 Test 1. Verify that both shut-off valves are closed.

• Energize ( ) the Auxiliary Pressure Purge valve.
• Verify that the Air Flow Valve, O2 Flow Valve and the Exhalation Flow
Valve are energized ( ).
• Set the Air DAC, O2 DAC, and the Exhalation DAC counts to 60,000
(this will release all pressurized gas from the system).
3. Attach the “low-pressure test tool” to the INSPiratory outlet.
4. Plug the following ports:
• Expiratory inlet (EXP).
• Auxiliary pressure port (Paux).
5. Using the low pressure test tool, increase the pressure in the low pressure
side of the system until the measured Inspiratory Pressure (VCB) indicates
70 cmH2O.
6. Verify Expiratory Pressure (VMB) readings also stabilize at 70 cmH2O
(within 5 cmH2O). If not, still continue with the low pressure leak test.
Note: Failure to build pressure during this step is not an indication of an
excessive expiratory circuit leak or purge flow issue.
Refer to Section 7.2.2 to follow up on the Expiratory Pressure discrepancy.
7. Once 70 cmH2O is reached, clamp the tube on the low pressure test tool
to prevent gas flow from the INSPiratory outlet.
On the VCB screen, select the Low P Leak Test tab and then select the Low P
Leak button to start the low pressure leak test.
8. After the test is complete (15 seconds):
• If the leak result does not exceed 10 ml/min, proceed to step 9.
(Note: The Low P2 test is not required if Leak result ≤ 10 ml/min.)
• If Leak result is >10 ml/min and ≤ 35 ml/min, perform the Low P2 test.
• If the Leak rate exceeds 35 ml/min, refer to Section 7.2 to help identify
the cause of the leak.
9. Remove the plugs from the EXPiratory inlet and the Paux port.
10.De-energize ( ) the Auxiliary Pressure Purge valve.
AB.98.088
5-8 03/11 M1142536

30 mm Male Cone
H
Expiratory Zero
Valve
High Pressure
Transducer Flow
Exhalation
P 25 psi Test Flow Resistor P Valve
172 kPa Port T H Valve Expiratory Pressure
Inlet Check
Air P
O2 Sensor Valve
T H
O2
INSP
High Pressure Flow

P 172 kPa Port T H Flow
Effort
Valve
Valve
Inlet Check
Primary Safety
Inlet
AB.98.188
Relief Valve
Free Breathing
O2 Check Valve
Auxiliary Pressure
Transducer Relief
Valve
Auxiliary Pressure
Purge Valve Paux
Inlet Inlet
P P
Filter Filter
O2 Air
Optional Standard
O2 Air
Regulator Regulator
Air
Test Port
O2
Test
Port
O2 O2 Total Air Air
Atmosphere
Paux
Pexp
Pinsp Paux
O2 Sensor
Relief
AB.98.101
H
INSP
Paux
EXP
M1142536 03/11 5-9

Engström Pro
Low P2 Test 1. Verify that both shut-off valves are closed.

• Energize ( ) the Effort Valve Energized valve.
• Verify that the Air Flow Valve, O2 Flow Valve and the Exhalation Flow
Valve are energized ( ).
• Set the Air DAC, O2 DAC, and the Exhalation DAC counts to 60,000
(this will release all pressurized gas from the system).
3. Attach the “low-pressure test tool” to the INSPiratory outlet.
• Expiratory inlet (EXP).
5. Using the low pressure test tool, increase the pressure in the low pressure
side of the system until the measured Inspiratory Pressure (VCB) reading
indicates 70 cmH2O.
6. Once 70 cmH2O is reached, clamp the tube on the low pressure test tool
to prevent gas flow from the INSPiratory outlet.
7. On the VCB screen, select Low P Leak 2 to start the low pressure P2 leak
test.
8. After the test is complete (15 seconds):
• Verify that the displayed Leak result does not exceed 10 ml/min.
• If the Leak rate exceeds 10 ml/min, refer to Section 7.2 to help identify
the cause of the leak.
9. Remove the plugs from the EXPiratory inlet and the Paux port.
10.De-energize ( ) the Auxiliary Pressure Purge valve.
AB.98.088
5-10 03/11 M1142536

30 mm Male Cone
H
Expiratory Zero
Valve
High Pressure
Transducer Flow
Exhalation
Inlet Check
Air P
O2 Sensor Valve
T H
O2
INSP
High Pressure Flow

Effort
Valve
Valve
Inlet Check
Primary Safety
Inlet
AB.98.209
Relief Valve
O2
Free Breathing
Check Valve
Auxiliary Pressure
Transducer Relief
Valve
Auxiliary Pressure
Purge Valve Paux
Inlet Inlet
P P
Filter Filter
O2 Air
Optional Standard
O2 Air
Regulator Regulator
Air
Test Port
O2
Test
Port
O2 O2 Total Air Air
Atmosphere
Paux
Pexp
Pinsp Paux
O2 Sensor
Relief
AB.98.210
H
INSP
Paux
EXP
M1142536 03/11 5-11

Engström Pro
5.2.6 Vent engine Note: The high O2 pressure leak test will not start if the O2 supply pressure is 35 psig or
leak test (high O2 below.
pressure) 1. Verify that the inspiratory outlet is open to atmosphere (not plugged).
2. Open the manual O2 shut-off valve.
3. On the VMB screen:
• Verify that the measured O2 Supply Pressure = pipeline pressure.
• Verify that the measured Air Supply Pressure = 0.0 psig.
• Energize ( ) the Effort Valve Energized valve.
• Verify that the Exhalation Flow Valve is energized ( ).
• Set the Exhalation DAC counts to 60,000.
• Set the Air DAC counts to 60,000
(this will release any air pressure in the system).
• De-energize ( ) the O2 Flow Valve.
• INSPiratory outlet.
• EXPiratory inlet.
6. Close the manual O2 shut-off valve.
7. On the VCB screen, select High O2 Leak to start the test.
8. After the test is complete (Max 15 seconds):
• Verify that the displayed Leak rate does not exceed 26 ml/min.
• if not, troubleshoot for leaks in the shaded area.
9. Remove the plugs from the INSPiratory, EXPiratory, and Paux ports.
10.On the VCB screen:
• De-energize ( ) the Effort Valve Energized valve.
• De-energize ( ) the Auxiliary Pressure Purge valve.
AB.98.086
5-12 03/11 M1142536

30 mm Male Cone
H
Expiratory Zero
Valve
High Pressure
Transducer Flow
Exhalation
Inlet Check
Air P
O2 Sensor Valve
T H
O2
INSP
Flow
High Pressure Flow Valve Inspiratory
Transducer Regulator Sensor Effort
25 psi Test Valve
P 172 kPa Port T H
Inlet Check Safety
Filter Optional Valve Relief Valve
AB.98.189
Primary Free Breathing
Inlet Check Valve
O2
Auxiliary Pressure
Transducer Relief
Valve
Auxiliary Pressure
Purge Valve Paux
Inlet Inlet
P P
Filter Filter
O2 Air
Optional Standard
O2 Air
Regulator Regulator
Air
Test Port
O2
Test
Port
O2 O2 Total Air Air
Atmosphere
Paux
Pexp
Pinsp Paux
O2 Sensor
Relief
AB.98.112
INSP Paux
EXP
M1142536 03/11 5-13

Engström Pro
5.2.7 Vent engine leak Note: The high Air pressure leak test will not start if the Air supply pressure is
test (high Air pressure) 35 psig or below.
1. Verify that the INSPiratory outlet is open to atmosphere (not plugged).
2. Open the manual Air shut-off valve.
3. On the VMB screen:
• Verify that the measured Air Supply Pressure = pipeline pressure.
• Verify that the measured O2 Supply Pressure = 0.0 psig.
• Energize ( ) the Effort Valve Energized Valve.
• Energize ( ) the O2 Flow Valve.
• Set the O2 DAC counts to 60,000
(this will release any O2 pressure in the system).
• De-energize ( ) the Air Flow Valve.
5. Plug the INSPiratory outlet.
7. On the VCB screen, select High Air Leak to start the test.
8. After the test is complete (Max 6 seconds):
• Verify that the displayed Leak rate does not exceed 50 ml/min.
• if not, troubleshoot for leaks in the shaded area.
9. Remove the plug from the INSPiratory outlet.
10.On the VCB screen:
• De-energize ( ) the Effort Valve Energized Valve.
AB.98.093
5-14 03/11 M1142536

30 mm Male Cone
H
Expiratory Zero
Flow Valve
High Pressure Valve
Transducer Flow
Exhalation
Inlet Check
e
P
O2 Sensor Valve
T H
O2
INSP
High Pressure Flow

P 172 kPa Port T H Flow Effort
Valve
Valve
Inlet Check
Primary Safety
Free Breathing
AB.98.190
O2 Check Valve
Auxiliary Pressure
Transducer Relief
Valve
Auxiliary Pressure
Purge Valve Paux
Inlet Inlet
P P Filter
Filter
O2 Air
Optional Standard
O2 Air
Regulator Regulator
Air
Test Port
O2
Test
Port
O2 O2 Total Air Air
Atmosphere
Paux
Pexp
Pinsp Paux
O2 Sensor
Relief
AB.98.113
INSP Paux
EXP
M1142536 03/11 5-15

Engström Pro
5.2.8 Calibrate This procedure calibrates the Inspiratory, Expiratory, and Auxiliary pressure
airway pressure transducers.
transducer Note: If Air is not available, the O2 supply can be used to calibrate the pressure
Zero and Span transducers. The Service Application senses which supply is available and, in step 5,
activates the corresponding flow valve.
1. Start up the system and enter the Install/Service mode.
2. Verify that the ventilator passes the low pressure leak test (Section 5.2.5).
3. Attach the test setup to the ventilator as shown in the illustration below.
• Connect a tee adapter to the INSPiratory outlet.
• Connect a short patient circuit tube from the tee adapter to the EXPiratory inlet.
• Connect a pressure sensing tube from the Inspiratory tee to a manometer and to
the Auxiliary pressure port (Paux).
4. Open the manual Air (O2) shut-off valve.
• Verify that the Exhalation Flow Valve is energized ( ).
• Select Start Paw Span (~2 L/min established through Air (O2) flow valve).
• Adjust the Span DAC Value (Exhalation valve) reading
(start at approximately 40,000) until the manometer reading
equals 100 ±0.2 cmH2O.
6. At 100 cmH2O, select End Paw Span.
7. Close the manual Air (O2) shut-off valve.
8. Remove the test setup.
Note If the span calibration is aborted or failed, the last known good calibration will be used.
To Manometer
AB.98.089
5-16 03/11 M1142536

30 mm Male Cone
H
Expiratory Zero
Valve
High Pressure
Transducer Flow EXP
Regulator Sensor Pneumatic
Exhalation
Inlet Check
e
P
O2 Sensor Valve
T H
O2
INSP
Flow
High Pressure Flow
Valve
Valve
Inlet Check
Primary Safety
AB.98.192
Free Breathing
O2 Check Valve
To Manometer
Auxiliary Pressure
Transducer Relief
Valve
Auxiliary Pressure Paux

Purge Valve
Inlet Inlet
P P Filter
Filter
O2 Air
Optional Standard
O2 Air
Regulator Regulator
Air
Test Port
O2
Test
Port
O2 O2 Total Air Air
Atmosphere
Paux
Pexp
Pinsp Paux
O2 Sensor
Relief
AB.98.115
H
INSP Paux
EXP
To Manometer
M1142536 03/11 5-17

Engström Pro
5.2.9 Verify 1. Ensure both manual shut-off valves are closed.

operation of free- 2. Connect a negative pressure squeeze bulb to the INSPiratory outlet.
breathing valve
3. Fully depress the bulb a minimum of 10 times.
• Verify that the measured Inspiratory Pressure is more positive
than - 3 cmH2O at all times.
• if not, troubleshoot the free-breathing check valve and the inspiratory effort valve.
5. Disconnect the squeeze bulb from the INSPiratory outlet.
AB.98.091
5-18 03/11 M1142536

30 mm Male Cone
H
Expiratory Zero
Flow Valve
High Pressure Valve
Transducer Flow EXP
Exhalation
Inlet Check
e
P
O2 Sensor Valve
T H
O2
INSP
Flow
High Pressure Flow
Valve
Valve
Inlet Check
Primary Safety
AB.98.193
Free Breathing
O2 Check Valve
Auxiliary Pressure
Transducer Relief
Valve

Purge Valve
Inlet Inlet
P P Filter
Filter
O2 Air
Optional Standard
O2 Air
Regulator Regulator
Air
Test Port
O2
Test
Port
O2 O2 Total Air Air
Atmosphere
Paux
Pexp
Pinsp Paux
O2 Sensor
Relief
AB.98.116
INSP Paux
EXP
M1142536 03/11 5-19

Engström Pro
5.2.10 Verify 1. Ensure both manual shut-off valves are closed.

operation of 2. On the VCB screen:
inspiratory effort
valve
• Energize (close) the inspiratory effort valve
( Effort Valve Energized).
• Verify that the Air Flow Valve, O2 Flow Valve and the Exhalation Flow Valve are
energized ( ).
• Set the Air DAC, O2 DAC, and the Exhalation DAC counts to 60,000.
3. Connect a negative pressure squeeze bulb to the INSPiratory outlet.
4. Plug the EXPiratory inlet and the Auxiliary pressure port (Paux).
5. Fully depress the squeeze bulb.
• The bulb should not fully inflate in less than 5 seconds.
• if not, troubleshoot the inspiratory effort valve.
6. Disconnect the squeeze bulb from the INSPiratory outlet.
7. De-energize (open) the inspiratory effort valve
( Effort Valve Energized).
8. Set the Air DAC, O2 DAC, and Exhalation DAC counts to zero.
AB.98.087
5-20 03/11 M1142536

30 mm Male Cone
H
Expiratory Zero
Valve
High Pressure
Transducer Flow EXP
Exhalation
Inlet Check
e
P
O2 Sensor Valve
T H
O2
INSP
High Pressure Flow

Effort
Valve
Valve
Inlet Check
Primary Safety
AB.98.194
Free Breathing
O2 Check Valve
Auxiliary Pressure
Transducer Relief
Valve

Purge Valve
Inlet Inlet
P P Filter
Filter
O2 Air
Optional Standard
O2 Air
Regulator Regulator
Air
Test Port
O2
Test
Port
O2 O2 Total Air Air
Atmosphere
Paux
Pexp
Pinsp Paux
O2 Sensor
Relief
AB.98.117
INSP Paux
EXP
M1142536 03/11 5-21

Engström Pro
5.2.11 Verify 1. Connect a manometer to the auxiliary pressure port (Paux) using a tee fitting and a
operation of short piece of 3-mm (1/8 inch) tubing.
auxiliary pressure 2. Open the manual Air shut-off valve.
relief valve 3. On the VCB screen:
4. Block the outlet of the tee.
5. Verify that the pressure indicated by the manometer (not the PC based application)
is greater than 90 cmH2O but less than 230 cmH2O.
Caution: Do not allow the pressure to build up over 250 cmH2O.
• if pressure is <90, see Section 7.2.3.
• if pressure is >230, troubleshoot the umbrella relief valve (1505-3267-000).
7. Remove the test setup.
AB.98.092
To Manometer
5-22 03/11 M1142536

30 mm Male Cone
H
Expiratory Zero
Flow Valve
High Pressure Valve
Transducer Flow EXP
Exhalation
Inlet Check
e
P
O2 Sensor Valve
T H
O2
INSP
Flow
High Pressure Flow
Valve
Valve
Inlet Check
AB.98.195
Primary Safety
Free Breathing
O2 Check Valve
To Manometer
Auxiliary Pressure
Transducer Relief
Valve

Purge Valve
Inlet Inlet
P P Filter
Filter
O2 Air
Optional Standard
O2 Air
Regulator Regulator
Air
Test Port
O2
Test
Port
O2 O2 Total Air Air
Atmosphere
Pexp
Pinsp Paux
O2 Sensor
Relief
AB.98.118
INSP Umbrella
H
Relief Valve
Paux
To Manometer
EXP
M1142536 03/11 5-23

Notes
5.2.12 VCB buzzer 1. VCB Buzzer test (refer to Section 5.2.12)

test a. Using the VCB screen in the Service software application; energize ( ) the
Buzzer On.
b. Verify the VCB buzzer can be heard at a distance of 70 feet.
5-24 03/11 M1142536

5.2.13 Mechanical 1. Verify that the ventilator passes the low pressure leak test (Section 5.2.5).
over-pressure 2. Turn the ventilator off.
valve test
3. Using a syringe, inject 60 ml of air into the ventilator through the INSPiratory port.
4. After the entire volume is delivered, verify that the pressure reading on the
manometer is greater than 100 and less than 130 cmH2O.
• if not, troubleshoot the safety relief valve.
Note: Pressure may spike higher than 130 cmH2O during 60 ml volume delivery if
delivered at a rate greater than 4 l/min.
AB.98.090
To Manometer
M1142536 03/11 5-25

Engström Pro
30 mm Male Cone
H
Expiratory Zero
Flow Valve
High Pressure Valve
Transducer Flow
Exhalation
Inlet Check
e
P
O2 Sensor Valve
T H
O2
INSP
Flow
High Pressure Flow
Valve
Valve
Inlet Check
Primary Safety
AB.98.191
O2
Free Breathing
Check Valve To Manometer
Auxiliary Pressure
Transducer Relief
Valve
Auxiliary Pressure
Purge Valve Paux
Inlet Inlet
P P
Filter Filter
O2 Air
Optional Standard
O2 Air
Regulator Regulator
Air
Test Port
O2
Test
Port
O2 O2 Total Air Air
Atmosphere
Paux
Pexp
Pinsp Paux
O2 Sensor
Relief
AB.98.114
INSP
Paux
EXP
To Manometer
5-26 03/11 M1142536

5.3 Touchscreen Calibration

The touchscreen calibration uses a 4-point touch and hold test. If the screen is not
touched within the first 15 seconds of the calibration the test will exit and the date and
time of the last calibration will not be updated.
1. Select the System Setup key, then select Install/Service.
2. Select Service/Touchscreen to open the Touchscreen calibration menu.
3. Select Calibrate Touchscreen.
• The touchscreen calibration target appears.
4. Touch the first calibration target.
5. Touch and hold the second calibration target and repeat until all four touch
calibrations are complete.
6. Check to ensure the arrow tracks with a finger touch.
• If miscalibration occurs wait 90 seconds or press Cancel for the calibration to end
and repeat the calibration procedure.
• View cancellation countdown seconds from the Cancel button.
7. Press Cancel to cancel the calibration or press Accept to accept the calibration.
M1142536 03/11 5-27

Engström Pro
5-28 03/11 M1142536

6 Installation and Maintenance
In this section This section covers the regular maintenance procedures (minimum requirements)
needed to make sure that the Engström Pro operates to specifications.
6.1 Engström Pro Installation Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-2
6.2 Engström Pro Planned Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-6
6.2.2 Every forty-eight (48) months . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-8
6.3 JunAir EVair03 Compressor Maintenance (Model OF302-1.5DSA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-9
6.3.2 Every 10, 000 hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
6.4 Cleaning and sterilizing agents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
6.5 Recommended part replacement period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
6.6 Battery capacity test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
w WARNINGS Do not perform testing or maintenance on the Engström Ventilator while it is being
used on a patient. Possible injury can result.
Items can be contaminated due to infectious patients. Wear sterile rubber

gloves. Contamination can spread to you and others.
Obey infection control and safety procedures. Used equipment may contain
blood and body fluids.
M1142536 03/11 6-1

Engström Pro
6.1 Engström Pro Installation Checklist

Serial Number: Date: (YY/MM/DD) / /
Hospital: Performed by:
Engström Unpacking Note: Check for shipping damage, if any is noted, take photos and notify the
shipping carrier.
1. Unpack and assemble the Engström Carestation. Refer to User Reference
Manual (URM) Section 3.
2. Remove protective tape from casters if applicable (Cart only).
3. Verify AC power cord configuration, refer to Section 10.16 "AC Power

Cords".
4. Depending upon system configuration; verify the AC power cord is fully
seated in the power inlet connector(s) on the back of the ventilator, outlet
panel, compressor, and the AC power cord clamp(s) is secure.
• Tighten the power clamp screws to 1.0 Nm and the retainer screw to
0.23 Nm.
5. Power system On and access the Install/Service menu (TRM - Section 4.2).
a. Verify the backup audio alarm buzzer sounds for two seconds as soon
as the system switch is turned On and can be heard from a distance of
70 feet.
• Initiate system power using PC service application or request
second party to turn system on while standing 70 feet away from the
unit.
b. Verify the main audio alarm sounds briefly just before the system
startup screen displays
• If the self tests fail, the display shows an alarm. Refer to Section 7.6
• Ensure alarm LEDs blink.
6. Connect power cord(s) to AC power and power system On.
7. Access the Service Menu and change the following as required

(TRM Section 4.4):
a. Configuration (TRM - Section 4.4.1)
• Decimal marker
• Language
• Paw
• Flow
• CO2
• Height
• Weight
6-2 03/11 M1142536

6 Maintenance
• Energy Expenditure
• Gas Supply Pressure (6.X software or greater)
• Blood Gases (6.X software or greater)
• Hb (6.X software or greater)
• Altitude
b. Options List (TRM - Section 4.4.3)
• Verify that the factory installed ventilation options match the
configuration purchased with the machine.
c. Copy Configuration menu (TRM - Section 4.4.5)
• Can be used to copy a configuration to a Compact Flash card and
then copy the configuration to additional machines.
d. From the Service menu select the Service Log menu (TRM - Section
4.4.6).
• Review and reset the error and alarm log entries.
e. From the Service menu select the Touchscreen menu. Perform the
Touchscreen calibration if system uses Software 7.X or greater. Refer to
Section 5.3. for calibration instructions.
Caution Changes made in the installation mode will affect the system configuration.
All changes made are permanent and preserved until changed again.
There are several settings that may be changed in the installation mode.
These changes should only be made by the facility person (Super User)
responsible for the configuration of the ventilator.
8. Access the Install/Service menus and perform the following as required
(TRM Section 5.1.1 ):
a. Calibration (TRM - Section 4.3)
• O2 FCV
• Air FCV
• Exhalation Valve
• Backlight test
• Airway Module
b. Cal Flag
• Set to Off
c. Turn Touchscreen On or Off (software version 7.X or greater). Refer to
Section 4.2.9
d. Set Favorites Bar (software version 7.X or greater). Refer to
Section 4.2.8.
e. Power system Off.
M1142536 03/11 6-3

Notes
9. Engström System Checkout (TRM - Section 3):
a. Power system On and verify the "Calibration Required" message is

not displayed (upper right portion of the display).
b. Perform Checkout Procedure (TRM - Section 3)
• Inspect system (TRM Section 3.1)
• Automated Checkout (TRM Section 3.2)
• Backlight test (TRM Section 3.3)
• Power Failure test (TRM Section 3.4)
• Electrical Safety tests (TRM Section 3.5)
EVair Compressor option 10.Compressor Checkout (refer to Jun-Air Technical Manual p/n 6189655 for
(if installed) detailed instructions.
11. Important: Verify AC voltage and frequency on the compressor panel
matches customer AC line power. (Located on the compressor panel below
the power switch.
• 120V~, 60 Hz, 15A: Operating voltage must be 120V ±10%
• 230V~, 50 Hz, 10A: Operating voltage must be 230V ±10%
Note: Operating compressor outside of these power specifications is not
recommended and can cause early life failures - no option available for
220V~, 60 Hz or 120V~, 50 Hz.
12.Open compressor panel (unlock four captive screws 1/4 turn) and remove
the transport protective from insert.
Note: Warning Notice and instruction for removal of transport protective form
insert will be attached to EVair compressor panel.
Perform pump-up test
a. Disconnect AIR hose from AIR pipeline source.
b. Connect the EVair compressor AC power cord to the appropriate mains
connection (proper voltage and frequency) for the pump.
c. Turn on the compressor power switch.
d. Verify the compressor pump begins to run and the compressor pressure
gauge stabilizes at 550 ±50 kPa (80 ±7.3 psi) within 30 seconds.
e. Verify the green indicator light (in power switch) is On.
Check pressure switch setting
a. Connect Medical Air Pipeline to the inlet. The pipeline gauge should
indicate 280 to 650 kPa (41 to 94 psi). The pump should be in standby
while the power switch light remains lit.
b. Cut-In Pressure; Decrease pipeline pressure and verify the compressor
starts (Turns On) at 225-265 kPa (32.6-38.4 psi).
c. Cut-our Pressure; Increase Pipeline pressure and verify that the Pump
ceases (Turns Off) at 280±10 KPa (39 to 42.1 psi).
6-4 03/11 M1142536

6 Maintenance
Verify drain bottle is attached to side of compressor and drain tube is

attached to drain port on compressor panel.
Verify the auto drain activates at approximately two minute intervals.
M1142536 03/11 6-5

Engström Pro
6.2 Engström Pro Planned Maintenance

12 months 24 month 48 month ______________________
6.2.1 Every twelve Perform the following steps every 12 months.

(12) months For details, refer to the sections listed.
1. If required, adjust the Display Unit arm joints (Refer to Section 9.6).
2. Depending upon system configuration; verify the AC power cord is fully

seated in the power inlet connector(s) on the back of the ventilator, outlet
panel, compressor, and the AC power cord clamp(s) is secure.
• Tighten the power clamp screws to 1.0 Nm and the retainer screw to
0.23 Nm.
3. Visually inspect Vent Engine fan filter. Clean or replace as needed.
4. Visually inspect Display Unit fan filter. Clean or replace as needed.
5. Visually inspect exhalation valve assembly. Clean or replace as needed.
6. Visually inspect gas inlet filters (O2 and Air). Replace as needed.
CAUTION Any visual signs of moisture or particulate matter indicates that the facility
may have a problem with their Medical gas delivery system. Return the
replaced filter to the appropriate authority in the facility so that they are aware
of the problem and can correct as needed. If there is any indication of
moisture in the filter, the main manifold must be inspected to ensure there are
no visual signs of moisture entering into the ventilator engine.
7. Check backup audio alarm buzzer:
a. Power system On. Verify the backup audio alarm buzzer sounds for two
seconds as soon as the system switch is turned On.
b. Verify the main audio alarm sounds briefly just before the system
startup screen displays
• If the self tests fail, the display shows an alarm. Refer to Section 7.7
• Ensure alarm LEDs blink.
8. Complete the battery capacity test (Section 6.6).
9. Complete Electrical safety tests (Section 3.5).
10. Complete all Service level tests and calibrations (Section 5.2).
Note: If Software 7.X or greater is installed, perform the Touchscreen
calibration (Section 5.4).
6-6 03/11 M1142536

6 Maintenance
11. Complete all Super-User calibrations (Section 5.1).
12. Complete the Checkout procedure (Section 3.2).
M1142536 03/11 6-7

Engström Pro
6.2.2 Every forty-eight Replace the following parts every 48 months (4 years). Replacement may
(48) months occur at the same time the 12 month maintenance is performed.
1. Replace Lithium battery (1009-5800-000) on display CPU board.

Refer to Section 9.4.2, item 5.
2. Inspect for visual accumulation of dust on boards located behind DU fan.
a. Use a soft brush and general-purpose aerosol duster designed for PC
boards. The aerosol canister must be a moisture free formulation which
leaves no residue.
3. Check regulator output (Section 5.2.4).
4. Inspect for visual accumulation of dust on Main Enclosure fan.
5. Replace the system batteries* (Stock Number 1009-5682-000).

a. Charge batteries for 8 hours.
b. Run battery capacity test.
Important: Refer to the “Battery capacity test” in Section 6.6.
6-8 03/11 M1142536

6 Maintenance
6.3 JunAir EVair03 Compressor Maintenance (Model OF302-1.5DSA)

12 months 24 month 48 month ______________________
6.3.1 Every twelve Perform the following steps every 12 months.

(12) months Refer to the JunAir EVair03 Compressor Technical Reference manual
(TRM) - 6189655 for additional information.
1. Disconnect the air pipeline supply if present.
2. Unplug mains AC power from compressor.
3. Remove the front cover from compressor (four screws on front panel).
4. Open the drain valve on the receiver, if water is present in the receiver; refer
to "Fault finding and repair" section of the JunAirEvair03 TRM, Step 7,
Figure 3.
5. Check the o-rings’ in the non-return valve and replace if necessary.
Part numbers 6243000 and 6242500 - refer to JunAir EVair03 TRM
Figures 4 and 7.
6. Install filter kit f/OF302-1.5SDA, 5471001.
Filter kit includes the following components:
• Intake filters - 2 each, 5412400
Refer to JunAir EVair03 TRM - Figure 5.
• F/5 um filter - 2 each, 4071230
Refer to JunAir EVair03 TRM - Figures 6b and 6c. Note: Use only the Filter
and Filter Bowl O-ring from kit, discard other parts.
• F/0.01 um Filter -1 each, 4071240
Refer to JunAir EVair 03 TRM - Figure 6d.
• F/air intake - 1 each, 6985795
Refer to JunAir EVair03 TRM - Page 10.
7. Check the condition of internal hoses and connectors.
8. Use a soft, damp cloth to carefully clean all dust and debris from the
compressor exterior and interior, especially the cooler fins and fans.
9. Connect the air pipeline supply (if present) and mains AC power.
10. Power the unit On and check for leaks and proper operation.
Perform pump-up test:

a. Disconnect AIR hose from AIR pipeline source.
b. Connect the EVair compressor AC power cord to the appropriate mains
connection (proper voltage and frequency) for the pump.
c. Turn on the compressor power switch.
M1142536 03/11 6-9

Engström Pro
d. Verify the compressor pump begins to run and the compressor pressure
gauge stabilizes at 550 ±50 kPa (80 ±7.3 psi) within 30 seconds.
e. Verify the green indicator light (in power switch) is On.
Check pressure switch setting:
a. Connect Medical Air Pipeline to the inlet. The pipeline gauge should
indicate 280 to 650 kPa (41 to 94 psi). The pump should be in standby
while the power switch light remains lit.
b. Cut-In Pressure; Decrease pipeline pressure and verify the compressor
starts (Turns On) at 225-265 kPa (32.6-38.4 psi).
c. Cut-out Pressure; Increase Pipeline pressure and verify that the Pump
ceases (Turns Off) at 280±10 KPa (39 to 42.1 psi).
11.Verify drain bottle is attached to side of compressor and drain tube is
attached to drain port on compressor panel.
12.Verify the auto drain activates at approximately two minute intervals.
6-10 03/11 M1142536

6 Maintenance
6.3.2 Every 10, 000 hours In addition to the 12-month requirements, replace the following parts every
10,000 hours. All parts should be replaced before performing the checks,
tests, and calibrations.
1. Install 10,000 Hour Kit after 10,000 hours of operation (Check hour
meter).
• P/N 5471002 - 10,000 Hour Kit -230V/50 Hz
• P/N 5471003 - 10,000 Hour Kit - 120 V/60 Hz
10,000 Hour Kit includes:
• Motor OF302
Refer to JunAir Evair 03 TRM - Page 10.
• Non-return valve - 2 each, P/N 5414500
Refer to the JunAir EVair 03 TRM - Figures 4 and 7.
• Solenoid valve
Refer to JunAir EVair03 TRM - Figures 8 and 9.
• Auto drain
Refer to JunAir Evair03 TRM - Page 9.
M1142536 03/11 6-11

Engström Pro
6.4 Cleaning and sterilizing agents

WARNING The following cleaning/disinfection agents have been validated for material
compatibility only. The effectiveness of sterilization with these agents has not
been validated.
Component Process Method
Mild
Autoclave at
detergent Ethyl
Sporox II Cidex Plus NU-CIDEX CIDEX OPA 121° C or
and warm Alcohol
134° C
water
Expiratory flow Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes

sensor
Exhalation valve Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes

housing
(includes
diaphragm, o-
ring, and water
trap)
Fan filters Yes No No No No No No
Aeroneb Pro Yes No No Yes Yes Yes Yes

Nebulizer
Water trap Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes

(cart mounted)
Cables Yes Yes No No No No No
External surfaces Yes No No No No No No
Neo Flow Sensor Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes
Display Unit (DU) Yes Yes No No No No No

(Screen
Surfaces)
EView (External Yes No No No No No No

Surfaces)
6-12 03/11 M1142536

6 Maintenance
6.5 Recommended part replacement period
Recommended Replacement Period

(whichever occurs first)
Item Interval Number of Cleaning Cycles
Exhalation Valve Assembly 12 months 50

1505-8568-000
Diaphragm 12 months 50
1505-3224-000
Adult Flow Sensor 6 months 50
1505-3231-000
Neonatal Flow Sensor 6 months 25
M1142536 03/11 6-13

Engström Pro
6.6 Battery capacity test

Before testing the batteries, ensure that the PMB Diagnostics screen shows
that the battery is fully charged. Battery status will show "Float Charge"
which indicates that the battery is fully charged. See “Battery Status” on
page 7.in Section 8 .
1. Connect the ventilator to AC mains power for 8 hours to ensure the
batteries are fully charged.
2. Connect a breathing circuit and test lung to the ventilator.
3. Set the following parameters:
• Mode: BiLevel
• Rate: 12/min
• I:E: 1:2
• Pinsp: 20 cmH2O
• PEEP/Plow: 5 cmH2O
• Bias Flow: 4 l/min
4. Start ventilation.
5. Unplug the power cord from AC mains.
6. Allow the system to run on battery until it does an orderly shutdown.
7. Reconnect the power cord to a mains outlet.
8. Boot the system with the PCMCIA Service Application for the DU and
Compact Flash for HPDU, then access the Power Diagnostics function as
detailed in Section 8.
• Use the PC Service Application to view Power Diagnostics and Power
Control in Section 8.
9. Page 1 of the Power Controller Power Diagnostics screen shows the ‘Date
battery Tested’ (the last full battery discharge until shutdown) and the
‘Discharge Time’.
• If Discharge Time information is not displayed on the screen, the test has
not been run. Repeat the test procedure.
• If the ‘Discharge Time’ is greater than 60 minutes, the batteries can be
left in service for one more year.
• If the ‘Discharge Time’ is less than 60 minutes, both batteries should be
replaced.
Note: Charge battery for at least 8 hours before next use.
6-14 03/11 M1142536

7 Troubleshooting
In this section 7.1 Troubleshooting Checkout Failures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-2

7.1.1 Paw transducer check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-2
7.1.2 Barometric pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3
7.1.3 Low pressure leak and compliance check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-4
7.1.4 Safety valve relief and back pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-5
7.1.5 Exhalation valve calibration check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-6
7.1.6 Exhalation flow sensor calibration test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-7
7.1.7 Measure breathing circuit resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-8
7.1.8 Air inspiratory flow sensor calibration check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-8
7.1.9 O2 inspiratory flow sensor calibration check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-9
7.1.10 O2 sensor test and calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
7.1.11 Inspiratory Limb Resistance check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
7.2 Troubleshooting Vent Engine Leaks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
7.2.1 Vent engine leak test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
7.2.2 Expiratory pressure circuit test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16
7.2.3 Auxiliary pressure circuit test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
7.3 Troubleshooting Vent Engine Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18
7.3.1 Regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18
7.3.2 Flow Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18
7.4 Troubleshooting Startup Screen (POST) messages - display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
7.5 Troubleshooting the Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
7.6 Alarm message troubleshooting chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
7.7 Troubleshooting Service App messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
M1142536 03/11 7-1

Engström Pro
7.1 Troubleshooting Checkout Failures

Note: If the Automated Checkout (Section 3.2) results in failures, refer to the
following sections to troubleshoot a specific failure. Use Engström PC Service
Application (Section 8.5) while running all tests . Additional information
regarding Checkout failures is available in the Event Log.
failure, create and include a Checkout log using the Engström Service
Application. as well as the Event Log
Important If you encounter multiple failures during the Super User Calibrations, System
Checkout, or during the Service Checkout Procedures, especially test
associated with air supply, it could be an indication of water or hydrocarbon
contamination. If you suspect contamination of this nature, inspect the pipe
inlet filters for signs of contamination. Contamination of this nature would
require the replacement of all contaminated components or the Vent Engine
Sub-assembly, based on the extent of the contamination.
7.1.1 Paw transducer The Paw transducer check zeroes the inspiratory and expiratory pressure
check sensors and verifies that the two pressures agree within a reasonable margin.
If this check fails, all ventilation modes will still be available.
Event Log Message Checkout Failure Troubleshooting Action Required

Insp pressure zero out of Inspiratory Pressure Sensor Zero • Use Engström PC Service Application (Section
range Failure: 8.5) to facilitate problem isolation.
With the Inspiratory Pressure Zero • Ensure proper connections.
Valve actuated, raw counts from • Remove the Inspiratory Pressure Zero valve. If
the Inspiratory Pressure Sensor the Inspiratory Pressure Sensor values are
must be between 631 and 968; if between 631 and 968 counts, replace the
not, test results indicate Fail and Zero Valve.
the Pinsp sensor out of range • Replace the Inspiratory Pressure Sensor Board.
message is displayed.
• Replace the Vent Control board (VCB).
Exp pressure zero out of Expiratory Pressure Sensor Zero • Use Engström PC Service Application (Section
range Failure: 8.5) to facilitate problem isolation.
With the Expiratory Pressure Zero • Ensure proper connections.
Valve actuated, raw counts from • Remove the Expiratory Pressure Zero valve. If
the Expiratory Pressure Sensor the Expiratory Pressure Sensor values are
must be between 631 and 968; if between 631 and 968 counts, replace the
not, test results indicate Fail and Zero Valve.
the Pexp sensor out of range • Replace the Expiratory Pressure Sensor Board.
message is displayed.
• Replace the Vent Monitor board (VMB).
7-2 03/11 M1142536

7 Troubleshooting

Pressure too low Cannot achieve 34 cmH2O • Use Engström PC Service Application (Section
pressure: 8.5) to facilitate problem isolation.
Total flow too low
The Air (O2) flow valve is set to • Ensure supply gas is connected.
approximately 8 lpm and the test • Continue with other tests. If a significant
is initiated if 33 cmH2O pressure internal leak is indicated; use the Low pressure
is not achieved; test results leak test (Section 5.2.5) to isolate and repair
indicate Fail but no alarm the leak.
message is displayed. • Calibrate Flow Valves.
• Check respective Regulator and Flow Control
Valve for proper operation (Section 7.3.1 and
Section 7.3.2).
Meas insp/exp pressures Paw insp and Paw exp are not • Use Engström PC Service Application (Section
disagree within 4 cmH2O when pressurized 8.5) to facilitate problem isolation.
to 34 cmH2O. • Use the Service Application to calibrate
Test results indicate Fail but no sensors (Section 5.2.8).
alarm message is displayed. • Replace the affected Sensor board(s) or Zero
valves, if calibration fails.
7.1.2 Barometric The Barometric pressure test verifies that the measured barometric pressure
pressure test reasonably matches the barometric pressure calculated based on user-set
altitude. If this check fails, all ventilation modes will still be available and the
calculations will use the input altitude as a basis for absolute pressure.

Set altitude/cal baro A failure indicates that the • Verify correct altitude setting.
pressures disagree difference between calculated • If setting is correct, calibrate the barometric
barometric pressure based on the sensor (Section 8.5.19).
input altitude, and the measured
• Replace the Vent Monitor board (VMB) -
barometric pressure is greater
recalibrate barometric sensor.
than 20%.
M1142536 03/11 7-3

Engström Pro
7.1.3 Low pressure leak The Low pressure leak and compliance check measures the leak and
and compliance check compliance of the breathing circuit. If this check fails, all ventilation modes
will be available but volume accuracy will be decreased.
• If the Leak is greater than or equal to 500 ml/min or Compliance cannot be
measured or Resistance cannot be measured, the "Failed" message will
display across from Circuit Check.
• If the Leak is less than 500 ml/min and Compliance and Resistance can be
measured, values will be displayed.

Total flow too low (1) The first calculation is compliance • Use Engström PC Service Application (Section
and is based on the amount of 8.5) to facilitate problem isolation.
Total flow too high (1)
time it takes for a 3 lpm flow to • Ensure supply gas is connected.
Pressure too low (1) create 34 cmH2O of pressure at
• Continue with other tests. If a significant leak is
the Pexp sensor. If this flow or
indicated; use the Low Pressure Leak test
pressure cannot be achieved, a
(Section 5.2.5), to isolate and repair the leak
"Failed" message will appear and
no compliance information will be • Check respective Regulator and Flow Control
available. Valve for proper operation (Section 7.3.1 and
Section 7.3.2).
No pressure difference (1) If there are errors in the
calculation (negative values,
divide by zero) the results will be
dashed.
Total flow too low (2) The second calculation is the low
pressure leak rate. It is based on
the amount of pressure decay
Pressure too low (2) from 25 cmH2O pressure in
approximately 3 seconds. If 25
cmH2O cannot be achieved with
3.5 Lpm, a "Failed" message will
appear.
No pressure difference (2) A correction based on the leak
rate is applied to the compliance
Negative pressure
calculation and the information
will be displayed. If there are
errors in the calculation (negative
values, divide by zero) the results
will be dashed.
Leak > 1 Lpm, compliance If the leak rate is greater than 1
invalid lpm (@ 25 cmH2O), the
compliance value will be dashed
and the leak value will show ">
1000 ml/min." This value can be
useful in diagnosing other failures
during checkout.
7-4 03/11 M1142536

7 Troubleshooting
7.1.4 Safety valve The Safety Valve Relief test checks the ability of the Safety Relief Valve to
relief and back pressure relieve all patient pressure on demand. It then checks the back pressure with
a flow of 75 l/min while the safety valve is open. If the safety valve cannot
relieve 30 cmH2) within 250 msec or if the back pressure is greater than 15
cmH2O, ventilation will not be allowed.

Total flow too low(1) Set the Air (O2) flow valve to 8 • Ensure supply gas is connected.
lpm. If at least 30 cmH2O cannot • If the Relief Valve opened during the
Pressure too low
be achieved within 4 seconds, the compliance check, repeat the checkout. If the
Pressure not maintained test will indicate Fail but no alarm problem persists, replace the exhalation
message is displayed. diaphragm.
• Check respective Regulator and Flow Control
Section 7.3.2).
• A leak is indicated; use the PC Service
Application (Section 8.5) and the Low
Pressure Leak test (Section 7.2) to isolate and
repair the leak.
• Repeat check.
Pressure not relieved Once pressure stabilizes, the Use the Service Application to simulate this test.
Safety Relief Valve is opened. If
a. If pressure remains significantly above 2
Pexp does not go to less than 2
cmH2O:
cmH2O within 250 msec, the test
will indicate Fail and Relief Valve • Listen for the valve actuator to
Failure message will be "click"when actuating. Check the
displayed. connections to the safety relief valve.
• Ensure seat/seal interface is clean.
• Replace the Manifold Assembly.
b. If pressure is only slightly above 2 cmH2O:
• Re-zero pressure sensors.
• Ensure seat/seal interface is clean.
• If Exhalation Valve Calibration Check
also fails, replace the Pexp sensor.
• Repeat check.
Total flow too low (2) If a flow of 75 l/min creates more Use the Service Application to simulate this test.
than 15 cmH2O pressure at Pexp
Total flow too high • Check respective Regulator and Flow Control
sensor with the safety relief valve
Pressure too high open, the test will indicate Fail
Section 7.3.2).
and Relief Valve Failure message
will be displayed. If 75 l/min • Check the connections to the safety relief valve.
cannot be achieved, the test will • Replace the Manifold, Insp Valve Assembly.
indicate Fail but no message will
be displayed.
M1142536 03/11 7-5

Engström Pro
7.1.5 Exhalation valve The Exhalation Valve Calibration check sets flow at 4 l/min as measured by
calibration check the total flow sensor and the expiratory valve to 34 cmH2O. Once stable, it
opens the Expiratory Valve and verifies that the exp Paw is less than 2 cmH2O
within 250 ms. If this check fails, all ventilation modes will still be available.

Total flow too low Cannot achieve 34 cmH2O • Ensure supply gas is connected and device can
(+/- 10 cmH2O pressure. achieve at least 4 lpm at the 10 lpm calibration
Total flow too high
point (see step a below).
The test will indicate Fail but no
alarm message is displayed. • Calibrate the Exhalation Valve.
• A leak is indicated; use the PC Service
Application (Section 8.5) and the Low Pressure
Leak test (Section 5.2.4) to isolate and repair
the leak.
• Repeat check.
Pressure unstable If both the Relief Valve and • Use the Service Application to apply 34 cmH2O
Exhalation Valve tests fail and the of pressure until stable, then release the
Pressure too high
leak rate is less than 2000 pressure using either the Exhalation Valve or
counts, the most likely problem is the Safety Relief Valve. The Pexp value must
with the Pexp Sensor not returning return to less than 2 cmH2O within 250 msec.
to zero. If not, re-zero and repeat or replace the Pexp
sensor.
Exh valve out of cal If only this check is failing, the a. Use the Service Application to verify at
exhalation valve may be out of least 4 l/min is generated by
calibration. the FCV. If not:
• Recalibrate the FCV.
• Replace the FCV.
b. Remove the Exhalation Valve Assembly
and ensure the Voice coil shaft is clean
and dry and moves freely without binding.
c. Replace the Exhalation Valve Assembly.
d. Replace the Voice coil assembly.
No exh flow sensor Exhalation flow sensor is not • If an exhalation flow sensor is not installed,
detected by the system. install the exhalation flow sensor and repeat
the check.
• If an exhalation flow sensor is installed, replace
the sensor and repeat the check.
7-6 03/11 M1142536

7 Troubleshooting
7.1.6 Exhalation flow The Exhalation Flow Sensor Calibration test compares the Exhalation Flow
sensor calibration test Sensor output to the Total Flow Sensor output at 10 l/min. If the Expiratory
Flow Sensor is within 20% of the Total Flow Sensor, the test passes and an
Expiratory Flow normalization table is created to compensate for up to 10% of
this discrepancy.
If this test fails, all ventilator functions will still be available. The message
Flow Sensor Error may be displayed.

No exh flow sensor Exhalation flow sensor is not • If an exhalation flow sensor is not installed,
detected by the system. install the exhalation flow sensor and repeat
the check.
• If an exhalation flow sensor is installed, replace
the sensor and repeat the check.
Total flow too low (1) The inspiratory and expiratory • Use Engström PC Service Application (Section
flows do not match. The Air and/or 8.5) to facilitate problem isolation.
O2 Inspiratory Flow Sensor • Use the Service Application to determine the
Exp/Total flows disagree calibration checks may also fail. accuracy of the Total Flow Sensor.
Total flow too low (2) • Check respective Regulator and Flow Control
Total flow too high (2) Valve for proper operation (Section 7.3.1 and
Section 7.3.2).
Total/Norm ExpFlows
disagree
Leak too large for The leak value measured in the • A leak is indicated; use the Engström PC
normalization Low pressure leak and Service Application and the Low pressure leak
compliance check is greater than test (Section 7.2) to isolate and repair the leak.
500 ml/min. • Repeat check.
M1142536 03/11 7-7

Engström Pro
7.1.7 Measure breathing The breathing circuit resistance is calculated from the amount of resistance
circuit resistance created when 60 l/min (Adult and Ped) is flowing through the circuit. It is
calculated and displayed on the bottom of the screen. The value represents
the resistance of 1/2 of the breathing circuit for adult and pediatric (in
software versions prior to 6.X - see Section 7.1.11 for SW 6.X behavior) . If this
check fails, all ventilation modes will be available.

Total flow too low (1) The system cannot establish the • Use Engström PC Service Application (Section
flow required for measuring 8.5) to facilitate problem isolation.
resistance. • Use the Service Application to determine the
Total flow too low (2) If there are errors in the accuracy of the Total Flow Sensor.
calculation (negative values, • Check respective Regulator and Flow Control
divide by zero) the results will be Valve for proper operation (Section 7.3.1 and
dashed. Section 7.3.2).
7.1.8 Air inspiratory This check verifies that the Air Flow Sensor is functioning and compares the
flow sensor flow and temperature measurements with the total flow sensor at 30 l/min.
Total flow and Air flow must be within 15% and temperature must be within
calibration check 9° C.
If this check fails, all ventilator functions will still be available. The message
FiO2 Control Error may be displayed.

No Air Air supply pressure is <30 psig • Ensure air gas supply is connected.
Total flow too low Failure can be due to lack of flow • Use Engström PC Service Application (Section
as well as flow or temperature 8.5) to simulate the test and isolate the
Total/Air flows disagree
differences. problem.
Total/Air temps disagree
7-8 03/11 M1142536

7 Troubleshooting
7.1.9 O2 inspiratory This check verifies that the O2 Flow Sensor is functioning and compares the
flow sensor flow and temperature measurements with the total flow sensor at 30 l/min.
Total flow and O2 flow must be within 15% and temperature must be within
calibration check 9°C.
If this check fails, all ventilator functions will still be available. The message
FiO2 Control Error may be displayed.

No O2 O2 supply pressure is <30 psig • Ensure oxygen gas supply is connected.
Total flow too low Failure can be due to lack of flow • Use Engström PC Service Application (Section
as well as flow or temperature 8.5) to simulate the test and isolate the
Total/O2 flows disagree
differences. problem.
Total/O2 temps disagree
M1142536 03/11 7-9

Engström Pro
7.1.10 O2 sensor test This test/calibration will only be performed if both Air and O 2 are connected.
and calibration The O2 offset is calibrated while flowing 30 l/min of Air, and the O 2 gain is
calibrated with 30 l/min of O2.
Calibration is verified by flowing 15 l/min Air and 15 l/min O 2 and comparing
the sensor output to the calculated valve (approximately 60.5%). The test will
Fail if O2 sensor is not within 5% of the calculated value.
If this check fails, all ventilator functions will still be available.
Note: This test is performed before the O2 inspiratory flow sensor calibration
check.

No Air The O2 offset is calibrated while • Use Engström PC Service Application (Section
flowing 30 l/min of Air, and the O2 8.5) to simulate the test and isolate the
No O2
gain is calibrated with 30 l/min of problem.
O2 sensor comm. failure O2. The test will Fail if either Air or • Check both regulators and Flow Control Valves
Air flow too low (1) O2 fail to achieve 30 l/min flow. for proper operation (Section 7.3.1 and
Section 7.3.2)
Oxygen flow too low (1)
Paracube failure - 21%
Paracube cal fail (21%)
Paracube failure - 100%
Paracube cal fail (100%)
Oxygen flow too low (2) Calibration is verified by flowing
15 l/min Air and 15 l/min O2 and
Airflow too low (2)
comparing the sensor output to
Total flow too low the calculated valve
Paracube/Sensirion O2 (approximately 60.5%). The test
readings disagree will Fail if O2 sensor is not within
5% of the calculated value.
7-10 03/11 M1142536

7 Troubleshooting
7.1.11 Inspiratory Limb In 6.X software, the resistance of the inspiratory limb of the breathing circuit
Resistance check is measured for adult and pediatric patient type after the wye is removed from
the occlusion port. The breathing circuit resistance is calculated from the
amount of resistance created in the inspiratory limb when 60 l/min is flowing
through the circuit. It is calculated and displayed on the bottom of the screen.
If this check fails, all ventilation modes will be available.

Total flow too low The system cannot establish the • Use Engström PC Service Application (Section
flow required for measuring 8.5) to simulate the test and isolate the
Pressure too low
resistance. problem.
Total flow too low(1) • Use the Service Application to determine the
Total flow too low(2) If there are error s in the accuracy of the Total Flow Sensor
calculation (negative values, • Check respective Regulator and Flow Control
Pressure too low (1)
divide by zero) the results will be Valve for proper operation (Section 7.3.1 and
dashed. Section 7.3.2).
M1142536 03/11 7-11

Engström Pro
7.2 Troubleshooting Vent Engine Leaks

Note: Use the Service Application PC based (Section 8.5) while running all tests.
• Refer to Section 7.2.1 if the vent engine leak test fails (Section 5.2.5) by
either being unable to build 70 cmH2O pressure or if the leak rate exceeds
10 ml/min.
• Refer to Section 7.2.2 if able to build inspiratory pressure to 70 cmH2O
inspiratory pressure, but unable to build 70 cmH2O of either expiratory
pressure or auxiliary pressure.
failure, create and include a Checkout log using the Service Application.
7.2.1 Vent engine While retaining the leak test setup:

leak test 1. Close the Air and O2 flow valves to limit the components tested (remove the
checkmarks from the boxes next to the DAC counts).
2. Repeat the Vent Engine Leak Test.
• If the test passes, proceed to step 5.
• If the leak remains, toggle the Effort Valve closed.
• If the system passes, check the Free Breathing Valve diaphram
and o-ring seal.
• If the leak remains, toggle the safety valve open/closed.
• If the system passes, check the safety valve seal.
• If the leak remains, check the individual components in the Total Flow
path.
7-12 03/11 M1142536

7 Troubleshooting
30 mm Male Cone
H
Expiratory Zero
Flow Valve
High Pressure Valve
Transducer Flow
Exhalation
Inlet Check
Air P
O2 Sensor Valve
T H
O2
INSP
Flow
Valve
Inlet Check
Primary Safety
AB.98.100
Inlet Relief Valve
AB.98.186
Free Breathing
O2 Check Valve
Auxiliary Pressure
Transducer Relief
Valve
Auxiliary Pressure
Purge Valve Paux
Inlet Inlet
P P
Filter Filter
O2 Air
Optional Standard
O2 Air
Regulator Regulator
Air
Test Port
O2
Test
Port
O2 O2 Total Air Air
Atmosphere
Paux
Pexp
Pinsp Paux
O2 Sensor
Relief
AB.98.120
AB.98.101
H
INSP
Paux
EXP
M1142536 03/11 7-13

Engström Pro
5. Open only the O2 flow valve by checking the O2 Flow Valve box (verify that
60000 DAC counts are set).
• If the test fails, check the individual components in the O 2 Flow path.
• If the test passes, check the individual components in the Air Flow path.
7-14 03/11 M1142536

7 Troubleshooting
30 mm Male Cone
H
Expiratory Zero
Flow Valve
High Pressure Valve
Transducer Flow
Exhalation
Inlet Check
Primary Filter Valve
Air P
O2 Sensor Valve
T H
O2
INSP
High Pressure
Flow
Effort
Valve
Valve
Inlet Check
Filter Valve
Primary Safety
AB.98.100
Inlet Relief Valve
Free Breathing
O2
AB.98.111
Check Valve
Auxiliary Pressure
Transducer Relief
Valve
Auxiliary Pressure
Purge Valve Paux
P P
O2 Air
O2 Air
Regulator Regulator
Air
Test Port
O2
Test
Port
O2 O2 Total Air Air
Atmosphere
Paux
Pexp
Pinsp Paux
O2 Sensor
Relief
AB.98.121
H
INSP
Paux
EXP
M1142536 03/11 7-15

Engström Pro
7.2.2 Expiratory If the vent engine leak test (Section 5.2.5) fails step 6, the following steps will
pressure circuit test verify flow and integrity of the Expiratory pressure circuit. Flow in this circuit is
restricted; therefore failure to build pressure during the low pressure leak test
is not an indication of an excessive circuit leak or purge flow issue. However,
passing the low pressure leak test does indicate circuit integrity and therefore
the following tests are only necessary if step 6 fails.
1. Ensure the air shut-off valve is open and supply is available.
2. Set the exhalation valve raw counts to 60,0000 and activate by checking
the box.
3. While monitoring the expiratory pressure; plug the Expiratory Valve inlet.
a. Pressure should rise to 70 cmH2O within 7 seconds. If it does, the
purge flow is sufficient and the leak rate is not excessive.
b. If not, check the pressure port seal in the Exhalation Valve Assembly,
and/or replace the Exhalation Valve Assembly and repeat the test.
c. If the test still fails, continue.
4. Remove the vent engine per Section 9.1.2 and 9.3.2.
Warning Before removing restrictors: shut off the supply valves and open the flow
valves to bleed system pressure build-up.
5. Remove the restrictor access cover next to the Air Flow Valve.
6. Remove the restrictor and reinstall the restrictor access cover. Repeat
steps 1 through 3.
a. If pressure rises to 70 cmH2O within 7 seconds, install a new restrictor
and repeat the test.
b. If not, or if the test fails with the new restrictor, continue.
7. Check the following seals on the individual components in the order listed,
replace components as needed, and repeat the test.
a. Restrictor cover gasket
b. Expiratory pressure zero valve gasket
c. Expiratory pressure sensor o-ring
d. Outlet manifold o-ring
8. If the test fails, replace the following components in the order listed.
a. Expiratory pressure sensor assembly
b. Outlet panel assembly
c. Main manifold assembly
7-16 03/11 M1142536

7 Troubleshooting
7.2.3 Auxiliary pressure 1. Remove the vent engine per Section 9.1.2 and 9.3.2.
circuit test
Warning Before removing restrictors: shut off the supply valves and open the flow
valves to bleed system pressure build-up.
2. Remove the restrictor access cover next to the Air Flow Valve.
3. Remove the restrictor and re-install the restrictor access cover. Repeat the
P1 Low Pressure leak test in Section 5.2.11.
a. If pressure > 90 cmH2O, install a new restrictor and repeat the test.
b. If not, or if failure occurs with new restrictor, continue.
4. Check seals on the following individual components in the order listed,
replace components as needed, and repeat the test:
a. Restrictor cover gasket
b. Auxiliary pressure relief valve
c. Auxiliary pressure zero valve gasket
d. Auxiliary pressure sensor o-ring
e. Outlet manifold o-ring
5. If failure occurs, replace the following components in the order listed:
a. Auxiliary pressure sensor assembly
b. Auxiliary zero valve
c. Outlet panel assembly
d. Main manifold assembly
M1142536 03/11 7-17

Engström Pro
7.3 Troubleshooting Vent Engine Components

Important If you encounter multiple failures during the Super User Calibrations, System
Checkout, or during the Service Checkout Procedures, especially test
associated with air supply, it could be an indication of water or hydrocarbon
contamination. If you suspect contamination of this nature, inspect the pipe
inlet filters for signs of contamination. Contamination of this nature would
require the replacement of all contaminated components or the Vent Engine
Sub-assembly, based on the extent of the contamination.
7.3.1 Regulator
1. Set up the PC Service application per Section 5.2.1.
2. Attach a manual shut off valve to the gas supply for the Regulator Under
Test (RUT).
3. Enter the Super User mode.
4. Calibrate the RUT per Section 5.2.4.
5. Verify the pressure is stable and does not increase above 179 kPa (26 psi)
when the Flow Valve is off.
6. Turn off the shut off valve.
7. Set the Flow Valve DAC to 60000 for the gas being tested to bleed the
trapped pressure.
8. Re-set the Flow Valve DAC to 0.
9. Slowly open the shut off valve until pressure begins to rise.
a. If pressure continues to rise above 179 kPa (26 psi), the regulator
should be replaced.
7.3.2 Flow Valves

1. Set up the PC Service application per Section 5.2.1.
2. Enter the Super User mode.
3. Calibrate the Flow Valve Under Test (VUT).
4. Verify the Flow through the VUT is less than 200 ml. If not, perform a Vent
engine clean-out per Section 5.2.3.
5. From the VCB Screen, open the Cal Tables.
7-18 03/11 M1142536

7 Troubleshooting
6. Copy the counts from the 250 ml flow calibration point.
7. Paste the DAC count into the DAC value for the VUT and energize the valve.
8. Press and hold the arrow to increase counts while watching the Flow for the VUT.
9. When flow exceeds 200 ml, release the up arrow.
a. If flow is greater than 500 ml, perform the Vent Engine Clean-out per Section
5.2.3 and repeat test.
b. If opening flow is still greater than 500 ml, replace the VUT.
10.Adjust the counts for the VUT to achieve approximately 2000 ml flow.
11.Press and hold the down arrow to decrease counts until the flow is less than 200 ml.
a. If flow will not decrease below 200 ml, perform Vent Engine Clean out and repeat
the test.
b. If flow does not decrease below 200 ml but is less than 500 ml, it can be used
but should be re-tested periodically to ensure it is stable.
c. If flow does not decrease below 500 ml, replace the VUT.
M1142536 03/11 7-19

Engström Pro
7.4 Troubleshooting Startup Screen (POST) messages - display

If the system encounters a problem at startup to where it cannot initiate system
software, a BIOS error message indicating the failure will be displayed.
Message What it indicates Troubleshooting Action Required

***ERROR: This indicates a hardware failure. Replace the HPDU CPU board.
CPU data cache fault.
***ERROR: This indicates a problem with the Check or replace the internal compact flash
No bootable device available. internal CF card. card.
***ERROR: This usually indicates a software file Reload the software and check out the system.
Program load failed - CRC. corruption.
RAM memory error.
***ERROR: This usually indicates a software Report this error, along with the machine logs,
System reset: ECxx xx xx . . . failure. to Technical Support.
Reload software. If problem persists, replace
the internal flash card and reload software. If
problem persists, replace the HPDU CPU board.
***ERROR: Indicates the HPDU lithium battery Replace the lithium battery if below rated
System reset: FFFF FF FF has lost contact with the holder or the voltage.
battery is below voltage. Install the software downloader card to restore
system setups.
watchdog circuit failed.
***NOTE: Service is required to correct a faultyReconnect the speaker if possible. Replace the
Alarm speaker not detected. connection to the speaker. HPDU CPU board if speaker connection can not
Check connection. be corrected.
***NOTE: Service is required to replace the CPU Replace the battery on the HPDU CPU board.
CMOS battery is weak. battery. Reload software and check out the system.
Please replace.
***NOTE: Service is required to replace the CPU Replace the battery on the HPDU CPU board.
RTC date/time error. battery. Reload software and check out the system.
Battery may be weak.
Some system failures can result in a High Priority alarm displayed.
VCB/VMB Fail This usually indicates a software Report this error, along with the machine logs,
failure. to Technical Support.
Reload software. If problem persists, replace
the HPDU CPU board.
7-20 03/11 M1142536

7 Troubleshooting
7.5 Troubleshooting the Display
Symptom Resolution
System will not boot from external Compact Flash 1. Verify that the Compact Flash card is properly inserted.
card during software installation process 2. Insert a backup Compact Flash card.
3. Open the HPDU and verify that the external Compact Flash card carrier
socket (1009-5961-000) is properly seated.
4. Replace external Compact Flash card carrier socket (1009-5961-000).
5. Replace HPDU main PCB.
Display appears mostly white and the green 1. Verify that the cable connecting the HPDU to the system’s rear panel is
LED is on properly seated.
2. Open the HPDU and verify that the cable connecting the main PCB to the
display at J28 is properly seated within the mating housing and check for
damage and/or wear.
3. Replace the HPDU.
Rotary encoder fails to work 1. Open the HPDU and verify that the cable connecting the main PCB to the
rotary encoder at J38 is properly seated within the mating connector.
2. Disconnect one keypad flex cable at a time (eg. at J23), if the rotary
encoder begins working replace that keypad and label.
3. Replace the rotary encoder,
4. Replace the HPDU main PCB.
Unit fails to boot and the green LED is on 1. Open the HPDU and ensure that the lithium coin cell at J17 on the main
PCB is properly installed.
2. Replace the lithium coin cell at J17 on the main PCB.
3. Verify that the internal Flash card at J10 on the main PCB is properly
seated.
4. Attempt to boot the system using a spare compact flash card and
replace the card if necessary.
5. Attempt to boot the system from the external Compact Flash card.
6. Replace the HPDU main PCB.
Excessive fan noise 1. Clean the HPDU fan inlet filter.
2. Check for obstructions within the external fan and verify source of fan
noise.
3. Open the HPDU and verify internal CPU fan noise.
4. Replace internal or external fan assembly if causing excessive
noise.
Touchscreen is not working Check system software version, 7.X software or greater is required for
touchscreen capability.
1. Verify if the touchscreen lock icon is displayed in the upper right corner of
the display screen.
2. Press the Lock/Unlock key on the left side of the display to enable
touchscreen.
Touchscreen is locked Press the Lock/Unlock key on the left side of the display.
Touchscreen is not turned On 1. Push the System Setup key.
3. Select Display Settings - Touchscreen.
4. Select On and confirm the selection.
Touchscreen tracking incorrect Perform touchscreen calibration in Section 5.3.
M1142536 03/11 7-21

Engström Pro
7.6 Alarm message troubleshooting chart

Note: Whenever “Check/replace harness” is indicated, ensure that all terminals are
fully inserted into the connector body window and that all wires are properly
crimped.
Troubleshooting guidelines are listed in order of probability. The entire list
does not need to be carried out if the problem is resolved. The list may not
include all possible solutions.
• Alarm message = display message
• Alarm ID = message in Error log or Event log
Alarm message Alarm ID Priority Alarm Condition Special Behavior/Comments

• Action/Troubleshooting
-none- Touchscreen not Touchscreen is not responding Service only message
detected Unable to successfully load
the Touchscreen driver.
-none- Touchscreen Touchscreen calibration data does not Service only message
calibration missing exist. Calibration files cannot be
detected and touchscreen has
reverted to the default
calibration.
• Perform touchscreen calibration (refer to Section 5.4)
-none- DU RAM Error Failed Self test failure or multi bit error Run Backup Ventilation if in
detected. Therapy.
• Cycle power.
• Replace display unit CPU board.
-none- Therapy Power Off High Power switch is set to Off. Non-silenceable.
• Normal operation if On/Standby switch is moved to standby while in therapy.

• Verify vent is in standby state prior to turning power On/Standby switch to standby.
• Verify display unit encoder accepts other inputs reliably. If not, replace encoder.
• Check/replace harness to On/Standby switch.
• Check/replace On/Standby switch.
• Check/replace PMB.
Air supply Air Supply Pres High Low Air supply pressure > 95 psig for more May result in FiO2 low alarm.
pressure high than 0.5 seconds
• Check air supply.
• Disconnect sensor and verify output is zero gauge pressure.
• Interchange harness connections on both supply pressure sensors.
• If alarm follows the sensor, replace supply pressure sensor.
• If not, check/replace VMB.
7-22 03/11 M1142536

7 Troubleshooting

Air supply Air Supply Pres Low Medium Air supply pressure < 24.3 psig for Unit shuts down Air supply and
pressure low more than 0.5 seconds delivers 100% Oxygen
Flow Wave:
O2 only
• Check air supply.
• If alarm follows the sensor, check sensor connector terminals. Replace supply pressure sensor if necessary.
• If not, check/replace harness.
• If not harness, check/replace VMB.
Air temp high Temp High High Total flow sensor temperature > 48°C Switch to 100% O2.
Air is turned off regardless of
Flow Wave: other alarm conditions (for
O2 only example, O2 Supply Low).
When the condition clears, the
vent changes back to previous
known good set O2 mixture.
• Check inlet air temperature.
• Use Service App to check temperatures of air and total flow sensors.
• If inlet air temp is NOT high, and if temp from total flow sensor reports more than 9°C higher than the air
sensor, replace Total Flow Sensor.
• With a air flow of approximately 10 l/min, verify air and total flows are within 10% of each other.
Air temp sensor Air Temperature Sensor Low Out of range air temperature sensor Use total flow temperature for
error Failure data (range is 0-60 degrees C). all air flow sensor calculations,
including alarms.
If total flow sensor
temperature not available, use
50°C.
• If comm. Failure alarm is also active, check harness connections.
• With gas supplies disconnected and system temperature stabilized, use Service App to check temperatures
of air and total flow sensors. Air flow sensor and total flow sensor shall not differ by more than 9°C.
• Replace sensors.
Backup audio Backup Buzzer POST Medium Current to buzzer indicates audio is not This alarm is logged at start-
failure sounding. up and can be de-escalated
but cannot be cleared from
the screen.
The primary and backup alarm
audio sounds upon every
power-up of the system.
• Check harness connection between PMB/On-Standby switch.
• Verify buzzer current with voltage measurement at TP15 on VCB. If voltage IS NOT present, replace PMB. If
voltage IS present, replace VCB.
M1142536 03/11 7-23

Engström Pro

Backup mode Backup Mode Active Medium Spontaneous breathing is insufficient Uses PCV mode and preset
active or Display Unit failure. settings (customer
System goes into Backup Ventilation configurable).
mode.
• Ensure the patient’s spontaneous breathing and ventilatory support is adequate. This alarm could be
triggered by user errors regarding patient ventilation requirements. See URM for details.
• Check error log for communication errors or DU errors.
Connect Nebulizer not Low Nebulizer disconnected while
nebulizer Connected nebulization procedure is running.
• Re-connect Nebulizer.
• Replace Nebulizer cable.
• Replace Nebulizer head.
• Replace Nebulizer board.
Controls frozen. Front Panel Com Fail High Display CPU board fails to send life tick DU to allow power off
Need service for greater than 10 seconds confirmation, even in Therapy.
(The Power lock popup will not
appear.)
• Look for physical damage to the keypad. If damaged, disconnect the internal keypad cable.
• If the unit powers up with no failures indicated, replace the membrane switch assembly.
• If failure still exists, disconnect each of the remaining keypad connections (one-by-one) until the failed
component is located. Replace the failed component.
• If failure still exists with all keypads disconnected, replace the CPU board.
Display fans CPU Fan Speed Fail Medium CPU fan speed less than 2500 RPM
failed (50% of nominal speed).
CPU Overheat Medium Temperature reading of either DU Not applicable to SW 6.X.

thermistor >60°C.
• Verify fan connection.
• Verify fan is not spinning while powered. If not, then replace fan.
• Replace DU CPU board.
Exp flow sensor Exhalation Flow Sensor High Failed communications with exhalation Use open loop pressure
failure Communications flow sensor. control.
Failure
• Check harness connection between VMB and exhalation flow sensor PCB.
• Replace exhalation flow sensor PCB.
• Replace VMB.
Exp Flow sensor Exhalation Flow Sensor Medium ( TVexp – TVinsp) > (0.3* TVinsp) or Freeze vent engine volume
error Comparison 100 mL whichever is greater for 6 compensation on first breath
consecutive breaths. detected.
• Using Service App, verify Inspiratory flows match Expiratory flow within tolerance stated above.
• Replace expiratory sensor as necessary.
• Replace exhalation flow sensor board (EFSB).
Fans require Fan Fail Medium Fan Power Status Bits for main fan or
service vicor fan is low.
• Check connections to fans.
• Replace broken fan(s).
7-24 03/11 M1142536

7 Troubleshooting

FiO2 control error Air Flow Sensor Medium Loss of communication with Air Flow Use Open Loop valve mixture
Communications Sensor. control.
Failure Return to closed loop volume
delivery control when cleared.
• Check Error Log for Air/O2 Insp Flow Sensor Supply Voltage.
• If yes:
-Disconnect vent engine harness at air flow sensor. If voltage error stops, replace air flow sensor.
-Disconnect vent engine harness at O2 flow sensor. If voltage error stops, replace O2 flow sensor.
-Disconnect vent engine harness at VCB. If voltage error stops, replace harness.
• If no:
-Check connection to Air Flow Sensor.
-Interchange harness connection between air and total flow sensor.
-If problem stays with sensor, replace sensor. If alarm follows harness, check/replace harness. If harness is
OK, replace VCB.
FiO2 control error O2 Flow Sensor Medium Loss of communication with O2 Flow Use Open Loop valve mixture
Communications Sensor. control.
Failure Return to closed loop volume
delivery control when cleared.
• Check Error Log for Air/O2 Insp Flow Sensor Supply Voltage.
• If yes:
-Disconnect vent engine harness at air flow sensor. If voltage error stops, replace air flow sensor.
-Disconnect vent engine harness at O2 flow sensor. If voltage error stops, replace O2 flow sensor.
• If no:
-Check connection to O2 Flow Sensor.
-Interchange harness connection between O2 and total flow sensor.
-If problem stays with sensor, replace sensor. If alarm follows harness, check/replace harness. If harness is
OK, replace VCB.
Internal power PMB DC-DC Fail Medium AC supply is OK but batteries are being
failure discharged.
On battery
• Check screw terminal connections and harness between AC-DC power supply and PMB
• Check fuse F1. If not OK, replace PMB.
• Replace AC-DC power supply.
Mixed gas temp Total Flow Temperature Low Out of range total temperature sensor Use air flow temperature for
sensor error Sensor Failure data or loss of communication. total flow sensor calculations,
including alarms.
If air flow sensor temperature
not available use 50°C.
of air and total flow sensors. If either reports temperature out of range (0 to 60°C), replace that sensor.
M1142536 03/11 7-25

Engström Pro

Negative airway Negative Pressure High Paw insp < -10 cmH20 for greater than Latched alarm.
pressure 50 continuous ms. PEEP numeric changes to
flashing red background.
• Compare Insp and Exp sensor values using the Service App at zero and 100 cm/H2O. The Insp and Exp
pressure sensors should match within ±5 cmH20 (while at 0 cmH2O true pressure) and ±10 cmH2O (while
at 100 cmH20 true pressure)
• Calibrate pressure sensors.
• Refer to pneumatic troubleshooting section for testing zeroing valve.
• Check harness connection on VCB and VMB.
• Replace sensor as needed.
No battery Degraded Battery Medium The total battery voltage is <20VDC
backup -or-
Each battery voltage is <10VDC
• Verify unit has been connected to mains for more than 24 hours.
• Check error log for related messages.
• Use Service App to determine charge state. If in trickle charge, replace batteries.
• Check/replace harness.
• Check/replace PMB.
No battery DU to PMB Com Error Medium Communications from the DU to the PMB assumes failed state and
backup? -or- power controller cannot be established allows system to shutdown
PMB to DU Com Error for 10 seconds. without confirmation from DU.
-or- (This alarm allows vent to be
(Note "?" in Communications from the power shut down if DU
alarm message) controller to the DC cannot be communications is lost.)
established for 10 seconds.
Note question mark at end of
message and no battery
status indicator on display.
• Check error logs for related messages.
• Check communication (no software information indicates no communication).
• If multiple failures, replace DU CPU board.
• Check / replace display cable.
• Check (reseat) all connections on all PC boards.
• Check/replace DU interface board.
• Replace motherboard.
• Replace PMB.
No battery PMB POST Failure Medium Power controller failed CPU self tests Note question mark at end of
backup? message and no battery
status indicator on display
(Note "?"in
alarm message)
• Cycle power.
• Replace PMB.
7-26 03/11 M1142536

7 Troubleshooting

No battery Battery Charge Fail Medium The system is powered on with a Refer to Section 8.1.3 for more
backup -or- battery current >1.3 amps. information.
Standby Current High -or-
System is in Standby and
the charge current is >1.7 Amps.
• Cycle power.
• Replace Power Supply.
• Replace PMB.
No battery Battery Fail Medium While bulk, over, or float charging any Battery status indicator
backup battery is <10.5VDC (short) appears under clock.
-or-
Battery has been charging for >24h Refer to Section 8.1.3 for more
while powered on (sulfated) information.
-or-
Voltage >16.5V during bulk or over
charging and normal current >0.25
amps (sulfated).
• Cycle power.
• Replace batteries.
No battery Battery Missing Medium Any battery voltage is between -1.0 Battery status indicator
backup and +1.0VDC. appears under clock.
Refer to Section 8.1.3 for more

information.
• Cycle power.
• Check connections/replace harness.
• Check/replace fuse.
No battery Battery Reversed Medium Any battery voltage is less than Battery status indicator
backup Connection -1.0VDC appears under clock.

information.
• Cycle power.
• Check connections to battery.
• Replace PMB.
No battery PMB Self Test Fail Medium Power controller failed self tests Battery status indicator
backup (memory, voltages, or CPU). appears under clock.

information.
• Cycle power.
• Replace PMB
M1142536 03/11 7-27

Engström Pro

No battery Standby Bulk Charge > Medium System is in Standby and the charge Refer to Section 8.1.3 for more
backup 12Hrs mode is bulk charging and the duration information.
has exceeded 12 hours.
• Check connections
• Replace PMB.
No exp flow No Exhal Flow Sensor High No Exhalation Flow Sensor connected Use Open Loop pressure
sensor control.
This alarm can be suspended.
• Check Exhalation flow sensor connection.
• Replace Exhalation Flow Sensor. Waranteed for 90 days.
• Verify low pressure leak test passes.
• Check/replace interface PCB and flex circuit.
• Check/replace exhalation flow sensor PCB.
No gas supply No Supply Pressure High O2 supply pressure and air supply Continue 100% gas flow of
pressure pressure < 24.3 psi for more than 0.5 whichever gas has the higher
seconds pressure value at the onset of
the alarm; if both are equal,
use 100% O2.
• Check O2 and Air supply pressures.
• Check/replace harness between sensor and VMB.
• Check error log for reference voltage errors.
• Check/replace VMB.
O2 sensor failure O2 Sensor Fail Medium Out of range O2 sensor (Paracube)
data greater than 103% or
communication error
• Calibrate O2 sensor with Checkout (ensure both Air and O2 gas supply are connected).
• Calibrate O2 sensor with Service App (ensure both Air and O2 gas supply are connected).
• Verify O2 Concentration sensor voltage error is not present in error log.
• Check/replace O2 sensor.
O2 supply O2 Supply Pres High Low O2 supply pressure > 95 psi for more
pressure high than 0.5 seconds
• Check O2 supply.
• Disconnect sensor and verify output is zero gage pressure.
• If alarm follows the sensor, replace supply pressure sensor.
• If not harness, check/replace VMB.
7-28 03/11 M1142536

7 Troubleshooting

O2 supply O2 Supply Pres Low Medium O2 supply pressure < 24.3 psi for more Latched
pressure low than 0.5 seconds De-escalatable
Go to 100% Air.
Flow Wave:
Air only
• If not harness, replace VMB.
O2 temp sensor O2 Temperature Sensor Low Out of range O2 temperature sensor
error Failure data. (range is 0-60 degrees C)
• Check inlet O2 temperature.
of O2 and total flow sensors. O2 flow sensor and total flow sensor shall not differ by more than 9°C.
• Replace sensors.
On battery Low Internal Medium Mains power not available.
Battery – 30 Internal battery supply < 30 minutes
Min calculated via battery discharge
algorithm.
On battery On Medium Mains power not available. System
Battery powered by internal battery for more
than 300 ms.
• Normal alarm if system is operating on battery.
• Check connection to AC supply (verify green LED on DU is lit).
• If LED is not lit, check AC mains source, check rear power cord clamp, check fuses.
• If LED is lit, check output of DC power supply at screw terminals. Range is 20-32 V. If out of range, disconnect
DC power supply input harness and verify output is still out of range. Check/replace DC power supply input
harness. If out of range and harness is OK, replace DC power supply.
• Measure voltage at F1 (both sides) on PMB. Range is 20-32V.
• Check/replace fuse F1 on PMB.
• Replace PMB.
Pair sensor out of Air Supply Pressure Low Out of range Air supply pressure sensor
range Sensor Out of Range data.
Range is 195 to 4760 mV
• Check Air supply
• If harness OK, replace VMB.
M1142536 03/11 7-29

Engström Pro

Patient Standby Patient High Paw insp or Paw exp > 3 cmH2O when Non-silencable
connected? Detection bias flow set to 3 l/min air or O2 (if Air Audible in Standby and
not available) and exhalation valve set Monitoring states.
to 6 cmH2O for 3 seconds. When placed in Standby state
either by the user or after
power up, the ventilator will
Suction patient Paw exp> 3 cmH2O for approx. maintain a bias flow so as to
detection 1 second detect if a patient has been
Or attached to the circuit. This
Paw exp< -0.5 cm H2O for approx. functionality alerts for an
1 second inadvertent attachment of the
Or patient without the user
Or Exp Flow< -1 l/min for 1 second actuating ventilation. The
Standby menu shall be
displayed with the highlight on
Start Ventilation when alarm is
initially activated.
• Was patient connected during standby state? If yes, this is a user error. If no:
• Remove all tube connections from vent. If alarm persists, check exhalation pressure port and exhalation
valve housing.
• Calibrate Flow control valves.
• Calibrate airway pressure transducers.
• Using the Service App and occluded circuit, set 3 l/min flow, and set 6 cmH20 on exh. Valve. Ensure both
Insp and Exp pressure sensors read 6 ±3 cmH20. Open circuit and verify pressure is < 2 cmH20.
• Check/replace zero valves.
• Replace appropriate pressure sensor board.
• Replace appropriate flow control valve.
Paux high Paux High Low Paux > 100 cmH2O De-energize Paux purge valve
(if purge valve is energized)
until alarm condition clears.
• Verify Paux port (and any tubing that is connected to Paux port) is not occluded when purge valve is energized
(purge is turned ON).
• Zero Paux pressure sensor.
• Use the Service App to calibrate the Paux pressure sensor (Section 5.2.8).
• Interchange Paux and Pexp connections. If Paux high alarm stops, replace Paux sensor.
• If Paux High alarm continues, replace VCB.
Paux sensor out Paux Sensor out of Low Paux sensor data out of range.
of range range Range: 10-4095 mV
• Interchange Paux and Pexp connections. If Paux alarm stops, replace Paux sensor.
• If Paux alarm continues, replace VCB
Paux sensor out Paux Zeroing Error Low Range for zero pressure: 631-968 mV If failed, use previous known
of range (counts) good offset value for Paux.
• Verify Paux port (and any tubing that is connected to Paux port) is not occluded when purge valve is energized
(Purge is turned ON).
• Zero Paux pressure sensor.
• Interchange Paux and Pexp connections. If Paux alarm stops, replace Paux sensor.
• If Paux alarm continues, replace VCB
7-30 03/11 M1142536

7 Troubleshooting

Pbaro sensor out Barometric Pressure Low Out of range barometric pressure data. The system will use the
of range Sensor Out of Range Range: 2163-4340 mV or 732-1196 entered altitude setting to
cmH2O determine the calculated
barometric pressure value.
• Calibrate the barometric sensor (refer to Section 8.5.19).
• Replace VMB (recalibrate barometric sensor).
Pexp sensor out Paw exp Sensor Out of High Out of range Paw exp sensor data.
of range Range Range: 10-4095 mV
• Interchange Paux and Pexp connections. If Pexp alarm stops, replace Pexp sensor.
• If Pexp alarm continues, replace VMB.
Pexp sensor out Paw exp Zeroing Error Low Range for zero pressure: 631-968 mV If failed, vent uses previous
of range (counts) known good offset value for
Paw exp
• Verify Pexp port is not occluded.
• Zero Pexp pressure sensor.
• Check/replace zeroing valve.
• Interchange Paux and Pexp connections. If Pexp alarm stops, replace Pexp sensor.
• If Pexp alarm continues, replace VMB.
Pinsp sensor out Paw insp Sensor Out of High Out of range Paw insp sensor
of range Range data >= 50 ms or Inspiratory Pressure
Zero Valve energized for >=1 second.
Range: 10-4095 mV
• Interchange Paux and Pinsp connections. If Pinsp alarm stops, replace Pinsp sensor.
• If Pinsp alarm continues, replace VCB
Pinsp sensor out Paw insp Zeroing Error Low Range for zero pressure: 631-968 mV If failed, vent uses previous
of range (counts) known good offset value for
Paw insp.
• Zero Pinsp pressure sensor.
• Check/replace zeroing valve.
• Interchange Paux and Pinsp connections. If Pinsp alarm stops, replace Pinsp sensor.
• If Pinsp alarm continues, replace VCB.
PO2 sensor out of O2 Supply Pressure Low Out of range O2 supply pressure
range Sensor Out of Range sensor data.
Range is 195 to 4760 mV
• If not, then check/replace harness.
• If not harness, then replace VMB
M1142536 03/11 7-31

Engström Pro

Pressure sensor Paw Cross- Check High Paw exp – Paw insp > 10 cmH2O for
failure more than 100 ms
• Verify Pexp port is not occluded.
• Check airway pressure transducer calibration(s) at 0, 50, and 100cmH2O. Calibrate if necessary.
• Check/replace zeroing valve(s).
• Check/replace pressure transducer(s).
• Check/replace VCB or VMB.
Primary audio Alarm Confirm Error High If the DU detects a speaker current Audible in Standby and
failure sense bit false when attempting to Monitoring.
sound the speaker. De-escalates to Low priority.
VCB/VMB will receive data
from DU indicating:
1) High priority alarm
successfully sounded.
2) High priority alarm not
successfully sounded.
3) No High priority alarm
currently active.
The VMB or VCB will activate
the backup buzzer when
condition 2 in the special
behavior column is active or if
condition 1 in the special
behavior column is not
detected within 15 seconds of
the VCB or VMB issuing A high
priority alarm. (All high priority
alarms that have the VCB or
VMB as the source will
activate this alarm.)
• Adjust speaker volume to its highest volume. If alarm stops, replace DU speaker.
• Check DU speaker connection.
• Replace speaker.
• Replace DU CPU board.
Relief valve Safety Valve Checkout High Failed Safety Relief Valve Checkout. User cannot enter Therapy
failure Failure Paw reaches 30 cmH2O within 4 state after a powerup until
seconds of the start of the check. removal criteria is met.
Paw and Flow
Wave:
Ventilation not
available
• Check for pneumatic leaks.
• Verify seat/seal interface is clean.
• Verify safety valve relief port (bottom of ventilator) is not blocked.
• Perform the Mechanical over-pressure valve test (Section 5.2.13). Removal requires successful
checkout.
7-32 03/11 M1142536

7 Troubleshooting

SBT ends < 2 SBT<2 minutes Low SBT countdown time reaches 2
minutes minutes
•
Failed State DU to VCB Com Error Failed Proper communications from the DU to Run Backup Ventilation if in
message: the VCB is not successfully completed Therapy.
System failure. within 90 seconds after startup or
Service required within a 10 second window after
communications have been
established with the DU.
• Cycle power.
• Check error log for underlying causes such as voltage range errors.
• Using service card, check DU communication to VMB.
• If multiple subsystem communication failures:
-Check/replace DU cable.
-Verify DU system interface PCB is fully inserted into DU CPU PCB.
-Check/replace DU system interface PCB (connector panel assembly).
-Check/replace DU CPU board.
• If not multiple subsystem communication failures:
-Check/replace DU cable
-Verify VCB is fully inserted into mother board.
-Verify yellow VCB communications activity indicator CR16 (RX DU) is lit and blinking. If not blinking:
-Replace VCB.
-Check/replace motherboard.
Failed State DU to VMB Com Error Failed Proper communications from the DU to Run Backup Ventilation if in
message: the VMB is not successfully completed Therapy.
System failure. within 90 seconds after startup or
Service required within a 10 second window after
communications have been
established with the DU.
• Cycle power.
• Using service card, check DU communication to VCB.
-Verify VMB is fully inserted into motherboard.
-Replace VMB.
M1142536 03/11 7-33

Notes

Failed State Processor Reset Failed Sequential watchdogs cause a Vent Safe Operation.
message: processor reset on either VCB or VMB. This requirement is intended
System failure. to ensure that a SW or
Service required watchdog reset (indicating
loss of processor control) of
either the VCB or VMB will
activate the backup audio
alarm.
• Cycle power.
• Using service card, check error log for underlying causes such as voltage range errors.
• Using service card, check DU communication to VCB and VMB.
• If no VCB comm., check VCB CR10 red reset indicators. If lit, replace VCB.
• If no VMB comm., check VMB CR10 red reset indicators. If lit, replace VMB.
Failed State VCB to DU Com Error Failed Proper communications from the VCB Run Backup Ventilation if in
message: to the DU is not successfully Therapy.
System failure. completed within a 10 second window.
Service required Note: Timing does not start for 90
seconds after power up.
• Cycle power.
• Using service card, check DU communication to VMB.
-Verify VCB is fully inserted into mother board.
-Verify yellow VCB communications activity indicator CR15 (TX DU) is lit and blinking. If not blinking:
-Replace VCB.
7-34 03/11 M1142536

7 Troubleshooting

Failed State VMB to DU Com Error Failed Proper communications from the VMB Run Backup Ventilation if in
message: to the DU is not successfully Therapy.
System failure. completed within a 10 second window.
Service required Note: Timing does not start for 90
seconds after power up.
• Cycle power.
• Using service card, check DU communication to VCB.
-Verify VMB is fully inserted into mother board.
-Replace VMB.
Failed State VMB to VCB Com Error Failed Proper communication of the high
message: speed sensor data from the VMB to the
System failure. VCB is not successfully completed
Service required within a 50 ms window.
• Cycle power.
• Check DU/VMB and DU/VCB communication using Service Card.
• Verify VMB and VCB are fully inserted into motherboard.
• Check/replace VCB.
• Check/replace motherboard.
M1142536 03/11 7-35

Engström Pro

System Low Internal Battery – High Mains power not available. Internal
shutdown in 20 Min battery supply < 20 minutes
<20 min. calculated via battery discharge
algorithm.
System Low Internal Battery – High Mains power not available.
shutdown in 10 Min Internal battery supply < 10 minutes
<10 min calculated via battery discharge
algorithm
System Low Internal Battery – High Mains power not available Internal
shutdown in 5 Min battery supply < 5 minutes calculated
<5 min via battery discharge algorithm
System Low Internal Battery – 1 High Mains power not available.
shutdown in Min Internal battery supply < 1 minute
<1 min calculated via battery discharge
algorithm
• Normal alarm if system is operating on battery.
• Check connection to AC supply (verify green LED on DU is lit).
• If LED is not lit, check AC mains source, check rear power cord clamp, check fuses.
• If LED is lit, check output of DC power supply at screw terminals. Range is 20-32 V. If out of range, disconnect
DC power supply input harness and verify output is still out of range. Check/replace DC power supply input
harness. If out of range and harness is OK, replace DC power supply.
• Measure voltage at F1 (both sides) on PMB. Range is 20-32V.
• Check/replace fuse F1 on PMB.
• Replace PMB
• Use the Service Application -PC based (Section 8.5) to verify charge discharge rate.
Temp high. Power Supply Temp High Vicor power supply temperature
Shutdown High exceeds 75°C
possible
Paw Wave
Instruction:
Check fan filter.
• Check main fan filter.
• Check/replace fans.
• Check error log/power diagnostics for underlying causes such as fan failure indicators or voltage range
errors.
• Verify ambient is < 40 degrees C.
• Replace PMB
TV not achieved Medium TVinsp<80% of the set TV, or set TV -
(Adult and 5ml, whichever is greater, for six
Pediatric) consecutive breaths.
• Ensure the Plimit, Pmax, and TV settings are appropriate for the patient’s condition.
• Ensure the pneumatic nebulizer flow setting is correct.
Unable to deliver Ventilator is at minimum allowed
TV delivery and TVinsp has exceeded set
TV for 3 consecutive breaths.
• Ensure the TV setting is appropriate for the patient’s condition.
• Ensure the pneumatic nebulizer flow setting is correct.
7-36 03/11 M1142536

7 Troubleshooting

Volume delivery Total Flow Sensor High Out of range total flow sensor data Return to closed loop volume
error Communications -or- delivery control when cleared.
Failure Loss of communication.
• Check Error Log for Total Flow Sensor Supply Voltage.
-If yes:
- Disconnect harness at flow sensor. If voltage error stops, replace flow sensor.
• If no:
-Check connection to Total Flow Sensor.
-Interchange harness connection between air and total flow sensor.
-If this alarm stops, replace total flow sensor. If this alarm persists, check/replace harness. If harness is OK,
replace VCB.
M1142536 03/11 7-37

Engström Pro
7.7 Troubleshooting Service App messages

The VCB Service App screen includes a Calibrations and Tests section (Section 8.5.5).
This section includes a field “Calibration Running” that displays messages while a test
is in progress. Some messages indicate that the test encountered a problem. Use the
following table to help troubleshoot messages that result in a failed test or calibration.
For additional Checkout failure messages refer to Section 7.1 .
Message in Reason Troubleshooting

“Calibration running”
field
120 Lpm flow test Prior to calibration flow valve, make sure system None
can flow 120 Lpm for at least 1 second.
125 Cal Point Too High: Exhalation valve calibration point at 1.25 Verify exhalation housing and assembly are
Value cmH2O was above 1.30 cmH2O. seated properly.
Value = pressure (cmH2O x 100) recorded at
the 1.25 cm H2O cal point.
300 point too high Flow valve calibration point targeting 300 1. Verify breathing circuit is connected and not
mLpm was measured above 290 mLpm and leaking.
could not be extrapolated down. 2. Verify low pressure vent engine system is not
leaking.
3. Verify exhalation valve is properly connected
and all seals are in place.
4. Verify gas flow from flow control valves. Recal
if necessary.
Aborted Calibration or test in progress has been None

aborted.
Air Flow Sensor Chk Air Flow Sensor Chk is in progress. None
Air Flow Sensor Chk Air Flow Sensor Check passed. None
Complete
Air Flow Sensor Chk Fail Air Flow Sensor Check failed. See previous message in status log for cause of
failure.
Air Flow Sensor Fail: No Air Air Flow Sensor step of Checkout has failed Verify proper supply pressure.
because no low/no air supply pressure was
detected.
Air Flush Time: Value sec Value = time (sec) needed to flush system with None
Air until stability of 0.1% O2 is reached.
Air Valve Cal Air Valve Cal in progress. None
Air Valve Cal Complete Air Valve Cal passed. None
Air Valve Cal Fail Air Valve Cal failed. See previous message in status log for cause of
failure.
7-38 03/11 M1142536

7 Troubleshooting

field
Aux Span Counts: Value Auxiliary pressure sensor DAC counts that None
correspond to 100 cmH2O.
(range: 3026 to 3589)
Aux Zero Aux Zero Cal is in progress. None
Aux Zero Complete Auz Zero Cal passed. None
Aux Zero Fail: value Auxiliary pressure sensor zero DAC is out of 1. Verify Paux port is open to atmosphere
range. Value = measured zero DAC (normal (either directly or via open tube).
range = 631 to 968) 2. Replace zero valve.
3. Replace pressure transducer.
Bad Air Flow Not able to achieve proper flow during 1. Verify FCV is opening to give flow. Should be
exhalation valve calibration. at least 2 L/min. If no flow, replace FCV.
Set at 4 L/min.
Bad Low Pressure: value Lowest pressure achieved during exhalation 1. Verify exhalation valve assembly is properly
valve cal > 2.5 cmH2O. Value = lowest pressure assembled and latched to outlet manifold.
achieved in cmH2Ox100 2. Verify tube connecting Insp port to Exp port is
not occluded/kinked.
Bad O2 Flow Not able to achieve proper flow during 1. Verify FCV is opening to give flow. Should be
exhalation valve calibration. at least 2 L/min. If no flow, replace FCV.
Set at 4 L/min.
Barometric Chk Barometric pressure sensor check in progress. None
Barometric Chk Complete Barometric Chk passed. None
Barometric Chk Fail During Barometric pressure check, barometric Refer to Section 7.1.2.
pressure sensor and calculated baro pressure
from set altitude differ by more than 20% of
calculated baro pressure.
Calibrating Flow Valve Calibrating Flow Valve. None
Can’t Achieve 80cmH2O Exhalation valve calibration can not generate 1. Verify flow > 1 L/min from FCV. Recal if
80 cmH2O pressure in the breathing circuit. necessary.
2. Verify breathing circuit is connected and not
leaking.
3. Verify low pressure vent engine system is not
leaking.
4. Verify clean exhalation housing seat/seal.
Replace parts as necessary.
5. Verify power to exhalation valve actuator.
6. Check/replace harness.
7. Replace VCB.
M1142536 03/11 7-39

Engström Pro

field
Can’t Establish Pressure: During Checkout step, unable to achieve 8 Lpm 1. Verify breathing circuit is connected and not
Flow with which to attempt to reach 34 cmH2O. leaking.
leaking.
if necessary.
Can’t Extrapolate Table During flow valve calibration, if a weak or Check for a weak or restricted gas supply
restricted gas supply pressure requires the 140 pressure.
or 160 L/min points to be extrapolated and the
calculated value is > 65,000 DAC counts, this
message comes up. This results in maximum
flow limited to whatever is the highest flow point
in the calibration table.
Can’t Pressurize: Value During Paw transducer check, the breathing 1. Verify breathing circuit is connected and not
circuit could not reach 33 cmH2O. leaking.
During Relief Valve check, the breathing circuit leaking.
could not reach 30 cmH2O. 3. Verify exhalation valve is properly connected
During Exh Valve Cal Check, the exp pressure 4. Verify gas flow from flow control valves. Recal
does not stabilize within 0.1 cmH2O within 12 if necessary.
seconds.
Value = max exp pressure achieved.
Can’t Pressurize1: Value During 1st half of Low Pressure leak check, the 1. Verify breathing circuit is connected and not
breathing circuit could not reach 34 cmH2O. leaking.
Value = max exp pressure achieved. leaking.
if necessary.
Can’t Pressurize2: Value During 2nd half of Low Pressure leak check, the 1. Verify breathing circuit is connected and not
breathing circuit could not reach 25 cmH2O. leaking.
Value = max exp pressure achieved. leaking.
if necessary.
Checking Supply Press1 During FCV calibration, the source and integrity None; normal operation.
of the gas supply (compressor or wall supply) is
being tested.
7-40 03/11 M1142536

7 Troubleshooting

field
Checking Supply Press2 During FCV calibration, the source and integrity None; normal operation.
of the gas supply (compressor or wall supply) is
being tested.
Checking Supply Press3: During FCV calibration, the source and integrity None; normal operation.
Value of the gas supply (compressor or wall supply) is
being tested.
Value = measured supply pressure (psi)
Checkout Aborted Checkout Aborted None
Checkout Done Checkout Done None
Ci=Value Intermediate value in low pressure leak check None; for information only.
compliance calculation.
Disabling normalization - Leak value measured by checkout is greater 1.Verify breathing circuit is connected and not
invalid leak than 0.5 Lpm; expiratory flow sensor leaking.
normalization is being disabled. 2. Verify low pressure vent engine is not leaking.
if necessary.
Disagree Temp: Value During Air (or O2) flow sensor check, air flow 1. If only one flow check fails, replace that flow
sensor temp is more than 9˚C different than sensor.
total flow sensor temp. Value = temperature 2. If both Air and O2 flow check fails, replace
difference (˚C) total flow sensor.
Disagree Tot: Value1 During air flow sensor check, air flow sensor is Check regulator for oscillation. Replace if
Air: Value2 more than 15% different than total flow sensor necessary.
at a nominal flow of 30 L/min.
Value1 = measured total flow.
Value2 = measured air flow.
Downstream Flow Diff: Difference between flow measured by total flow None; for information only.
Value sensor and expiratory wire of neonatal flow
sensor during Checkout (mLpm).
End Pressure: Value Exhalation valve check: Refer to Section 7.1.5.

Value = time required to relieve pressure in
system from 34 cmH2O to less than 2 cmH2O.
Must be less than 250 msec to pass.
Exh Flow Sensor Chk Exhalation flow sensor check in progress. None
Exh Flow Sensor Chk Exhalation flow sensor check passed. None
Complete
Exh Flow Sensor Chk Fail Exhalation flow sensor check failed. See previous message in status log for cause of
failure.
M1142536 03/11 7-41

Engström Pro

field
Exh Valve Cal Exhalation valve calibration in progress. None
Exh Valve Cal Chk Exhalation valve check in progress. None
Exh Valve Cal Chk Complete Exhalation valve calibration passed. None
Exh Valve Cal Chk Fail Exhalation valve cal check failed. See previous message in status log for cause of
failure.
Exh Valve Cal Complete Exhalation valve cal check passed. None
Exh Valve Cal Fail Exhalation valve calibration failed. See previous message in status log for cause of
failure.
Exp Flow Cal Expiratory flow sensor calibration in progress. None
Exp Valve Step Sweep Done Exp valve sweep complete. None
Exp Valve Sweep Exp valve step sweep in progress. None
FAIL No 120 Min: Value Flow valve cal timeout: never made it to 1 Check for weak or restricted gas pressure
20 L/min of flow during flow valve cal. supply.
If the Service Application is connected, insure
flow valves and exhalation valve DAC counts are
set to "0" and checked "on".
Failed 120lpm flow: Value During FCV calibration - could not hold 1 Check for weak or restricted gas pressure
20 L/min flow for 1 second before supply supply.
pressure drops below 30 psi.
Failed Supply Press: Value During FCV calibration - inadequate supply Check gas supply source to see if it is too weak
pressure. or restricted.
Failed Supply Press2: Value During FCV calibration - inadequate supply Check gas supply source to see if it is too weak
7-42 03/11 M1142536

7 Troubleshooting

field
fCompliance = Value Intermediate value in low pressure leak check None; for information only.
fCorrectedLeak = Value Intermediate value in low pressure leak check None; for information only.
Final Flow Achieved: Value Flow value (mLpm) achieved during current None; for information only.
Checkout step.
Final Rising Flow Achieved: Flow value (mLpm) achieved during current None; for information only.
Value Checkout step.
fLeak = Value Intermediate value in low pressure leak check None; for information only.
Flow Cal - Waiting for Total flow sensor is being set up to read the None
Sensiron proper gas for the current valve calibration.
Flow Diff: Value Exhalation flow sensor check: Refer to Section 7.1.6.
Value = flow difference between insp (total)
flow sensor and exh flow sensor (mL/min). Must
be less than 20% difference.
|Exp flow - tot flow| < 0.20 * tot flow.
Flow Too High: Value During FCV calibration, the FCV is leaking more 1. Run approximately 160 L/min flow through
than 1150 mL/min. the FCV to dislodge any debris that might be
Value = leak in smL/min. present on the valve seat/seal.
2. Recal/Replace FCV.
Flow Valve Cal Complete Flow valve cal passed. None
Flow Valve Cal Fail Flow valve cal failed. See previous message in status log for cause of
failure.
Flow Valve DAC Too Low FCV- DAC counts went too low without a 1. Check flow sensor.
corresponding decrease in flow. 2. Check for sticking valve.
M1142536 03/11 7-43

Engström Pro

field
Flow/O2 Disagree: During checkout, the O2 sensor check failed. O2 1. Using the Service App, create a flow of
Value1/Value2 and Air flow set to 15 L/min. The O2% is approximately 15 L/min on the air channel.
calculated from the O2 and Air flow sensors and 2. Verify (Tot Flow - Air Flow) < (0.15 * Air Flow).
3. If not, replace air pressure regulator.
compared to the measured O2% from the
4. Using the Service App, create a flow of
paracube O2 sensor. If the absolute difference approximately 15 L/min on the O2 channel.
between the O2 sensor and the calculated O2% 5. Verify (Tot Flow - O2 Flow) < (0.15 * O2 Flow).
from flow measurement is > 5% O2, then the 6. If not, replace O2 pressure regulator.
check fails. 7. Recalibrate O2 sensor.
Value1 = %O2 measured from flow sensors
8. Repeat tests 2 and 5. If only one fails,
Value2 = %O2 measured from paracube replace that channel's flow sensor. If both
fail, replace total flow sensor.
9. Replace O2 sensor.
fPressureDifference1 = Intermediate value in low pressure leak check None; for information only.
Value compliance calculation.
fPressureDifference2 = Intermediate value in low pressure leak check None; for information only.
Value compliance calculation.
Guaranteed Flow Not Could not bring the flow down to the target flow 1. Verify breathing circuit is connected and not
Achieved: Value with the minimum flow command. leaking.
Value = minimum flow that was achieved 2. Verify low pressure vent engine is not leaking.
(mLpm). 3. Verify exhalation valve is properly connected
if necessary.
High Pres Air Leak Test Fail Vent engine high air pressure leak test failed 1. Verify correct altitude setting.
(Baro) because of invalid (low) barometric pressure 2. If the seating is correct, calibrate the
reading. barometric sensor.
3. Replace Vent Monitor Board (VMB)
High Pres O2 Leak Test Fail Vent engine high O2 pressure leak test failed 1. Verify correct altitude setting.
(Baro) because of invalid (low) barometric pressure 2. If the setting is correct, calibrate the
3. Replace Vent Monitor Board (VMB).
High Pressure Air Leak Test Vent engine high air pressure leak test in None
progress.
High Pressure Air Leak Test Vent engine high air pressure leak test passed. None
Complete
High Pressure Air Leak Test Vent engine high air pressure leak test failed Refer to Section Section 5.2.7
Fail because measured leak was too high.
High Pressure O2 Leak Test Vent engine high O2 pressure leak test in None
progress.
7-44 03/11 M1142536

7 Troubleshooting

field
High Pressure O2 Leak Test Vent engine high O2 pressure leak test passed. None
Complete
High Pressure O2 Leak Test Vent engine high O2 pressure leak test failed Refer to Section Section 5.2.6
Fail because measured leak was too high.
High Pressure: Aborted The Checkout step in progress was aborted due 1. Verify breathing circuit is properly connected
to high pressure. for checkout.
2. Verify proper flow and exhalation valve
calibration; recal if necessary.
Insp flow below target: Flow cannot be controlled down to the target 1. Check for disconnected breathing circuit
>Target = Value1 flow because the measured flow is already during Checkout.
>Insp = Value2 lower than the target flow. 2. Verify proper flow valve calibration; recal if
necessary.
Insp Span Counts: Value Inspiratory pressure sensor DAC counts that None
correspond to 100 cmH2O.
(range: 3026 to 3589)
lInspFlowAccumulator= Intermediate values in low pressure leak check None; for information only.
Value1, _jj=Value2 compliance calculation.
Low Air Pressure: value Air supply pressure < 30 psig Verify proper gas supply.
Low Exp Pressure: Value1, During exh valve cal, the pressure dropped Check for disconnected breathing circuit during
Value 2 more than 1.25 cmH2O in 4 msec. calibration.
Value1 = Current measured pressure
(cmH2Ox100).
Value2 = Current calibration point
Low Max Flow: Value FCV - Indicator that system will use the Check gas supply source to see if it is too weak
degraded wall supply routine for FCV or restricted if this causes problems.
calibration.
Low O2 Pressure: Value O2 supply pressure < 30 psig Verify proper gas supply.
Low Pres Leak Test Fail Vent engine low pressure leak test failed 1. Verify correct altitude setting.
(Baro) because of invalid (low) barometric pressure 2. If the setting is correct, calibrate the
3. Replace Vent Monitor Board (VMB)
Low Pressure Leak Chk Breathing circuit leak check in progress. None
Low Pressure Leak Chk Breathing circuit leak check passed. None
Complete
Low Pressure Leak Chk Fail Breathing circuit leak check failed. See previous message in status log cause of
failure.
Low Pressure Leak Test Vent engine low pressure leak test in progress. None
M1142536 03/11 7-45

Engström Pro

field
Low Pressure Leak Test Vent engine low pressure leak test in progress. None
Complete
Low Pressure Leak Test Fail Vent engine low pressure leak test failed Refer to Section Section 5.2.5
because leak was too high.
Measure Insp Resistance Inspiratory resistance check in progress. None

Check
Measure Insp Resistance Inspiratory resistance check passes. None

Check Complete
Measure Insp Resistance Inspiratory resistance check failed. See previous message in status log for cause of
Check Fail failure.
Measure Insp Resistance Measured Insp Resistance value None; for information only.
Check Value
Measure Resis Chk Breathing circuit resistance measurement in None

progress.
Measure Resis Chk Breathing circuit resistance measurement None

Complete completed successfully.
Measure Resis Chk Fail Breathing circuit resistance measurement See previous message in status log for cause of
failed. failure.
Measured Resistance: Resistance measured during Checkout. None; for information only.
Value
Measuring P0.1 P0.1 procedure in progress None
Minimum Flow not Could not achieve minimum flow required for 1. Verify breathing circuit is connected and not
achieved: Value step in Checkout. leaking.
Value = maximum flow that was achieved 2. Verify low pressure vent engine is not leaking.
(mLpm) 3. Verify exhalation valve is properly connected
if necessary.
No Air Supply pressure for Air is below 30 psi. Verify proper gas supply.
No Exp Flow Sensor Expiratory flow sensor is not detected by Verify proper installation of expiratory flow
system. sensor and exhalation housing. Replace
expiratory flow sensor if necessary.
No Gas Supply Supply pressure for both Air and O2 is below 30 Verify proper gas supply.
psi.
No Oxygen Supply pressure for O2 is below 30 psi. Verify proper gas supply.
7-46 03/11 M1142536

7 Troubleshooting

field
No Supply Pressure Supply pressure for both Air and O2 is below Verify proper gas supply.
30 psi.
None No calibrations, zero measurements, or None

checkout tests are running
Normalized Flow Normalized expiratory flow and total flow are 1. Verify breathing circuit is connected and not
Comparison Failed: more than 10% (or 200 mL, whichever is leaking.
>Target = Value1 greater) apart. 2. Verify low pressure vent engine is not leaking.
>I = Value2 Value1 = Normalization Table flow point being 3. Verify exhalation valve is properly connected
>E = Value3 tested (mLpm) and all seals are in place.
Value2 = Inspiratory Flow measured by total 4. Verify gas flow from flow control valves. Recal
flow sensor (mLpm) if necessary.
Value3 = Expiratory flow measured by expiratory
flow sensor (mLpm)
O2 Flush Time: Value sec Value = time (sec) needed to flush system with None
O2 until stability of 0.1% O2 is reached.
O2 Sensor Fail Failed Paracube communications during O2 Replace Paracube.

sensor check
O2 Sensor: Failed 100% Paracube Cal never competed, timed out during Check paracube sensor.
Cal 100% O2 cal
O2 Sensor: Failed 21% Cal Paracube Cal never competed, timed out during Check paracube sensor.
21% O2 cal
O2 Too Low for 100% Cal Measured O2% < 41% during the 100% span 1. Verify proper connection of gases to
calibration of the O2 sensor. ventilator.
2. Use the Service App’s O2 Sensor cal to
override limits on O2 sensor calibration.
3. Replace Paracube.
O2 Too Low for 21% Cal Measured O2% < 8% during 21% calibration of 1. Verify proper connection of gases to
O2 sensor. ventilator.
2. Use the Service App’s O2 Sensor cal to
override limits on O2 sensor calibration.
3. Replace Paracube.
O2 Valve Cal O2 Valve Cal in progress None
O2 Valve Cal Complete O2 Valve Cal Passed. None
O2 Valve Cal Fail O2 Valve Cal failed. See previous message in status log for cause of
failure.
Oxygen Flow Sensor Chk Oxygen Flow Sensor Check. None
M1142536 03/11 7-47

Engström Pro

field
Oxygen Sensor Chk O2 flow sensor check passed. None

Complete
Oxygen Flow Sensor Chk Oxygen Flow Sensor Check failed. See previous message in status log for cause of
Fail failure.
Oxygen Flow Sensor Chk Oxygen Flow Sensor Check failed because Verify proper gas supply.
Fail: No O2 oxygen supply not detected.
Oxygen Flow Sensor Fail Oxygen Flow Sensor Check failed because 1. Verify breathing circuit is connected and not
system was unable to achieve 30 Lpm during leaking.
check. 2. Verify low pressure vent engine is not leaking.
if necessary.
Paracube Cal O2 Sensor calibration in progress. None
Paracube Cal Complete O2 sensor check passed. None
Paracube Cal Fail O2 sensor check failed. See previous message in status log for cause of
failure.
Paracube Chk Paracube (O2 sensor) check in progress. None
Paracube Chk Complete Paracube (O2 sensor) check passed.
Paracube Chk Fail Paracube (O2 sensor) check failed. See previous message in status log for cause of
failure.
Paracube Chk Fail (50/50 Paracube (O2 sensor) check failed to reach 15 1. Verify breathing circuit is connected and not
Air) Lpm air flow for 50/50 cal. leaking.
2. Verify low pressure vent engine is not leaking.
if necessary.
Paracube Chk Fail (Air) Paracube (O2 sensor) check failed 21% cal. Paracube never completed 21% calibration.
Check Paracube.
Paracube Chk Fail (O2) Paracube (O2 sensor) check failed to reach 30 1. Verify breathing circuit is connected and not
Lpm O2 flow for O2 cal. leaking.
if necessary.
7-48 03/11 M1142536

7 Troubleshooting

field
Paracube Fail Paracube (O2 sensor) check failed to reach 30 1. Verify breathing circuit is connected and not
Lpm air flow. leaking.
if necessary.
Paracube Sensor Fail (50/ Paracube (O2 sensor) check failed to reach 15 1. Verify breathing circuit is connected and not
50 O2) Lpm O2 flow for 50/50 cal. leaking.
if necessary.
Paux Zeroing... Auxiliary pressure sensor is being zeroed at start None

of Span Cal.
Paw Xducer Check Airway pressure sensor check in progress. None
Paw Xducer Check Airway pressure sensor check passed. None

Complete
Paw Xducer Check Fail Airway pressure sensor check failed. See previous message in status log for cause of
failure.
Paw Xducer Check Fail Pressure sensors were not successfully zeroed. Refer to Section 7.1.1 and Section 5.2.8.
(PressureZeroCal)
Paw Xducer OK Airway pressure sensor check passed. None
Pressure not maintained: System was unable to maintain at least 25 1. Verify breathing circuit is connected and not
value cmH2O of pressure during relief valve check. leaking.
if necessary.
Q1 = Value Intermediate value in low pressure leak check None, for information only.
Relief Pressure: Value Safety Valve check: Value = back pressure Refer to Section 7.1.4.
generated from 75 L/min flow thru open relief
valve. Must be less than 10 cmH2O to pass.
Relief Time: Value Safety Valve check: Value = time required to Refer to Section 7.1.4.
relieve pressure in system from 34 to less than
2 cmH2O. Must be less than 250 msec to pass.
M1142536 03/11 7-49

Engström Pro

field
Relief Valve Chk Relief valve check in progress. None
Relief Valve Chk Complete Relief valve check passed. None
Relief Valve Chk Fail Relief valve check failed. See previous message in status log for cause of
failure.
Rising Flow Not Achieved: Could not achieve minimum flow required fro 1. Verify breathing circuit is connected and not
Value step in Checkout. leaking.
Value = maximum flow that was achieved 2. Verify low pressure vent engine is not leaking.
(mLpm) 3. Verify exhalation valve is properly connected
if necessary.
Sensor Disagree: Value During FCV calibration, if the Air (or O2) flow 1. Check regulator for oscillation.
sensor disagree by more than: 20% of total flow 2. If only one FCV cal fails, replace that flow
or 1500 mL/min, whichever is greater, the sensor.
calibration will fail. Value = flow difference 3. If both FCV cal fail, replace total flow sensor.
between Air (or O2) flow sensor and total flow
sensor.
Sensor Removed Exhalation flow sensor removed prior or during Install exh flow sensor and rerun checkout.
checkout.
Skipping CHECKOUT - not in A Checkout command was received by the Vent Restart Checkout and allow it to allow it to
checkout state Control Board (VCB) while it was not in the complete.
Checkout sate. This is most often caused by a
series of rapidly requested Checkout starts and
aborts without allowing Checkout to run in
between.
Span Pressure transducer span calibration is in None

progress.
Start Normalization... Expiratory flow sensor normalization is in None

progress.
T1 = Intermediate value in low pressure leak check None; for information only.
T2 = Intermediate value in low pressure leak check None; for information only.
Target flow not reached @ Flow remains greater than the target flow with 1. Verify breathing circuit is connected and not
300 the minimum flow command during Checkout. leaking.
if necessary.
7-50 03/11 M1142536

7 Troubleshooting

field
Total: Value1 O2: Value2 During O2 flow sensor check, O2 flow sensor is 1. Check regulator for oscillation. Replace if
more than 15% different than total flow sensor necessary.
at a nominal flow of 30 L/min. 2. If only O2 flow sensor check fails, replace O2
Value1 = measured total flow. flow sensor. If both Air and O2 flow sensor
Value2 = measured O2 flow. checks fail, replace total flow sensor.
Unable to pressurize The circuit could not be pressurized to 10 1. Verify breathing circuit is connected and not
cmH2O. leaking.
leaking.
4. Verify gas flow from flow control valves.
Recalibrate if necessary.
unbounded Qin = Value Intermediate value in low pressure leak check None; for information only.
Upstream Flow Diff: Value Difference between flow measured by total flow None; for information only.
sensor and inspiratory wire of neonatal flow
sensor during Checkout (mLpm).
Valve Step Sweep Valve step sweep in progress. None
Valve Step Sweep Aborted Valve step sweep aborted because maximum None; normal operation.
flow was reached.
Valve Step Sweep Done Valve step sweep completed. None
Valve Sweep Valve sweep in progress. None
Valve Sweep Done Valve sweep completed. None
VMB Exp Flow Sensor Cal Expiratory flow sensor calibration has failed. Verify expiratory flow sensor and exhalation
Fail housing are properly installed.
VMB Exp Flow Sensor Cal Expiratory flow sensor calibration has passed. None
Pass
Waiting for supply pressure FCV calibration - if a weak supply pressure is None; normal operation.
used, system will occasionally pause and wait
for supply pressure to come back up before
resuming FCV cal.
Weak Supply Detected1: FCV calibration - Indicator that system will use None; normal operation. A weak supply
Value the degraded wall supply routine for FCV pressure was detected when trying to ramp the
calibration. flow up to 165 L/min.
Weak Supply Detected2: FCV calibration - Indicator that system will use None; normal operation. A weak supply
Value the degraded wall supply routine for FCV pressure was detected during the 120 L/min
calibration. flow test.
M1142536 03/11 7-51

Engström Pro

field
Weak Supply Detected3: FCV calibration - Indicator that system will use None; normal operation. A weak supply was
Value the degraded wall supply routine for FCV detected during final flow ramp-up before first
calibration. cal points are taken.
Weak Supply Detected4: FCV calibration - Indicator that system will use None; normal operation. A weak supply was
Value the degraded wall supply routine for FCV detected during final flow ramp-up before first
calibration. cal points are taken if DAC output reached
65,000 counts before flow reached 170 L/min.
Xducer Error: Value During Paw Xducer check, the insp and exp Refer to Section 5.2.8.
pressure difference > 4 cmH2O.
Value = pressure difference.
Zero flow samp Error in FCV calibration cal point projection. Check for weak or restricted gas pressure supply
Zero for flow sampl2 Error in FCV calibration cal point projection. Check for weak or restricted gas pressure supply
Zero out of range ADC counts are out of the acceptable zero Refer to Section 5.2.8
pressure range for the inspiratory and/or
expiratory pressure sensor. The acceptable
range for each sensor is 631 to 968 ADC
counts.
Zero Pressure Sensors Airway pressure sensors are currently being None
zeroed.
120 Lpm flow test Prior to calibration flow valve, make sure system None
can flow 120 Lpm for at least 1 second.
125 Cal Point Too High: Exhalation valve calibration point at 1.25 Verify exhalation housing and assembly are
Value cmH2O was above 1.30 cmH2O. seated properly.
Value = pressure (cmH2O x 100) recorded at
the 1.25 cm H2O cal point.
Zero Pressure Sensors Airway pressure sensor zeros are complete. None
Complete
300 point too high Flow valve calibration point targeting 300 1. Verify breathing circuit is connected and not
mLpm was measured above 290 mLpm and leaking.
could not be extrapolated down. 2. Verify low pressure vent engine system is not
leaking.
if necessary.
7-52 03/11 M1142536

8 Service Diagnostics and Software Download
In this section 8.1 Service Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-2
8.1.1 Main menu and system information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-2
8.3.1 Power Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-5
8.3.2 Display Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-8
8.3.3 Compatibility Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9
8.3.4 System Download Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9
8.3.5 CF Card Install Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9
8.3.6 View Install Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9
8.4 Software upgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
8.4.1 Before upgrading software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
8.4.2 Upgrading software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
8.4.3 Checkout procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
8.5 Engström PC Service Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
8.5.1 Port setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
8.5.2 Main menu and system information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13
8.5.3 Logging checkout results to file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15
8.5.4 Logging Calibration Results to file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16
8.5.5 VCB Diagnostics and Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17
8.5.6 Sensirion sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18
8.5.7 VCB input signal latch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18
8.5.8 VCB Channel configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19
8.5.9 VCB outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20
8.5.10 VCB Calibrations and tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21
8.5.11 Callibration tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25
8.5.12 Neon tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25
8.5.13 Peep stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-28
8.5.14 NVM error log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-28
8.5.15 VMB Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-29
8.5.16 VMB Channel Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-30
8.5.17 VMB outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-31
8.5.18 VMB data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-31
8.5.19 Baro P cal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-32
8.5.20 Acutronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-32
8.5.21 EEProm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-32
8.5.22 Neon Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-32
M1142536 03/11 8-1

Engström Pro
8.1 Service Application

Use the Engström Service Application to download software or to run various
diagnostic functions from the Engström system.
Note: Display units require different cards depending upon model. The DU
uses the PCMCIA card and the HPDU uses the Compact Flash card.
To run the application:
1. Set the system power switch to Off.
2. Insert the card (with card and slots facing to the rear) into the rear PCMCIA
interface slot of the display unit (behind left side door).
3. Set the system power switch to On.
• The service application loads and displays the Main Menu along with the
System Information page.
8.1.1 Main menu and The Main Menu appears on the left-hand side of the screen.
system information
Main Menu
Software Download
Special Functions
• Select Software Download to access the Software Download function.

• Select Special Functions to access logs from the Display Unit.
Note You can not return to the Special Functions section of the service application
after entering the Software Download section. You must reboot the system to
exit Software Download.
System Serial Number Engström System Information

ANA(Year)XXXXX __________Currently Installed__________
Main Menu Subsystem HW Rev Serial # SW Ver BootVer
Software Download Front Panel Cntl n/a n/a XX.XX XXXX
Special Functions Power Monitor Bd XXXX/A/XX ABCXXXXX XX.XX XXXX
Vent Monitor Bd XXXX/A/XX ABCXXXXX XX.XX XXXX
Vent Control Bd XXXX/A/XX ABCXXXXX XX.XX XX.XX
Dsply Unit BIOS XXXX/A/XX ABCXXXXX XX.XX n/a
Dsply Unit App XXXX/A/XX ABCXXXXX XX.XX n/a
Figure 1-8 • Engström System Information
8-2 03/11 M1142536

8 Software Download and Diagnostics
8.2 Software Download

Select Software Download to view the Software Download menu.
Main Menu
Software Download
Special Functions
• Select Download New to download only new software versions not found on
the system and that is compatible with installed subsystem hardware.
• Select Download All to download all software subsystems.
Choose "Download New" to install only the updated subsystem software or
software required for newly installed subsystems.If you select "Download All"
all subsystem software loads and can take up to 30 minutes.
The software loaded on the machine matches exactly what is on the card. Be
sure to have the latest/correct version of software before attempting a
download to avoid inadvertent overwrites of newer software with an older
version.
If, during the “Download New” process, the compatibility checker detects a
newer version of software component on the system, a “Notice” message
displays on the screen that asks you to confirm the downgrade.
Important “Download All” downloads all compatible software from the card to the
system without issuing a notice that a newer version of software component
may be on the system.
Note After replacing any of the following boards; select Download New to
download the current software for the newly installed subsystem.
• Display Unit CPU board, replacement HPDU, or replacemnt HPDU
Touchscreen
• Power Monitor board
• Vent Monitor board
• Vent Control board
If the Front Panel Control software is not installed in the system (as would be
the case when the display units control board is replaced), the Service
Application automatically downloads the Front Panel Controls software at
startup. During the download the two display unit LEDs flash and the display
speaker sounds an alarm tone to indicate that Software Download is
proceeding.
Note You can not return to the Special Functions section of the service application
after entering the Software Download section. You must reboot the system to
exit Software Download.
M1142536 03/11 8-3

Engström Pro
System Serial Number L o a d i n g E n g s t r ö m P r o d u c t S o f t wa r e Ver s i o n X X . X X

ANA(Year)XXXXX ___ Installed ___ __New__
Software Download Subsystem HW Rev SW Ver SW Ver Status
Download New Front Panel Cntl n/a XX.XX XX.XX Xxxxxxx
Download All Power Monitor Bd XXXX/A/XXX XX.XX XX.XX Xxxxxxx
Vent Monitor Bd XXXX/A/XXX XX.XX XX.XX Xxxxxxx
Vent Control Bd XXXX/A/XXX XX.XX XX.XX Xxxxxxx
Dsply Unit BIOS XXXX/A/XXX XX.XX XX.XX Xxxxxxx
Dsply Unit App XXXX/A/XXX XX.XX XX.XX Xxxxxxx
ModBus Controller n/a XX.XX XX.XX Xxxxxxx
Dsply Unit FontC n/a XX.XX XX.XX Xxxxxxx
Dsply Unit FontJ n/a XX.XX XX.XX Xxxxxxx
Figure 1-9 • Software Download status
Download process The PCMCIA/Compact Flash card includes only the latest software for each
subsystem along with the diagnostic application.
As each subsystem software segment is being downloaded, the following
status messages note the state of each subsystem and the result of the
download:
• In App - System is running its application code; not ready for download.
• Ready - System is in its boot code; ready for download.
• Loading - System is accepting download data.
• Done - Software download has completed successfully.
• Fail - Software download did not complete successfully. A “Fail” message
will require reloading of the software; or repair of the system may be
necessary.
• Skipped - Software download was bypassed.
• No Comm- The subsystem is not communicating with the HPDU.
If the subsystem is communicating but the HW Rev or current SW Rev are not
known, dashes will appear for those values.
Note If a Communication Failure occurs during software download, power down the
system, wait for 20 seconds, and restart system.
Download complete When all the required subsystem software is downloaded, the following
message appears on the screen. You must shut down the system to exit the
download function.
DOWNLOAD IS COMPLETE.
Remove AC mains power. Turn On/Standby switch to
Standby. Then remove external CF card. Wait 20
seconds before restoring power to the system.
Figure 1-10 • Download is Complete status message
8-4 03/11 M1142536

8.3 Special Functions

Select Special Functions on the Main Menu to bring up the following menu
selections in the left-hand frame:
Special Functions
Power Diagnostics
Display Diagnostics
Compatibility Table
System Download Log
CF Card Install Log
View Install Errors

->Main Menu
8.3.1 Power Diagnostics The service application provides power supply diagnostics for the various
circuit boards in the Engström ventilator.
Select Special Functions/ Power Diagnostics to view the Power Controller
Reading and Display Unit Power menu items.
M1142536 03/11 8-5

Engström Pro
Power Controller Reading Select Special Functions/Power Diagnostics/Power Controller to view the
power status and measured voltages. There are two pages of diagnostics for
the Power Controller. Problem voltages are displayed in red.
Use the ComWheel to scroll to the second page. Push the ComWheel to return
to the Power Diagnostics menu.
Power Control Power Readings, Page 1

Power Diagnostics
Label Value Format Units Normal range
Power Controller Reading
AC Status OK, Fail
Display Unit Power
->Main Menu
12Vdc Supply XX.XX Vdc 11.70 to 12.30
3.3Vdc Supply X.XXX Vdc 3.201 to 3.399
1.5 Vdc Supply X.XXX Vdc 1.45 to 1.55
Battery Connected Yes, No
Battery Status Fail,

Bulk Chg,
Over Chg,
Float Chg,
Trickle Chg,
Discharge
Battery Current X.XXX A
Battery 1 Volts XX.X Vdc 10.0 to 15.5

< 6.0 FAIL (red)
<10 T Chg (yellow)
10-15.5 (Green)
Battery 2 Volts XX.X Vdc 10.0 to 15.5
< 6.0 FAIL (red)
<10 T Chg (yellow)
10-15.5 (Green)
Calc Battery Time XX Min 0 to 30

Date Battery Tested XX-ABC-XXXX
Last Full Discharge Time XXX Min
Ext’l Battery Current X.XX A
8-6 03/11 M1142536

Power Control Power Readings, Page 2
Label Value Format Units Normal range
Board Temperature <65C OK (green) Deg C Upper Limit 64

>65C <75C Warn (Yellow)
>75C Fail (red)
Fan Speed Slow, Fast
Fan 1 Voltage XX.XX Vdc 17.5 to 25.0

(high fan speed = 23.7V typical)
(low fan speed = 20.7V typical)
Fan 1 Status Fail, OK
Fan 2 Status Fail, OK
Note: Fan 1 is located on the rear cage, Fan 2 is located on the PMB.
Battery Status The battery status is listed on the first page of the Power Control Readings.
Use the following table for Battery Status descriptions.
Battery Status Description
Fail Battery is disconnected from Power Control Power

Diagnostics and is in Trickle mode for > 12 hours.
Bulk Chg Initial phase of battery charging. Battery is at 600 mA

when system is running and 1.2 Amps when system is in
standby.
Over Chg Topping off remaining 5-10% of battery capacity and

approaching full charge.
Float Chg Battery is being maintained at full charge.
Trickle Chg Independent of battery charger. Severely degraded

batteries are charged at 25 mA constant current when
either battery is 6-10 Vdc and batteries are not
connected to Power Control Power Diagnostics.
Discharge System is running on battery power.
M1142536 03/11 8-7

Engström Pro
8.3.2 Display Diagnostics The service application provides display unit CPU and diagnostics
information for the display unit.
Display Diagnostics
Test LEDs Board part #: XXX-XXX-XXX B XXX

Serial #: ABCXXXXX
Test Speaker
Test Backlight 1 BIOS Version: XX.XX

FPC Version: XX.XX
Test Backlight 2 MBC Version X
MAC Address: XX XX XX XX XX XX
Test Soft Keys
Test Keys and Battery Internal CF disk: -------------------------------------------------
Test LCD Pixels Card geometry: --------------------------------------------------
CPU Temperature = XX.X deg C
-> Previous Menu CPU Fan Speed = XXXX RPM
Select Special Functions/ Display Diagnostics to view the Display

Diagnostics menu. Use the ComWheel to select menu items. Push the
ComWheel to Exit and return to the Display Diagnostics menu.
Display Diagnostics Action when selected
Test LEDs Select Test LED

to cause the red and yellow LEDs next to the Silence
Alarms key to flash 5 times.
Test Speaker Select Test Speaker
to cause the speaker to sound for 2 seconds.
Test Backlight 1 Select Test Backlight 1

to turn the backlight 2 off for 10 seconds. “If screen goes
black during test, a backlight is out”.
Test Backlight 2 Select Test Backlight 2

to turn backlight 1 off for 10 seconds. “If screen goes
black during test, a backlight is out”.
Test Soft Keys Select Test Soft Keys

to test each soft key. Press a softkey to display a
corresponding highlighted box, then press soft key
again to clear.
Test LCD Pixels Push the ComWheel to begin test, a blank screen
appears. Continue to press ComWheel to sequence
through color screens.
Previous Menu Select Previous Menu to return to the Special

Functions menu.
8-8 03/11 M1142536

8.3.3 Compatibility Table Select the Special Functions/Compatibility Table to view the current
software that was loaded onto the system. It is the latest listing that appears
in the Revision Log, which allows you to view the current log directly without
having to scroll through logs.
8.3.4 System Download Select Special Functions/System Download Log to view the Revision Log
Log history for the system. The log includes chronological entries for every
Software Download that was made to the system. Use the ComWheel to scroll
up and view past downloads.
8.3.5 CF Card Install Log Select Special Functions/CF Card Install Log to view the CF (Compact Flash)
Card Install Log for the software download card. The log includes the
chronological entries for ever Software Download that was completed with the
card.
8.3.6 View Install Errors Select Special Functions/View Install Error to view incompatible subsystem
error messages that are recorded during a software download.
M1142536 03/11 8-9

Engström Pro
8.4 Software upgrade
8.4.1 Before upgrading 1. Start up the system.

software • Enter the Configuration page on the Service menu
(refer to “Service menu” in Section 4 of the TRM).
• Record the configuration parameters below.
• Decimal Marker
• Language
• Paw
• Flow
• CO2
• Height
• Weight
• Gas Supply Pressure
• Blood Gases
• Hb
• Altitude
2. Download system logs before upgrading new software.
8.4.2 Upgrading software Start up the machine using the Compact Flash card loaded wtih the new
release of system software.
1. Select Software Download.
2. Select Download New to upgrade the machine to the latest software level.
3. When all the required subsystem software is downloaded, follow the
system message that appears on the screen. Shut down the system to exit
the download function.
8-10 03/11 M1142536

8.4.3 Checkout 1. Start up the system.

procedure 2. Enter the Calibration page on the Install/Service menu.
• Perform the calibration procedures as defined in Section 5.1.1 (Steps 1 through
9).
3. Enter the Configuration page on the Service menu (refer to the Service menu in
Section 4).
• Set the previously recorded configuration parameters:
• Decimal Marker
• Language
• Paw
• Flow
• CO2
• Height
• Weight
• Gas Supply Pressure (6.X software or greater)
• Blood Gases (6.X software or greater)
• Hb (6.X software or greater)
• Altitude
Caution Changes made in the installation mode will affect the system configuration. All
changes made are permanent and preserved until changed again. There are
several settings that may be changed in the installation mode. These changes
should only be made by the facility person (Super User) responsible for the
configuration of the ventilator.
4. Perform the touchscreen calibration as defined in Section 5.3 if installing 7.X
software or greater.
5. Verify active feature(s) /option(s) match the feature(s)/option(s) recorded prior to
upgrade.
6. Perform the checkout procedure as defined in Section 3.
7. Provide the customer with the new User Reference Manual.
M1142536 03/11 8-11

Engström Pro
8.5 Engström PC Service Application

The Engström PC Service Application runs on a Windows based computer and
communicates with the Engström ventilator using serial port 3.
1. Use the RS-422/RS485 (1505-8586-000) converter cable to connect the
Engström display unit to your PC. See Section 10.1.1, Software tools.
• Connect the USB connection to your PC and the male converter
connection to the back of the Engström display unit (serial port 3).
2. Press the System Setup key. Then select Install/Service/ Service to
access the Service mode on the Engström and enable communication
between the Engström and the PC Service Application.
8.5.1 Port setup When the Engström serial port is enabled, the PC application displays the
Port Setup screen and allows you to select a COM port for your PC.
1. Select the appropriate COM port.
2. Select OK to continue.
Note: Ensure that no other application (such as PDA hot-sync) is using this
port while the Service Application is running.
Menu Item Selections Default
Port COM1, COM2, COM3, COM4, COM5, COM1

COM6, COM7, COM8, COM9, COM10
8-12 03/11 M1142536

8.5.2 Main menu and The Engström PC Service Application main menu displays the Vent Control
system information Board and Vent Monitor Board revision numbers for system hardware,
software, and additional system components. The Main menu also displays
the version number of the service application you are using.
Note: Closing the main menu, closes the PC Service application.

1. Verify Connection Status message area that shows whether or not the
program is communicating with the ventilator.
2. Select Gas Supply and PAW units.
• Select Gas Supply units for gas units to display on the VMB screen.
• Select PAW Units for pressure units to display on the VCB and VMB
screens.
Menu Item Selections Default
Gas Supply Units (VMB) psig, kPa, bar psig

PAW Units (VCB/VMB) cmH2O, kPa, mbar cmH2O
3. Select the VCB window to display the VCB Diagnostics and Calibrations
page or VMB window to display the VMB Diagnostics page.
• The VCB and VMB Diagnostics pages can both be displayed at the same
time.
• Upon selection of the VCB Diagnostics page, the PC displays the window
used to select the logging file. It is recommended to start logging
calibration logging calibration and test results immediately. Refer to
Section 8.5.3, Logging checkout results to file.
M1142536 03/11 8-13

Engström Pro
• The Default file name is the VCB serial number .log

• Select Open to create a new file .
• Note: Selecting File Name starts the logging function, but does not
display the log. To display the log select Message Log from the VCB
page.
8-14 03/11 M1142536

8.5.3 Logging checkout The ventilator does not have to be in the Service Mode to log the checkout
results to file results.
• Power on the system and wait for the first menu to display.
Connect a PC to the system and start the PC Application software (Revision

1.58 or higher).
1. Access the Log Calibration result to file area of the PC Service Application
and select Find Log File. When Find Log File is selected the Open window
displays.
2. Select the desired folder from your PC hard drive to store Log Files.
• Rename the file and select OPEN.
Suggested file naming convention: Serial Number +date+"ck.log"
• If a Log File does not exist a message window displays. Select Yes to
create a Log File.
3. Verify the file address location displayed in the Log Calibration results to
file area and select Start Logging.
• The Status Log window displays and indicates that the log has been
initialized.
4. From the Engström ventilator, access the Patient Setup menu and select
Checkout.
• Follow the screen instructions and select Start Checkout.
Information from the ventilator will begin loading into the log after a few
seconds.
5. From the PC, select Stop Logging from the Status Log window after checks
are complete.
As each system checkout occurs the Status Log will display Pass or Fail. If a
checkout fails, the log will record and display information about the exact
parameter that failed. This information is essential in determining the cause
for checkout failure(s). Always include the Log file when customer
complaint reports are submitted.
Log Calibration results Enter file name (example D:\testlog1.log).

to file:
Find Log File Searches for a log file that already exists.
Start Logging Updates selected log as calibrations are completed.
Note: The current log overwrites previous entries.
Message Log Displays current log messages.
Stop Logging Turns off the calibration log.
M1142536 03/11 8-15

Engström Pro
8.5.4 Logging Calibration The ventilator must be in the Service Mode to log the calibration results.
Results to file • Power on the system and wait for the Patient Setup menu to display.
Note: For systems with 4.2X software, wait for the Select Patient menu to
display, then select Patient Setup menu.
1. Access the Service Calibration menu.
2. Connect a PC to the system and start the PC Application software (Revision
1.58 or higher).
3. Access the Log Calibration result to file area of the PC Service Application
and select Find Log File.
4. Select the desired folder from the PC hard drive to store Log Files.
• Rename the file and select OPEN.
Suggested file naming convention: Serial Number +date+"cal.log"
• If a Log File does not exist a message window displays. Select Yes to
create a Log File.
5. Verify the file address location displayed in the Log Calibration results to
file area and select Start Logging.
• The Status Log window displays and indicates that the log has been
initialized.
6. From the Engström ventilator, access the Calibrations menu from the
Install/Service menu.
• Select each calibration and follow the screen instructions to complete
the calibrations.
7. From the PC, select Stop Logging from the Status Log window after
calibrations are complete.
As each system calibration occurs the Status Log will display Pass or Fail. If a
calibration fails, the log will record and display information about the exact
parameter that failed. This information is essential in determining the cause
for calibration failure(s). Always include the Log file when customer
complaint reports are submitted.
Log Calibration results Enter file name (example D:\testlog1.log).

to file:
Find Log File Searches for a log file that already exists.
Start Logging Updates selected log as calibrations are completed.
Note: The current log overwrites previous entries.
Message Log Displays current log messages.
Stop Logging Turns off the calibration log.
8-16 03/11 M1142536

8.5.5 VCB Diagnostics Selecting VCB Window from the EV PC Service Application main menu
and Calibration displays the VCB Diagnostics and Calibration page. This page is made up of
five grouped areas: Sensirion Sensor, VCB Outputs, Calibration and Test, VCB
Input Signal Latch, and VCB Channel Configurations.
Located on the lower right side of the page is the area in which Calibration
results may be logged.
M1142536 03/11 8-17

Engström Pro
8.5.6 Sensirion sensors The Sensirion (Inspiratory Flow) Sensors group displays the temperature and
the flow through each flow sensor: Total flow, Oxygen, and Air.
Item Total Oxygen Air
Temperature XXX.X C XXX.X C XXX.X C

Flow ml/min XXXXXX XXXXXX XXXXXX
8.5.7 VCB input signal The VCB Input Signal Latch group displays the status of the displayed item. If
latch the item is within the acceptable range, “OK” is displayed next to the value. If
the item is out of the acceptable range, “FAIL” is displayed. If the acceptable
range is not currently known, the Status will display "---".
Item Description
Module Power FAIL = Power to the monitor module has failed.

OK = Module Power has not failed or module power has
been manually shut off.
Port 2 Power FAIL = Power to the Expansion Port 2 has failed.
OK = Expansion Port 2 power has not failed or Expansion
Port 2 power has been manually shut off.
Insp Press Zero Valve ON = Inspiratory pressure zero valve on.
OFF = Inspiratory pressure zero valve off.
Aux Press Purge Valve ON = Auxiliary pressure purge valve on.
OFF = Auxiliary pressure purge valve off.
Exhalation Vlv Open YES = VMB is commanding the exhalation valve open.
NO = The valve is not opened.
VMB Buzzer On? YES = VMB is activating the buzzer.
NO = Buzzer is not active or is activated by the VCB.
Nebulizer Detected? YES = Nebulizer is connected.
NO = Nebulizer is not connected.
Buzzer Detected? NO = Buzzer current is too low. Valid when buzzer should
be on.
YES = Buzzer is sensed.
NA = Buzzer not being activated.
Over Pressure DETECTED = Inspiratory over-pressure currently detected.
NOT DETECTED = Over pressure is not detected on the
Inspiratory side.
VCB PLD Rev Displays the revision number of the Programmable Logic
Device software.
8-18 03/11 M1142536

8.5.8 VCB Channel The VCB Channel Configurations group includes items that are measured from
configurations the VCB. If the item is within the acceptable range, “OK” is displayed next to
the value. If the item is out of the acceptable range, “FAIL” is displayed. If the
acceptable range is not currently known, the Status will display "---".
Item Description Format Units Range
Auxiliary Auxiliary pressure sensor XXX.XX cmH2O -20 to 120

Press measurement
Inspiratory Inspiratory pressure XXX.XX cmH2O -20 to 120
Press sensor measurement
Exhalation Exhalation valve voltage XXXXX mV 0 to 12500
Volt
Exhalation Exhalation valve current XXX.X mA 0 to 815
Current
O2 Flow O2 Flow Valve drive current XXX.X mA 0 to 198
Current
Air Flow Air Flow Valve drive current XXX.X mA 0 to 198
Current
Nebulizer Nebulizer power (when on) XXXXX mV On:11500 to
Power Nebulizer power (when off) XXX mV 12710
Off: 0 to 500
Ambient Ambient temperature near XXX.X C 0 to 55
Temp the valve drive circuits (10
mV per 1 degree K)
Module 16 V Circuit breaker for XXXXX mV 15200 to 16800
Power module power
12.5V Supply 12.5 V Supply Voltage XXXXX mV 12040 to 13330
5V Analog 5V analog supply voltage XXXXX mV 4800 to 5200
6V Analog 6V analog supply voltage XXXXX mV 5760 to 6240
-6V Analog -6V analog supply voltage XXXXX mV -6240 to -5760
5.5V Analog 5.5V analog supply voltage XXXXX mV 5280 to 5720
Insp Flow 9V power supply for the O2 XXXXX mV 8530 to 9240
Power and Air inspiratory flow
sensors
Total Insp 9V power supply for the XXXXX mV 8530 to 9240
Flow Pwr total inspiratory flow
sensor
4.096V Ref Analog measurement of XXXXX mV 4055 to 4137
the independent 4.096V
voltage reference
Ground Measurement of the XXXXX mV 0 to 10
analog ground at the A to D
converter
M1142536 03/11 8-19

Engström Pro
8.5.9 VCB outputs The VCB Outputs group controls items that can be turned On or Off. Items
whose default state is “On”, initially have a checkmark in the checkbox. For
items whose default state is “Off”, the checkbox is initially unmarked.
Item Function Default
Safe Valve Energized Opens/Closes Safety Valve. Not checked

Effort Valve Energized Opens/Closes Inspiratory Effort Maneuver Not checked
Valve.
Nebulizer Enabled Enables/Disables power to the Nebulizer. Not checked
Module Power On Turns Module Bus power on/off. Not checked
Port 2 Power On Turns Expansion Port 2 power on/off. Not checked
Insp Press Zero Inspiratory pressure zero valve on/off. Not checked
Aux Press Purge Auxiliary pressure purge valve on/off. Not checked
Buzzer On Controls the buzzer (On/Off) from the VCB. Not checked
Nurse Call On Controls the Nurse Call (On/Off) from the Not checked
VCB. (Port 4, Pins 3, 10 and 11))
Air Flow Valve Enables/Disables Air flow valve. Disabled Checked
while a calibration is running.
Air DAC Set any DAC value from (decimal) 0 to 0
65535 for the Air Flow Valve.
Set Air Flow Sends the Air Flow value to the VCB. The Air Not checked
Flow value will be sent when checked.
When the DAC value is returned, the Set Air
Flow will be cleared and the Air DAC will be
updated with the returned value.
Air Flow Set any air Flow value from 0 to 170, 000 0
ml/min for the Air Flow value.
O2 Flow Valve Enables/Disables O2 flow valve. Disabled Checked
while a calibration is running.
O2 Dac Set any DAC value from (decimal) 0 to 0
65535 for the O2 Flow Valve.
Set O2 Flow Sends the O2 Flow value to the VCB. The Not checked
O2 Flow Value will be sent when checked.
When the DAC value is returned, the Set
O2 Flow will be cleared and the O2 DAC will
be updated with the returned value.
O2 Flow Set any O2 Flow value from 0 to 170, 000 0
ml/min for the O2 Flow value.
Exhal Flow Valve Enables/Disables Exhalation flow valve. Checked
Disabled while a calibration is running.
Exh Dac Set any DAC value from (decimal) 0 to 0
65535 for the Exhalation Flow Valve.
Dither Dac DAC value that adjusts the amplitude of 5000
the dither signal to the exhalation valve.
8-20 03/11 M1142536

8.5.10 VCB Calibrations The Calibration and Tests group includes buttons and tabs so that you can
and tests easily access a specific calibration or test.
Calibrations Calibrations may be accessed through buttons as shown.

The O2 Flow Valve DAC, Air Flow Valve DAC, and the Exhal Flow Valve DAC
return to their default values when a calibration is completed.
1. Select the desired calibration.

2. Verify that the Calibration Running displays the calibration status and the
completion percent.
Item Function
O2 Flow Valve Runs the O2 Flow Valve test. Refer to Section 5.1.1, Calibration
procedure.
O2 Sensor Runs the Paracube O2 sensor test. Refer to Section 7.1.10, O2 sensor test
and calibration.
Exh Flow Zero Exhalation flow sensor zero. Refer to Section 5.1.1, Calibration procedure.
Zero Pressures Zeros the Inspiratory and Expiratory pressure sensors.
Air Flow Valve Runs Air Flow Valve test. Refer to Section 5.1.1, Calibration procedure.
Valve Sweep Factory only, requires additional tools.
Exhal Valve Runs the Exhalation Flow Valve test. Refer to Section 5.1.1, Calibration
procedure.
Calibration Shows the current calibration that is running.
Running
% Done The percentage of the calibration that is completed.
M1142536 03/11 8-21

Engström Pro
Low P Leak Test 1. Select the Low P Leak Test tab.

2. Refer to Section 5.2.5, Vent engine leak test (low pressure) for complete
setup instructions.
3. Select the Low P Leak button.
Important: Pressure of less than 70 cmH2O when the Low Peak button is
pressed may result in false indications.
• The Pressure Leak Test Messages box becomes active when a test is
running and displays Pass, Fail, or provides guidance in case a test
failure occurs . If the test fails, refer to Section 7.2, Troubleshooting
Vent Engine Leaks.
• When the calibration has been completed, the Low Pressure Leak Result
displays in ml/min.
• If the test fails, the Pressure Leak Test message box will prompt you to run
the Low P2 Test.
Item Description
Low P Leak Runs Low Pressure Leak test.
Low Pressure Leak The measured leak from the last Low Pressure Leak test
result: run.
8-22 03/11 M1142536

High P Leak Test 1. Select the High P Leak Test tab.

2. Refer to Section 5.2.6, Vent engine leak test (high O2 pressure) and
Section 5.2.7, Vent engine leak test (high Air pressure) for complete setup
instructions.
3. Verify Air inlet filter is installed, if not then un-check the Air inlet installed
checkbox.
4. Verify O2 inlet filter is not installed, if yes then check the O2 inlet filter
installed checkbox.
5. Select the High O2 Leak or High Air Leak button to start the test.
• The description of the test running displays in the Pressure Leak Test
Messages box.
• When the calibration has been completed, the Leak Result displays in
ml/min.
Item Description
High O2 Leak Runs High O2 Pressure Leak test.
O2 Leak Displays the calculated vent engine high pressure O2
leak. The value reported is based on the O2 inlet filter
installed selection.
O2 Flow Valve Leak Displays the calculated vent engine high pressure O2 Flow
Valve leak. Measurement includes bypass flow. If leak is
greater than 200 mL, perform vent engine cleanout
procedure in Section 5.2.3. If leak is greater than 500
mL, replace the flow valve.
High Air Leak Runs High Air Pressure Leak Test.
Air Leak Displays the calculated vent engine high pressure Air leak.
The value reported is based on the Air inlet filter installed
selection.
Air Flow Valve Leak Displays the calculated vent engine high pressure Air Flow
Valve leak. If leak is greater than 200 mL, perform vent
engine cleanout procedure in Section 5.2.3. If leak is
greater than 500 mL, replace the flow valve.
M1142536 03/11 8-23

Engström Pro
Span Cal 1. Select the Span Cal tab.

2. Refer to Section 5.2.8, Calibrate airway pressure transducer Zero and
Span for complete setup instructions.
3. Enter desired Span DAC value.
• Press the Reset button to reset the Span DAC value to 0.
4. Select the Start Paw Span to begin test and Paw Span to end the test.
Note: There is no indication of a successfully completed calibration other than
a change in pressure readings. When Span Cal is complete ,all three sensors
should be within +/- 4 cmH2O of each other.
Item Description
Start Paw Span Starts airway pressure transducer zero and span for all
three pressure transducers (Insp, Exp, and Aux).
End Paw Span Ends airway pressure transducer zero and span for all
three pressure transducers (Insp, Exp, and Aux).
Span DAC Value Exhalation valve DAC counts for the Paw Span Test.
Default = 0
Reset DAC Sets DAC value to zero.
8-24 03/11 M1142536

8.5.11 Callibration Displays a new window showing the calibration tables of the Air Flow Valve,
tables O2 Flow Valve, and Exhal Valve tests. Select the Cal Tables button to open the
calibration Tables window.
8.5.12 Neon tools The Neon Toolbox group contains lists of counts, flows, and zero offsets
related to the Neonatal Flow Sensor (NFS). Select the Neon tool button to
open the Neon Toolbox window. Refer to the sections below for information
describing VCB Flows, VMB Flows, Static Zeroing, and Offsets.
M1142536 03/11 8-25

Engström Pro
VCB flows
Item Function Unit
Insp Flow Displays the Inspiratory Flow counts Counts

reported by the Neonatal Flow Sensor.
Exp Flow Displays the Expiratory Flow counts Counts
Net Flow Net Flow is calculated from the counts mL/min
reported by the Neonatal Flow Sensor and
the current zero point. Inspiratory flow is
displayed as positive net flow and
expiratory flow is displayed as negative net
flow.
VMB flows
Item Function Unit
Insp Flow Displays the Inspiratory Flow counts Counts

Exp Flow Displays the Expiratory Flow counts Counts
Net Flow Net Flow is calculated from the counts mL/min
reported by the Neonatal Flow Sensor and
the current zero point. Inspiratory flow is
displayed as positive net flow and
expiratory flow is displayed as negative net
flow.
Static zeroing
Item Function Unit
Insp Offset The inspiratory point of the DAC, recorded Counts

from the last static zero.
Exp Offset The expiratory point of the DAC, recorded Counts
from the last static zero.
Zero NFS When selected, the system performs a
static zero of the Neonatal Flow Sensor.
8-26 03/11 M1142536

Offsets
Item Function Unit
Insp Offset (DAC Displays the inspiratory DAC zero offset Counts
Counts) movement from the last recorded static
zero. Updated by the dynamic zeroing.
Exp Offset (DAC Displays the expiratory DAC zero offset Counts
Counts) movement from the last recorded static
zero. Updated by the dynamic zeroing.
Insp Offset (ADC Displays the calculated inspiratory zero Counts
Counts) offset since the last DAC zero movement.
Updated by the dynamic zeroing.
Exp Offset (ADC Displays the calculated expiratory zero Counts
Counts) offset since the last DAC zero movement.
Updated by the dynamic zeroing.
M1142536 03/11 8-27

Engström Pro
8.5.13 Peep stability The Peep Stability menu is used by manufacturing only. Peep Stability
contains the measured Peep pressure reported by the VCB, the maximum
Peep pressure measured by the VCB at Peep level, and the minimum Peep
pressure measured by the VCB at Peep level. The Status of the Peep Stability
pressure measurements displays PASS, FAIL, or is dashed if the measurement
is unknown.
8.5.14 NVM error log The NVM (Non-volatile Memory) error log window displays the VCB NVM error
log from the VCB. Press the NVM Error Log button to open the window. Press
GetError Log to display the VCB error log or press the ClearErrorLog to clear
error logs.
This file may be requested to assist in product investigations. If so, copy and
paste into E-mail and forward to requesting engineer.
8-28 03/11 M1142536

8.5.15 VMB Diagnostics Selecting VMB Diagnostics on the Main menu brings up the following page
that contains the following grouped areas: VMB Channel Configurations, VMB
Outputs, VMB Data, Acutronic, Baro P Cal, Neon Tools and EE Prom.
M1142536 03/11 8-29

Engström Pro
8.5.16 VMB Channel The VMB Channel Configurations group includes items that are measured
Configurations from the VMB. If the item is within the acceptable range, “OK” is displayed
next to the value. If the item is out of the acceptable range, “FAIL” is displayed.
If the acceptable range is not currently known, the Status will display "---".
Item Description Format Units Range
Expiratory Expiratory Pressure XXX.XX cmH2O -26.8 to 131.8

Barometric Barometric pressure XXX.XX cmH2O 643.7 to 1182.0
O2 Supp Press O2 supply pressure XXX psig -9.1 to 127.8
sensor measurement
Air Supp Press Air supply pressure XXX psig -9.1 to 127.8
sensor measurement
Reference 1.22V Reference XXXXX mV 1104 to 1338
12.5V Supply 12.5V Power supply to XXXXX mV 10900 to 13320
the VMB
6.1V 6.1V power supply to the XXXXX mV 5770 to 6370
Expiratory expiratory flow sensor
5V O2 Supply 5V power supply to the XXXXX mV 4720 to 5380
O2 sensor
5V O2 Press 5V power supply to the XXXXX mV 4680 to 5340
O2 pressure sensor
5V Air Press 5V power supply to the Air XXXXX mV 4680 to 5340
pressure sensor
5.5V Analog 5.5V analog supply XXXXX mV 5140 to 5880
-5.5V Analog -5.5V analog supply XXXXX mV -6220 to -4440
Ground Ground XXXXX mV
8-30 03/11 M1142536

8.5.17 VMB outputs The VMB Outputs group controls items that can be turned on or off. Items
whose default state is “On”, initially have a checkmark in the checkbox. For
items whose default state is “Off”, the checkbox is initially unmarked.
Item Function Default
Exh Valve Pwr Opens/closes the exhalation valve (opens when Not
checked). checked
Safe Valve Opens/closes the safety valve from the VMB Not
Energized (energized when checked). checked
O2 Sensor Off Turn oxygen sensor On (not checked) or Off Not
(checked) checked
Exh Flow Sensor Turn exhalation sensor On (checked) or Off (not Checked
Pwr checked)
VMB Buzzer On The VMB turns the buzzer On/Off. Not
checked
VMB Reset Resets the VMB (disables the watchdog) when Not
checked. checked
Exp Press Zero Opens/Closes the expiratory pressure zero Not
Open valve. The valve will be opened when checked. checked
8.5.18 VMB data The VMB Data group shows the reported values for Expiratory Flow and
O2 concentration.
Item Description Format Units
Exp Flow Expiratory flow sensor measurement. XXX.XX mL/min

O2 % Measured oxygen concentration from XX.X %
the oxygen sensor.
M1142536 03/11 8-31

Engström Pro
8.5.19 Baro P cal Baro P cal is used to calibrate the barometric pressure transducer.
Item Description
Enter Pressure Enter the local barometric pressure in mmHg. The Baro P
Calibration will use this value to calibrate the barometric
pressure transducer.
Baro P Cal Starts the barometric pressure transducer calibration. The
calibration will Fail if nothing is entered in the Enter Pressure
box.
Status Displays the results of the barometric calibration (Passed or
Failed).
8.5.20 Acutronic The Acutronic Flow Sensor is used in the Engström Ventilator. Use this window
to view the Acutronic software version and view Expiratory Zero ADC and DAC
values.
Item Description
SW Ver Software version of the acutronic Sensor software.
Exp Zero ADC Displays the Analog to Digital Counter zero value fro the
expiratory flow sensor.
Exp Zero DAC Displays the Digital to Analog Counter used to zero the
expiratory flow sensor.
8.5.21 EEProm EEProm is used by manufacturing only. Press the EEProm button to display
the EEProm window. Select the FindLog File button to find an existing EEProm
log or press the LogEEProm button to log a file. This file may be requested to
assist in product investigations. If so, forward saved file to requesting
engineer.
8.5.22 Neon Tools Refer to section 8.5.12 on page 25.
8-32 03/11 M1142536

9 Repair Procedures
In this section 9.1 Circuit Board Replacement precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-4
9.1.1 Software download . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-4
9.1.2 Required calibrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-4
9.2 How to bleed gas pressure from the machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-5
9.3 Accessing chassis components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-5
9.3.1 To remove the chassis from the housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-6
9.3.2 To remove the Vent Engine from the chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-6
9.3.3 To replace chassis mounted components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-7
9.3.4 To replace vent engine components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-7
9.3.5 To replace inspiratory valve assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10
9.3.6 To replace free breathing valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11
9.3.7 To replace Vent Engine assembly, complete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12
9.3.8 To replace Vent Engine,sub-assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12
9.4 Servicing the High Performance Display Unit (HPDU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13
9.4.3 CPU Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14
9.4.8 To replace the Inverters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19
9.4.9 To replace the front enclosure or components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20
9.5 Servicing the High Performance Display Unit (HPDU)/Touchscreen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23
9.5.3 CPU Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25
9.5.4 TSB (Touch sensor board) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25
9.5.5 Connector Panel assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25
9.5.10 To replace the Inverters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-30
9.5.11 To replace the front enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-31
9.5.12 To replace a membrane switch and keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-31
9.6 Display arm (original) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-33
9.6.1 Adjust upper pivot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-33
9.6.2 Adjust lower pivot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-34
9.6.3 Adjust arm bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-34
M1142536 03/11 9-1

Engström Pro
9.6.4 Removing the original display arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-35

9.6.5 Removing the original display arm from the ventilator chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-36
9.7 Display arm (non-remote mount) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-37
9.7.1 Removing the non-remote display arm from the ventilator chassis . . . . . . . . . . 9-37
9.7.2 Removing the non-remote display arm from the display unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-37
9.8 Display arm (remote mount) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-38
9.8.1 Mounting the remote display arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-38
9.8.2 Removing the remote display arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-40
9.8.3 Mounting to ISO 19054 Rail System (medi-rail) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-41
9.9 Removing the ventilator from the cart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-42
9.10 Removing a compressor from the cart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-43
9.11 Attaching Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-44
9.11.1 Key/BID label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-44
9.11.2 Feature label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-44
9-2 03/11 M1142536

9 Repair Procedures
w WARNING To prevent fires:

• Use lubricants approved for O2 environments, such as Krytox. Other
lubricants may burn or explode in high O2 concentrations.
• All covers used on the system must be made from antistatic materials. Static
electricity can cause fires in high O2 concentrations.
w Obey infection control and safety procedures. Used equipment may contain
w A movable part or a removable component may present a pinch or a crush

hazard. Use care when moving or replacing system parts and components.
w Some internal parts have sharp edges and can cause cuts or abrasions. Use care
when servicing internal components.
w When servicing the system, extreme care must be taken to avoid introducing
foreign debris into the pneumatic flow passages of the ventilator. This includes
dust and contaminants on the vent engine and particularly metal chips
generated by screw threads. Before removing components on the vent engine,
secure a clean work area and thoroughly clean the vent engine to remove any
contaminants. Failure to do so may result in damage to the internal components.
w After repairs are completed, always perform the checkout procedure. Refer to
Section 3 of this manual.
w CAUTION Electrostatic discharge through circuit boards may damage the components on
them. Wear a static control wrist strap before touching the circuit boards. Handle
all circuit boards by their non-conductive edges. Use anti-static containers when
transporting them.
Important If you encounter multiple failures during the Super User Calibrations, System Checkout,
or during the Service Checkout Procedures, especially test associated with air supply, it
could be an indication of water or hydrocarbon contamination. If you suspect
contamination of this nature, inspect the pipe inlet filters for signs of contamination.
Contamination of this nature would require the replacement of all contaminated
components or the Vent Engine Sub-assembly, based on the extent of the
contamination.
M1142536 03/11 9-3

Engström Pro
9.1 Circuit Board Replacement precautions

The system stores the system serial number and installed optional features (if any) in
three locations:
• Display Unit CPU board
• Vent Control board (VCB)
• Power Monitor board (PMB)
Each time the system is powered up, the software checks to ensure that the
information stored in these locations is the same.
If, on power up, only two of the three boards have matching information (such as would
be if one of these boards is replaced), the software loads the information from the two
matching boards to the third board. This scheme allows for replacement of these
boards while retaining machine specific parameters.
Note: No checking or replication occurs when the Service App is loaded. The unit must
be powered up with system software.
Caution Do not replace more than one of these boards at a time without first powering up
the unit. Wait until the initial checkout menu appears to insure that the machine
specific information has been replicated.
9.1.1 Software After replacing any of the following boards, download the current software for the newly
download installed subsystem (refer to Section 8.2):
• Display Unit CPU board (or a replacement)
• Power Monitor board (PMB)
• Vent Monitor board (VMB)
• Vent Control board (VCB)
9.1.2 Required When repairs are complete, if either the VMB or the VCB were replaced, the following
calibrations calibrations must be performed before completing the checkout procedure.
If the VMB is replaced,

• calibrate the airway pressure transducers (refer to Section 5.2.8).
• calibrate the barometric pressure transducer (refer to Section 8.5.19).
If the VCB is replaced,

• calibrate the airway pressure transducers (refer to Section 5.2.8).
• calibrate the flow control valves — O2 FCV, Air FCV, and Exhalation Valve
(refer to Section 4.3).
If the CPU board is replaced (1505-5933-000),

• calibrate the touchscreen (refer to Section 5.3).
If the TSB is replaced,

• calibrate the touchscreen (refer to Section 5.3).
9-4 03/11 M1142536

9 Repair Procedures
9.2 How to bleed gas pressure from the machine

Before disconnecting pneumatic fittings, bleed all gas pressure from the ventilator.
1. Disconnect all gas supplies from the source.
2. Set the system switch to On.
3. Ensure that all pressures read zero.
4. Establish a flow for the affected gas to bleed down the pressure.
5. Set the system switch to Standby.
9.3 Accessing chassis components

Most of the system components are mounted to a two-tier chassis that slides out of the
housing for access to the internal components.
The pneumatic (and related Vent Engine) components are mounted on a manifold that
occupies the lower tier of the chassis. To access the pneumatic components, the entire
manifold assembly can be removed from the chassis.
The electrical (and related circuit board) components occupy the upper tier.
Electrical components on the Vent Engine connect to the Ventilator Control Board (VCB)
and the Ventilator Monitor Board (VMB) through a single, two-connector harness.
To diagnose the operation of the system while still disassembled, the components
(Vent Engine, circuit boards, Display Unit) can be arranged and reconnected with
existing harnesses. A separate Display Unit Cable can be used as a service tool to
make the connection between the Chassis and the Display Unit less restricted.
Chassis
Chassis
Housing
Housing Vent
VentEngine
Engine
M1142536 03/11 9-5

Engström Pro
9.3.1 To remove 1. To prevent the housing from tipping over when

the chassis from the chassis is removed, position the Display
the housing Unit (as shown) centered over the housing.
2. If applicable, remove any patient circuit
components.
3. Remove the Exhalation Valve. The chassis
can not be removed with the Exhalation Valve
in place.
4. Disconnect the Display Cable from the
chassis connector.
5. Loosen the four captured mounting screws at
each corner of the back panel.
6. Slide the chassis out of the housing.
9.3.2 To remove 1. Remove the circuit board retainer.

the Vent Engine 2. Disconnect the engine harness connectors from the circuit boards.
from the chassis
3. Remove the four screws (two on each side) that hold the Vent Engine manifold to the
chassis.
4. Remove AIR gas inlet filter assembly (includes filter bowl O-ring and filter element).
5. Remove optional O2 gas inlet filter assembly (includes filter bowl O-ring and filter
element), if required.
6. Slide the Vent Engine out of the chassis.
9-6 03/11 M1142536

9 Repair Procedures
9.3.3 To replace Most of the major components on the chassis can be replaced directly.
chassis mounted Only a few of the less accessible components require you to remove other components
components before they can be replaced.
When replacing the Power Management Board, transfer the existing heat sink and fan
to the new board.
Note: Refer to Section 9.1

for precautions regarding
board replacement.
After replacing a circuit
board, download current
software (refer to Section
9.1.1) and calibrate the
system (refer to Section
9.1.2).
9.3.4 To replace vent engine components
wWarning The vent engine manifold bottom plate is not designed to be removed in the field.
If the vent engine manifold requires replacement use one of the following
options:
• Manifold, Main Assembly 1505-8504-000 (does not include mounted components)
• Vent Engine Assembly Complete M1081816
• Vent Engine Sub-assembly M1115997 - IMPORTANT! Order this part only if vent
engine water contamination/entry or hydrocarbon contamination occurs.
w When servicing the system, extreme care must be taken to avoid introducing
foreign debris into the pneumatic flow passages of the ventilator. This includes
dust and contaminants on the vent engine and particularly metal chips
generated by screw threads. Before removing components on the vent engine,
secure a clean work area and thoroughly clean the vent engine to remove any
contaminants. Failure to do so may result in damage to the internal components.
All mounting hardware for Vent Engine components can be accessed from the top.
When replacing a component, ensure that the o-ring or gasket under the component is
properly seated in the manifold.
To remove the harness connector from the O2 Sensor, release the retaining tab with a
small, thin-blade screwdriver (twist the screwdriver slightly to release the tab).
Always perform Vent Engine Debris Cleanout after replacing components. Refer to
section 5.2.3.
Lubricate o-rings using a small amount (only enough to wet the surface of the o-ring) of
Krytox prior to installation.
M1142536 03/11 9-7

Engström Pro
Important If you encounter multiple failures during the Super User Calibrations, System Checkout,
or during the Service Checkout Procedures, especially test associated with air supply, it
could be an indication of water or hydrocarbon contamination. If you suspect
contamination of this nature, inspect the pipe inlet filters for signs of contamination.
Contamination of this nature would require the replacement of all contaminated
components or the Vent Engine Sub-assembly, based on the extent of the
contamination.
Vent engine clean 1. Use compressed air to blow any loose particulates and dust from the manifold and
repair procedure components prior to loosening fasteners. Use caution around small parts and
elastomers such as o-rings and diaphragms.
2. Obtain alcohol prep pads or similar damp cleaning wipes before removing
components. Do not use materials that will lose fibers or leave a residue on
components.
3. Completely remove all fasteners and place in a temporary container before moving
the component.
4. Carefully lift the component straight up and away from the manifold. Check to make
sure all necessary o-rings and gaskets are present. Store components in a
temporary container and not on the workspace tabletop.
5. If the component is going to be re-installed, place it on the side or back on a clean
surface to protect the mating surface.
6. Using an alcohol prep pad, damp wipe clean the manifold surface by starting at the
opening and wiping away from it. This will reduce the risk of loose material dropping
into the manifold.
7. Carefully inspect the opening in the manifold. If there is any visual sign of
contamination or discoloration, the manifold and any upstream components must
be replaced.
8. If the component removed is to be reinstalled, clean it in a similar manner by wiping
from any gas stream access points toward the outside edge.
9. Carefully inspect the component and seal. If there is any sign of contamination,
knicks, small tears, or discoloration, the component and or seal must be replaced.
10.Carefully set the component back on the manifold directly over and aligned with the
attachments and avoid sliding the component once it is in contact with the manifold.
11.Reinstall the fasteners and torque it to the required specification as listed.
9-8 03/11 M1142536

9 Repair Procedures
Note: Perform Vent Engine Debris Cleanout - Section 5.2.3 after replacement of vent
engine components.
Note: When replacing the following items, do not

overtighten the mounting hardware. Use the
following torque spec chart to properly mount
the component.
• Regulator = 2 Nm
• Flow Control Valve = 4 Nm
• O2 Sensor = 2 Nm
• O2 sensor to plate = 0.5 Nm.
• O2 sensor plate to manifold = 2 Nm
• Flow Transducer = 2 Nm
• Inspiratory Valve Assembly Manifold = 4 Nm
• Inlet Manifold Sub-assembly = 4 Nm
• Outlet Manifold Sub-assembly = 4 Nm
• Pneumatic restrictor = 1 Nm
• Pneumatic Restrictor Plate = 2 Nm
• Legris Fitting 4MM = 4 nm
• Zeroing Valve mounting screws = 0.07 Nm
• Pressure Sensor Assembly = 1 Nm
• O2 and Air Filter Adapter screws = 1.2 Nm
M1142536 03/11 9-9

Engström Pro
9.3.5 To replace 1. Remove the chassis from the housing per Section 9.3.1.
inspiratory valve 2. Remove the Vent Engine from the chassis per Section 9.3.2.
assembly
3. Disconnect the wiring harness from the inspiratory valve and safety valve actuators.
4. Remove the four M4 X 12 socket head screw that secure the assembly to the main
manifold and remove the Inspiratory Valve assembly.
5. Install the new Inspiratory Valve assembly to the main manifold using four M4 X 12
socket head screws. Torque = 2.0 Nm.) See note below for installation using original
manifold without guide pins.
6. Transfer or install the new Safety Valve Actuator (M1114504 and Seal
(1505-8600-000) to the new Inspiratory Valve Assembly. Apply a small amount
(only enough to wet the surface) of Loctite 271 to screw. Torque = 2.0 Nm
7. Perform Service level tests and calibrations. Refer to section 5.2.3, 5.2.5, 5.2.9,
5.2.10, and 5.2.13.
8. Install Vent Engine assembly into chassis. Refer to section 9.3.2.
9. Install chassis into housing. Refer to section 9.3.1.
10.Perform Super User calibrations per Section 5.1.1.
11.Perform Automated Checkout per Section 3.2.
Manifold with guide pins
Note: On original main manifold

without guide pins use the
Safety valve alignment tool
(1505-8598-000) to align the
inspiratory valve assembly to
the main manifold.
Original Manifold without guide Safety valve

pins alignment tool
9-10 03/11 M1142536

9 Repair Procedures
free breathing 2. Remove the Vent Engine from the chassis per Section 9.3.2.
valve
3. Remove the Free Breathing Valve seat (1503-3204-000) from the main manifold.
4. Remove and discard Valve Flapper (0211-1454-100) and o-ring
(M1136785).
5. Replace the Free Breathing Valve O-ring and Valve Flapper.
a. Pull the Valve Flapper through the hole in the Free Breathing Valve seat and cut
off tip of flapper to approximately 7mm.
b. Apply a thin film of Krytox to o-ring (only enough to wet the surface of the o-ring)
and fit o-ring into the groove located on the Free Breathing Valve seat.
6. Install the Free Breathing Valve seat into the main manifold and tighten valve until it
is flush with the manifold.
7. Perform Service level tests and calibration per Section 5.2.9.
8. Install Vent Engine Assembly into chassis. Refer to Section 9.3.7.
9. Install chassis into housing. Refer to Section 9.3.1
10.Perform Super-User calibrations per Section 5.1.1.
11.Perform an Automated Checkout per Section 3.2
M1142536 03/11 9-11

Engström Pro
9.3.7 To replace 1. Remove the chassis from the housing. Refer to Section 9.3.1.
Vent Engine 2. Remove the Vent Engine from the chassis. Refer to Section 9.3.2
assembly,
3. Replace the Vent Engine with new Vent Engine assembly and connect harness to the
complete VCB and VMB.
Note: Do not install Vent Engine assembly into chassis until all tests and calibration in
Step 4 have been completed.
4. Perform Service level tests and calibration. Refer to Section 5.2.
5. Install Vent Engine assembly into chassis. Refer to Section 9.3.2.
6. Install chassis into housing. Refer to Section 9.3.1.
7. Perform Super-User calibrations. Refer to Section 5.1.1.
8. Perform Automated Checkout. Refer to Section 3.2.
Vent Engine, 2. Remove the Vent Engine assembly from the chassis. Refer to Section 9.3.2.
sub-assembly
3. Remove the following components from the Vent Engine assembly:
a. Harness (vent engine to VCB/VMB) - (1505-5706-000).
b. Inspiratory Manifold Panel Assembly with safety valve (1505-8502-000).
c. Outlet Manifold Panel Assembly (including all mounted components) -
(1505-8505-000).
d. O2 Pipeline Adapter (from inlet manifold) - (1505-3206-000).
e. AIR Pipeline adapter (from inlet manifold) - (1505-3207-000).
4. Clean and install the above removed parts on the new Vent Engine sub assembly.
Refer to Section 9.3.4.
5. Connect the new Vent Engine assembly harness to the VCB and VMB.
Note: Do not install Vent Engine assembly into chassis until all tests and calibration in
Step 6 have been completed.
6. Perform Service level tests and calibration. Refer to Section 5.2.
7. Install Vent Engine Assembly into the chassis. Refer to Section 9.3.2
8. Install chassis into housing. Refer to Section 9.3.1.
9. Perform Super-User calibrations. Refer to Section 5.1.1.
10.Perform Automated Checkout. Refer to Section 3.2.
9-12 03/11 M1142536

9 Repair Procedures
9.4 Servicing the High Performance Display Unit (HPDU)

For additional information on the Non-remote mount display arm refer to Section 9.6
and Section 9.7.
The item numbers appearing in parenthesis in this section refer to items in the parts list
in Section 10.10.
The fan filter (26) and the access door (3) to
the PCMCIA interface can be replaced with the (26)
(3)
Display Unit in place.
To replace the filter, slide the filter capsule (25)
downward to remove it from the Display Unit.
(25)
To service other components of the Display Unit, you must first remove the Display Unit
from the machine.
9.4.1 Remove the The Display Unit attaches to the pivot arm with screws that are accessible under the
Display Unit pivot covers.
1. Remove the pivot arm covers on each side of the upper pivot.
• The pivot covers are held in place by three tabs in the locations shown by the
arrows.
• Slide a thin blade between the cover and the pivot housing to release each tab.
2. Raise the DU so that it faces backwards.
3. Disconnect the display cable (A).
4. Remove the four screws that hold the DU to the upper pivot (B).
M1142536 03/11 9-13

Engström Pro
9.4.2 Place the Display Unit face down on an anti-static pad.

Disassemble the 1. Loosen (L) the four captive screws at each corner of the rear enclosure.
Display Unit 2. Lift the rear enclosure slightly and pivot it away from the lower enclosure at the
bottom side of the Display Unit.
(28) (29) (24)
L
L
20
L 12
(27) (5) (21) (2) (1)
At this point, you can replace the following items (The item numbers refer to the parts
list in Section 10.10):
• the internal Compact Flash card (27)
• the external Compact Flash Kit (28)
• the fan (24) — for the HPDU this is a 12-volt fan
• the connector panel assembly (21)
• the encoder assembly (12)
• the battery (5)
• the speaker (20) — (To access the mounting screws for the speaker, you must first
remove the ten screws that hold the mounting plate to the front enclosure so that you
can raise the bottom edge of the assembly slightly — Refer to section 9.4.6.)
• the rear enclosure (1) — You can transfer the captive screws to the new enclosure.
However, the gasket (2) is held in place with adhesive. When replacing the rear
enclosure, also include a new gasket.
To replace the remaining items requires further disassembly.
9.4.3 CPU Fan w CAUTION: Do not remove the heatsink from the CPU board.
1. Note the orientation of the fan harness.
Disconnect the fan harness from the CPU board.
2. Remove the fan (29) from the CPU heatsink, leaving the heatsink in place.
3. Remove the heatsink (discard) from the replacement fan assembly.
4. Noting the orientation of the fan harness, secure the fan to the CPU heatsink.
5. Connect the fan harness to the CPU board.
9-14 03/11 M1142536

9 Repair Procedures
9.4.4 To replace 1. Remove the connector panel assembly (21) — two screws.
the CPU board 2. Disconnect the following cables:
• Inverter harnesses (A)
• Right membrane switch flex-cable at ZIF (zero insertion force) connector (B)
• Speaker cable (C)
• Encoder assembly cable (D)
• Lower membrane switch flex-cable at ZIF (zero insertion force) connector (E)
• Fan cable (F)
CAUTION Align the LCD cable connector parallel with the PCB connector prior to pressing
into place.
• LCD cable (G) Make sure cable is plugged in securely, if not screen may display
incorrectly (white) or multi-colored striped screen.
• Left membrane switch flex-cable at ZIF (zero insertion force) connector (H)
(5)
I
I
H
B
(21)
C
I
D E F
3. Remove the remaining four screws (I) that hold the CPU board to the mounting plate.
4. Remove the CPU board from the mounting plate.
5. Transfer the internal Compact Flash Card (item 5, PN M105508) to the new CPU
board.
6. Reassemble in reverse order.
7. Download software (Section 8.2).
M1142536 03/11 9-15

Engström Pro
9.4.5 To replace 1. Gently lift battery to the left until it can be removed from holder.
the battery 2. Touching only the sides of the battery, place the battery under the retaining clip.
Caution When replacing the battery be careful to only touch the sides of the battery, not
the top or bottom as corrosion may occur.
3. Re-load software using the appropriate Compact Flash card.
Note System re-boot may be required up to three times to properly load BIOS and display
the Normal Screen.
9.4.6 To replace 1. Disconnect the following cables:

the LCD display • Right membrane switch flex-cable at ZIF (zero insertion force) connector (A)
• Encoder assembly cable (B)
• Lower membrane switch flex-cable at ZIF (zero insertion force) connector (C)
• Fan cable (D)
• LCD cable (E)
• Left membrane switch flex-cable at ZIF (zero insertion force) connector (F)
2. Remove the ten screws (circled) that hold the mounting plate to the front enclosure.
B C D
3. Remove the mounting plate assembly from the front enclosure.

4. Disconnect the backlight harnesses (G) from the inverter boards.
5. Slide the grommet (H) out of the mounting plate slot (transfer to new LCD).
9-16 03/11 M1142536

9 Repair Procedures
6. Remove the four screws (circled) that hold the LCD to the mounting plate.
H
7. Lift the left side of the LCD display slightly away from the mounting plate to pull some
of the display ribbon cable (I) to the top side of the plate. Flip the LCD over to the left
of the assembly.
8. Disconnect the display ribbon cable (J).
LCD
Display
J I

Note: When replacing the LCD, pull the excess ribbon cable to the bottom side of the
plate as you lower the LCD on to the plate. For the backlight harness grommet (H),
ensure that the slit in the grommet faces toward the inside of the keyhole.
M1142536 03/11 9-17

Notes
9.4.7 To replace The backlight replacement kit includes a backlight assembly (with two backlights) and
the backlights two inverters with mounting hardware. To replace the backlight assembly follow the
procedure in Section 9.4.6 to gain access to the assembly. To replace the inverters,
Note: When replacing a
backlight or a backlight follow the procedure in the next section.
inverter, you must 1. Remove the one screw (K) that holds the backlight assembly to the LCD.
replace both inverters
and the backlight 2. Slide the backlight assembly to the left to free it from the retaining tabs and then lift
assembly found in the
it out of the holder.
Backlight Kit.
H K
Slit
3. Transfer the grommet (H) to the new backlight assembly.

9-18 03/11 M1142536

9 Repair Procedures
9.4.8 To replace The Display Unit includes two inverters (one for each backlight).
the Inverters The inverters “sandwich” the mounting plate and use it as a heatsink. Follow the
Note: When replacing a procedure in Section 9.4.6 to gain access to the inverters. Replace one inverter at a
backlight or a backlight time.
inverter, you must
replace both inverters 1. Disconnect the backlight cable (A) from the inverter.
and the backlight
assembly found in the 2. Remove the two Nylon screws (B) that hold the inverter to the backplate.
Backlight Kit.
3. Slide the inverter out of the sleeve and disconnect it from the CPU harness (C).
The “front” inverter
The “rear” inverter
M1142536 03/11 9-19

Engström Pro
9.4.9 To replace Disassemble the Display Unit following procedures in the previous sections to the point
the front where you have removed the mounting plate assembly from the front enclosure.
enclosure or If you are replacing the front enclosure, you can transfer the encoder (12) assembly to
components the new enclosure; but, you must build up the replacement enclosure with:
• a new window (11)
• new membrane switches — right-side (14), lower (15), left-side spacer (16)
• new keypads - right-side (17), lower (18), left-side blank (19)
• new EMC gasket (10)
If you are replacing a keypad or a membrane switch, you must replace both items.
(10)
(11)
(16, 19)
(14, 17)
(12) Nub
(15, 18)
To replace the window 1. Place the front enclosure face up on a flat surface.
2. Press down on one corner of the window to free it from the enclosure.
3. Work your way around the window until you can get a hold of it from the back.
4. Slowly pry the window from the enclosure.
5. Place the front enclosure face down on a flat surface, taking care not to damage the
encoder.
6. Remove any remaining residue from the mounting area; clean with isopropyl
alcohol.
7. Remove the inside protective material from the front of the window.
8. Peel the front outside frame of the release liner.
9. Lower the window straight down in the enclose, noting the notch in the window and
the matching nub on the enclosure.
10.Before seating the window, position it in contact with the bottom and right sides of
the frame (see arrows) so that the larger gap between the window and the enclosure
is at the top and left edges (as viewed from behind).
11.Remove the protective film from the back side of the window.
9-20 03/11 M1142536

9 Repair Procedures
To replace a membrane 1. Remove the screw that attaches the grounding strap to the enclosure.
switch and keypad 2. Pry the membrane switch and keypad from the enclosure.
3. Remove any remaining residue from the mounting area; clean with isopropyl alcohol
and let dry.
4. Remove the backing from the membrane. Be sure to remove the small backing
below the flex cable. Be careful not to allow the ribbon cable to adhere to the
backing.
5. Insert the flex cable and ground strap through the slot in the enclosure. Ensure that
all of the ground strap passes through the slot an does not remain folded over under
the membrane.
Ground Strap
fully inserted
6. Carefully lower the membrane straight down to the enclosure. Seat the membrane in
place.
7. Remove the backing from the keypad and install it over the membrane switches.
8. Attach the ground strap to the enclosure.
M1142536 03/11 9-21

Engström Pro
To install the EMI To fully seal the Display Unit enclosure, you will need approximately 2.3 meters of
gasket EMC gasket (10). Cut the gasket into five strips shown below.
Insert a continuous length of gasket in
the outside grove of the enclosure
(sparingly apply “Super Glue Gel” to 1206 mm
the channels near the corners before total
installing the gasket). 286 mm four sides
Insert individual lengths of gasket in

the inside grove around the window 222 mm 222 mm
(sparingly apply “Super Glue Gel” to
the channels near the corners before
installing the gasket). (10)
286 mm
9-22 03/11 M1142536

9 Repair Procedures
9.5 Servicing the High Performance Display Unit (HPDU)/

Touchscreen
Note To service the HPDU, refer to Section 9.4. For additional information on the DU and
HPDU display arm refer to Section 9.5 and Section 9.7.
The item numbers appearing in parenthesis in this section refer to items in the parts list
in Section 10.9.
The fan filter (26) and the access door (3) to
the PCMCIA interface can be replaced with the (26)
Display Unit in place.
To replace the filter, slide the filter capsule (25)
downward to remove it from the Display Unit.
(25)
To service other components of the Display Unit, you must first remove the Display Unit
from the machine.
9.5.1 Remove the The Display Unit attaches to the remote and non-remote display arm pivot with screws
Display Unit that are accessible under the upper display arm yoke covers (A).
1. Remove the pivot arm covers on each side of the upper display arm pivot.
• Slide a thin blade into the slot at the top of the yoke cover arc and rotate cover to
remove.
2. Disconnect the display cable (B) and remove the strain relief (C).
3. Remove the four screws that hold the DU to the upper pivot (A).
B
C
M1142536 03/11 9-23

Engström Pro
9.5.2 Place the Display Unit face down on an anti-static pad.

Disassemble the 1. Loosen (L) the four captive screws at each corner of the rear enclosure.
Display Unit 2. Lift the rear enclosure slightly and pivot it away from the lower enclosure at the
bottom side of the Display Unit.
(28) (29) (30) (31) (24)
L
L
20
L 12
(27) (5) (21) (2) (1)
At this point, you can replace the following items (The item numbers refer to the parts
list in Section 10.9):
• the internal Compact Flash card (27)
• the external Compact Flash Kit (28)
•the CPU fan (29)
•the TSB (30)
•the tachometer harness (31)
• the fan (24) — for the HPDU this is a 12-volt fan
• the connector panel assembly (21) — must remove TSB first
• the encoder assembly (12)
• the battery (5)
• the speaker (20) — (To access the mounting screws for the speaker, you must first
remove the ten screws that hold the mounting plate to the front enclosure so that you
can raise the bottom edge of the assembly slightly — Refer to section 9.4.6.)
• the rear enclosure (1) — You can transfer the captive screws to the new enclosure.
However, the gasket (2) is held in place with adhesive. When replacing the rear
enclosure, also include a new gasket.
To replace the remaining items requires further disassembly.
9-24 03/11 M1142536

9 Repair Procedures
9.5.3 CPU Fan w CAUTION: Do not remove the heatsink from the CPU board.
1. Note the orientation of the fan harness.
Disconnect the fan harness from J4 on the TSB board.
2. Remove the fan (29) from the CPU heatsink, leaving the heatsink in place.
3. Remove the heatsink (discard) from the replacement fan assembly.
4. Noting the orientation of the fan harness, secure the fan to the CPU heatsink.
5. Connect the fan harness to J4 of the TSB board.
9.5.4 TSB (Touch 1. Disconnect the Touchscreen ribbon cable from the TSB board.
sensor board) 2. Disconnect the fan cable from J1 on the TSB board.
3. Disconnect the tachometer harness from J3 on the TSB board.
4. Disconnect the CPU fan from J4 on the TSB board.
5. Remove screw from TSB board and remove board.
6. Replace TSB board and reassemble in reverse order.
9.5.5 Connector The TSB board must be removed before the Connector Panel assembly can be
Panel assembly replaced.
1. Disconnect the Touchscreen ribbon cable from the TSB board.
2. Disconnect the fan cable from J1 on the TSB board.
3. Disconnect the tachometer harness from J3 on the TSB board.
4. Disconnect the CPU fan from J4 on the TSB board.
5. Remove screw from TSB board and remove board.
6. Remove screw from left-hand side of Connector Panel assembly.
7. Replace Connector Panel assembly and reassemble in reverse order.
M1142536 03/11 9-25

Engström Pro
9.5.6 To replace 1. Remove the connector panel assembly (21) — two screws.
the CPU board 2. Disconnect the following cables:
• Inverter harnesses (A)
• Right membrane switch flex-cable at ZIF (zero insertion force) connector (B)
• Touchscreen cable (CC)
• Speaker cable (D)
• Encoder assembly cable (E)
• Lower membrane switch flex-cable at ZIF (zero insertion force) connector (F)
• Fan cable (G)
CAUTION Align the LCD cable connector parallel with the PCB connector prior to pressing
into place.
• LCD cable (H) Make sure cable is plugged in securely, if not screen may display
incorrectly (white) or multi-colored striped screen.
• Left membrane switch flex-cable at ZIF (zero insertion force) connector (I)
J
J
B I
C
H
E F G J
3. Remove the remaining four screws (J) that hold the CPU board to the mounting plate.
4. Remove the CPU board from the mounting plate.
5. Transfer the internal Compact Flash Card (item 5, PN M105508) to the new CPU
board.
7. Download software (Section 8.2).
9-26 03/11 M1142536

9 Repair Procedures
9.5.7 To replace 1. Gently lift battery to the left until it can be removed from holder.
the battery 2. Touching only the sides of the battery, place the battery under the retaining clip.
Caution When replacing the battery be careful to only touch the sides of the battery, not
the top or bottom as corrosion may occur.
3. Re-load software using the appropriate Compact Flash card.
Note System re-boot may be required up to three times to properly load BIOS and display
the Normal Screen.
9.5.8 To replace 1. Disconnect the following cables:

the LCD display • Right membrane switch flex-cable at ZIF (zero insertion force) connector (A)
B)
• Touchscreen cable (B
• Encoder assembly cable (C)
• Lower membrane switch flex-cable at ZIF (zero insertion force) connector (D)
• Fan cable (E)
• LCD cable (F)
• Left membrane switch flex-cable at ZIF (zero insertion force) connector (G)
2. Remove the ten screws (circled) that hold the mounting plate to the front enclosure.
A G
B
F
C D E
3. Remove the mounting plate assembly from the front enclosure.
M1142536 03/11 9-27

Engström Pro
4. Disconnect the backlight harnesses (H) from the inverter boards.

5. Slide the grommet (I) out of the mounting plate slot (transfer to new LCD).
6. Remove the four screws (circled) that hold the LCD to the mounting plate.
I
7. Lift the left side of the LCD display slightly away from the mounting plate to pull some
of the display ribbon cable (J) to the top side of the plate. Flip the LCD over to the left
of the assembly.
8. Disconnect the display ribbon cable (K).
LCD
Display
K J

Note: When replacing the LCD, pull the excess ribbon cable to the bottom side of the
plate as you lower the LCD on to the plate. For the backlight harness grommet (I),
ensure that the slit in the grommet faces toward the inside of the keyhole.
9-28 03/11 M1142536

9 Repair Procedures
9.5.9 To replace The backlight replacement kit includes a backlight assembly (with two backlights) and
the backlights two inverters with mounting hardware. To replace the backlight assembly follow the
procedure in Section 9.5.8 to gain access to the assembly. To replace the inverters,
Note: When replacing a
backlight or a backlight follow the procedure in the next section.
inverter, you must 1. Remove the one screw (L) that holds the backlight assembly to the LCD.
replace both inverters
and the backlight 2. Slide the backlight assembly to the left to free it from the retaining tabs and then lift
assembly found in the
it out of the holder.
Backlight Kit.
I L
Slit
3. Transfer the grommet (I) to the new backlight assembly.

M1142536 03/11 9-29

Engström Pro
9.5.10 To replace The Display Unit includes two inverters (one for each backlight).
the Inverters The inverters “sandwich” the mounting plate and use it as a heatsink. Follow the
Note: When replacing a procedure in Section 9.5.8 to gain access to the inverters. Replace one inverter at a
backlight or a backlight time.
inverter, you must replace
both inverters and the 1. Disconnect the backlight cable (A) from the inverter.
backlight assembly found in 2. Remove the two Nylon screws (B) that hold the inverter to the backplate.
the Backlight Kit.
3. Slide the inverter out of the sleeve and disconnect it from the CPU harness (C).
The “front” inverter
The “rear” inverter
9-30 03/11 M1142536

9 Repair Procedures
9.5.11 To replace To replace the front enclosure order the touchscreen replacement kit (M1210179-S).
the front Refer to Appendix B for parts list.
enclosure
9.5.12 To replace
a membrane
switch and keypad (10)
(11)
(16, 1
4, 17)
(12) Nub
(15, 1
• new membrane switches — right-side (14), lower (15), left-side spacer (16)
• new keypads - right-side (17), lower (18), left-side blank (19)
• new EMC gasket (10)
If you are replacing a keypad or a membrane switch, you must replace both items.
1. Remove the screw that attaches the grounding strap to the enclosure.
2. Pry the membrane switch and keypad from the enclosure.
3. Remove any remaining residue from the mounting area; clean with isopropyl
alcohol.
4. Remove the backing from the membrane. Be sure to remove the small backing
below the flex cable. Be careful not to allow the ribbon cable to adhere to the
backing.
M1142536 03/11 9-31

Engström Pro
5. Insert the flex cable and ground strap through the slot in the enclosure. Ensure that
all of the ground strap passes through the slot an does not remain folded over under
the membrane.
Ground Strap
fully inserted
6. Carefully lower the membrane straight down to the enclosure. Seat the membrane in
place.
7. Remove the backing from the keypad and install it over the membrane switches.
8. Attach the ground strap to the enclosure.
To install the EMI To fully seal the Display Unit enclosure, you will need approximately 2.3 meters of
gasket EMC gasket (10). Cut the gasket into five strips shown below.
Insert a continuous length of gasket in
the outside grove of the enclosure
(sparingly apply “Super Glue Gel” to 1206 mm
the channels near the corners before total
installing the gasket). 286 mm four sides
Insert individual lengths of gasket in

the inside grove around the window 222 mm 222 mm
(sparingly apply “Super Glue Gel” to
the channels near the corners before
installing the gasket). (10)
286 mm
9-32 03/11 M1142536

9 Repair Procedures
9.6 Display arm (original)

For additional information on servicing the HPDU refer to Section 9.4.
The original display arm includes three pivot points that allow the Display Unit to be
positioned for optimal viewing:
• the upper pivot allows for tilting the display
• the lower pivot allows for raising or lowering the display
• the arm mounts to the chassis on a bearing that allows the display to be moved side
to side.
To access the adjustment hardware for
the upper and lower hardware, remove
the pivot arm covers on each side of the
pivot.
• The pivot covers are held in place
by three tabs in the locations
shown by the arrows.
• Slide a thin blade between the Cover
cover and the pivot housing to
release each tab.
To access the adjustment screw for the arm mount bearing, remove the display arm
cover.
9.6.1 Adjust upper 1. Position the DU as shown:

Adjust
pivot • Arm vertical
• DU horizontal
2. Release the DU.
• Verify that the DU does not sag
from its own weight.
3. Push down slightly at the front of the
DU.
• The DU should remain in place.
4. Verify that the DU can be tilted
without excessive force.
5. Adjust the upper pivot as necessary.
M1142536 03/11 9-33

Engström Pro
9.6.2 Adjust lower 1. Position the DU as shown:

pivot • Arm forward Adjust
• Upper and lower pivots
in line horizontally
• DU vertical
2. Release the DU.
• Verify that the DU does not sag
from its own weight.
3. Push down slightly at the top of the
DU.
• The DU should remain in place.
4. Verify that the DU can be raised and lowered without excessive force.
5. Adjust the lower pivot as necessary.
9.6.3 Adjust arm 1. Position the DU as shown above:

bearing • Arm forward
• Upper and lower pivots
in line horizontally
• DU vertical
2. Move the DU side to side. Adjust
• Verify that the DU can be moved
without excessive force and that it
remains in place with slight
sideways pressure.
3. Adjust the bearing as necessary.
9-34 03/11 M1142536

9 Repair Procedures
9.6.4 Removing 1. The display unit attaches to the

the original original display arm with screws that
display arm are accessible under the display arm
covers.
2. Remove the display arm covers on
each side of the upper display arm.
• The display arm covers are held in
place by three tabs in locations
shown by arrows.
• Slide a thin blade between the
cover and the housing to release
B A
each tab.
3. Raise the DU so that it faces
backwards. C
4. Remove and discard the display

connector guard (C) and screws if
installed. Disconnect the display
cable (A).
5. Remove the four screws that hold the
DU to the upper display arm (B).
6. Place the Display Unit face down on
an anti-static pad for re-assembly.
M1142536 03/11 9-35

Engström Pro
9.6.5 Removing 1. The original display arm attaches to the ventilator chassis with screws that are
the original accessible under the lower display arm covers.
display arm from • Remove the display arm covers on each side of the lower display arm. The display
the ventilator arm covers are held in place by three tabs.
chassis • Slide a thin blade between the cover and the display arm housing to release each
tab.
2. Disconnect the display connection
cable located on the back of the
vent chassis as shown (A).
3. Remove the four screws from the

lower display arm (B), and remove
the display arm. B
4. Remove the center screw (C) that

secures the rotate plate.
5. Lift the center plate and remove the

three screws (D) from the display
arm mount, then remove mount.
D
9-36 03/11 M1142536

9 Repair Procedures
9.7 Display arm (non-remote mount)

For additional information on the Original display arm refer to Section 9.6.
For additional information on the Remote mount display arm refer to Section 9.8.
9.7.1 Removing 1. Raise the display unit (A) so that it faces

the non-remote upward.
A
display arm from 2. Disconnect the display cable from the back
the ventilator of the ventilator.
chassis 3. While supporting the display/arm; remove
the three recessed screws (B) from the base
of the non-remote arm using a NO3. Ball
Allen wrench.
4. Remove the display and arm assembly
from the top of the ventilator chassis and
carefully place the Display Unit face down
on an anti-static pad.
Important: The Display Unit is top heavy when B
removed from the ventilator.
B
9.7.2 Removing 1. The display unit attaches to the non-

the non-remote remote display arm pivot with screws
B
display arm from that are accessible under the upper C
display arm yoke covers.
the display unit
2. Remove the yoke covers (A) on each A
side of the upper display arm pivot.

• Slide a thin blade into the slot at the
top of the yoke cover arc and rotate
the cover to remove.
3. Disconnect the display cable (B) and remove the strain relief (C.
4. Remove the four screws from the upper display arm pivot and remove the display
arm.
M1142536 03/11 9-37

Engström Pro
9.8 Display arm (remote mount)

The Engström remote mount arm may be used to mount the display unit on an ISO
19054 Rail system (medi-rail). For additional information on the DU display arms refer
to Section 9.6 and Section 9.7.
9.8.1 Mounting the remote display arm
CAUTION To prevent moisture from entering the

system and damaging the ventilator,
ensure appropriate white plugs have
been inserted into the ventilator
chassis.
1. Insert the large white plug (A) into
the center M6 threaded hole of the
ventilator chassis. Permanent Remote Mounting
• If permanently remote mounting the display unit, and the receiver is not used,
insert the three small white plugs into the three M4 threaded holes of the ventilator
chassis.
2. Secure the remote mount receiver to
the ventilator chassis using three A
flat-head screws (B) and tighten to 2

Nm torque.
B B
3. To prepare the arm for cable installation; open the primary latch (C). Seat the arm on
the receiver or rail for leverage, close the primary latch and then turn the arm 45° to
the left. Open the primary latch and pull the secondary latch (D) to disengage the
arm from the receiver or rail.
45° C
9-38 03/11 M1142536

9 Repair Procedures
4. Feed the cable (E) (part number

towards the top) through the base of
the arm.
5. Attach the arm cover as shown using
four self-threading screws (F) (0.5
Nm torque). E F
6. Secure the display arm to the

display unit:
a. Apply a very light coating of Loctite to each of the four M4x8 SKT HD CAP screws.
Insert and start either the left or right, top and bottom screws (G) of the upper
pivot into the back of the display unit.
b. Slide the arm onto the back of the display under the started screws (H) and insert
the two remaining screws. Tighten all four screws using a No 3 Ball Allen wrench
(2Nn torque).
c. Install the yoke covers (I) into the upper and lower pivots. Note: Align and insert
the flat surfaces of the yoke covers (using the flat surfaces as a hinge); press the
covers into place.
G
H
7. Secure the cable onto the display unit with the edge of the PN label aligned
underneath the strain relief as shown. Insert the M4x12, SKT HD CAP screw and
tighten using a no. 3 Ball Allen wrench (2 Nm torque).
Align cable PN
label as shown
M1142536 03/11 9-39

Engström Pro
8. Firmly hold the display unit at the

junction of the display arm and
display screen, and align the arm
assembly with the receiver mount.
Ensure the cable is positioned in the
cable channel of the receiver mount.
9. Ensure the primary latch is open and
seat the arm assembly onto the
receiver mount. Listen for an audible
click of the secondary latch.
10.Close the primary latch to secure the arm assembly onto the ventilator. (Rotate arm
back from 45° angle to normal position if not already done.)
11.Connect and secure the upper end of the display cable to the display unit
12.Connect and secure the lower end of the display cable to the ventilator chassis.
13.Perform Automated Checkout procedure as defined in Section 3.2.
9.8.2 Removing the remote display arm
WARNING A movable part or a removable component may present a pinch or crush hazard.
Use care when moving or replacing system parts and components.
To remove the display arm:
1. Power down the Engström and lock casters if using an Engström Cart.
2. Position the display arm so that it is vertical and the display unit so that it is
horizontal (facing up).
3. Firmly hold the display unit at the junction of the display arm and display screen.
Open the primary latch (1). Pull and hold the secondary latch (2) toward the front of
the arm assembly to disengage the display unit.
AB.98.297
AB.98.296
4. Carefully lift and remove the display unit from the ventilator.
Important The Display Unit is top heavy when removed from the ventilator.
9-40 03/11 M1142536

9 Repair Procedures
9.8.3 Mounting to Note: Ensure the cable length is sufficient to reach from the Engström system to the
ISO 19054 Rail desired mounting location.
System (medi-rail) 1. Align and seat the arm onto the rail system. Listen for an audible click of the
secondary latch.
2. Close the primary latch to secure the arm onto the rail system.
AB.98.304
AB.98.298
M1142536 03/11 9-41

Engström Pro
9.9 Removing the ventilator from the cart
w WARNING To avoid personal injury, two people are required to remove ventilator from the
cart.
From underside of cart:
1. Remove compressor from the cart, if applicable. Refer to section 9.10.
2. Loosen and remove nuts from lock plate using a 10 mm SCKT wrench.
3. Slide and remove lock plate from latch plate.

4. With a person on each side of the cart, lift the ventilator off of the cart.
9-42 03/11 M1142536

9 Repair Procedures
9.10 Removing a compressor from the cart

In routine cases, the compressor can be serviced without removing it from the cart.
Refer to the EVair03 Air Compressor Technical Reference manual (6189655).
In situations where greater access to components is required, the compressor can be
removed from the cart for service.
w WARNING To avoid personal injury, two people are required to remove and install the
compressor.
1. Screw in a lifting handle (service tool #5370055) into each side of the compressor.
Service Tool
5370055
2. With a person on each side of the cart, lift the compressor slightly and slide it forward
out of the cart.
w CAUTION To avoid tipping, use care when moving the ventilator with the compressor
removed from the cart.
M1142536 03/11 9-43

Engström Pro
9.11 Attaching Labels
9.11.1 Key/BID 1. If present, remove the existing Key/BID label from the back of the machine.
label 2. Clean the area with Isopropyl alcohol.
3. Affix the new Key/BID label to the machine
9.11.2 Feature Use the feature label holder to attach labels.

label 1. Affix the Feature Label holder to the front of the machine as shown.
• Align the right edge of the label approximately 6 mm from the right edge of the
outlet manifold.
• Align the bottom edge of the label approximately 15 mm from the top edge of the
outlet manifold.
2. Affix the Feature Specific label in the square recesses in the label holder.
• Install the labels starting with the right-most available recess as shown.
9-44 03/11 M1142536

10 Illustrated Parts
In this section 10.1 Service tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2

10.1.1 Software tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
10.1.2 Manual shut-off valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
10.1.3 Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
10.1.4 Leak test devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
10.1.5 Lubricants and Adhesives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5
10.1.6 Touch-up paint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5
10.2 Exhalation valve assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6
10.3 Exhalation valve heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7
10.4 External components - front view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8
10.5 External components - rear view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9
10.6 Display arm mounting hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10
10.6.1 Original display arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10
10.7 Original display arm assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
10.8 Non-remote mount display arm assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14
10.9 High Performance Display Unit (HPDU)/Touchscreen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16
10.10 High Performance Display Unit (HPDU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20
10.11 Main enclosure (external) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22
10.12 Main enclosure (internal) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
10.13 Vent Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26
10.14 Outlet manifold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29
10.15 Inlet manifold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31
10.16 AC power cords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
10.17 Cart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-35
10.18 Compressor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37
10.19 Key/BID label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38
10.20 Feature label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-39
M1142536 03/11 10-1

Engström Pro
10.1 Service tools
10.1.1 Software
tools
Item Description Stock Number
1 Service Application/System Software 7.X (on Compact M1207636-S
Flash card - HPDU/Touchscreen)
2 Service Application/System Software 6.X M1179456-S
(on Compact Flash card - HPDU)
Note: For High Performance Display Unit (HPDU)
3 Service Application/System Software 5.X M1148265-S
Note: For High Performance Display Unit - HPDU
4 Service Application/System Software 4.X M1079267
Note: For High Performance Display Unit - HPDU
5 Windows based Service Application 1505-8001-000
6 Cable, USB Converter to system 1505-8587-000
7 Converter, USB to RS-422/RS-485 (includes USB cable) 1505-8586-000
1, 2, 3, 4
Male pin end Female pin end Port 3

(9-pin DSUB) (9-pin DSUB) (9-pin)
7 1 TX+
8 2 TX+
9 3 RX+
6 4 RX-
3 5 GND
7
6
USB type B RS-422/RS-485
10-2 03/11 M1142536

10.1.2 Manual shut-off valves

Item Tool Stock Number
1 Manual shut-off valve — O2 1505-8578-000
Manual shut-off valve — Air 1505-8579-000
1a — O-ring, 1006-3614-000
1b — Adapter, O2 M18 1505-8576-000
1b — Adapter, Air M16 1505-8577-000
1c — Valve, two-way 0207-6023-300
1d — Nipple, 1/8 NPTM 1 L — O2 0213-5025-335
1d — Nipple, 1/8 NPTM 1.5 L — Air 0213-5026-500
1e — Filter body, M18 — O2 1001-5921-000
1e — Filter body, M16 — Air 1001-5923-000
1a 1b 1c 1d 1e
10.1.3 Special tools

1 Cable, Remote Display Unit (2 meters) M1063496
For connection from DU to chassis when disassembled
for repair and evaluation - Refer to section 9.3
2 Tool, Nebulizer connector - Refer to section 10.14 1505-8506-000
3 Tube, 4MM OD Nylon, Unit of measure = Meter 1001-3060-000
Refer to section 5.2.4 - Tubing for Regulator Test Port
Handle, Service Air Compressor – two required 5370055
Refer to section 9.10
1 2
M1142536 03/11 10-3

Engström Pro
10.1.4 Leak test devices

Item Tool Stock Number
Leak test device kit (includes items 1 through 10) 1505-8590-000
1 Syringe, 60 cc 1505-3061-000
2 Clamp, tubing 7000-0000-097
3 Tee, 1/8 inch barb 7000-0000-186
4 Negative low-pressure leak test device 0309-1319-800
5 Tee, sensing 22-mm to 15-mm 0212-0763-100
6 Connector, Endo tube 0219-5060-530
7 Plug, 4-mm 1006-3530-000
8 Plug, stopper (2) M1210946
9 Silicone tubing 3/16 ID 1006-3666-000
10 Tubing, clear 0.125 ID 1605-1001-000
10
10
2
10
1
4
9
6
8
10
5
7
10-4 03/11 M1142536

10.1.5 Lubricants and Adhesives

1 Lubricant, Krytox GPL 205, 2 oz 1001-3854-000
2 Thread Lock, Loctite No 24221 (medium strength), 10 ml 0220-5017-300
3 Thread Lock, Loctite No 277 (high strength), 50 ml 0220-5026-300
4 Thread Lock, Loctite No 222 (medium strength), 10 ml 7000-0000-183
10.1.6 Touch-up paint

1 Neutral Gray N7 (dark gray), 18-mL bottle 1006-4198-000
2 Neutral gray N9 (light white) 18 mL bottle 1006-4200-000
M1142536 03/11 10-5

Engström Pro
10.2 Exhalation valve assembly
2 3
6
1
10
AB.98.030
11

Exhalation valve assembly (with flow transducer) 1505-3848-000
Exhalation valve assembly (without flow transducer) 1505-8568-000
1 Diaphragm 1505-3224-000
2 Seal 1505-3223-000
3 Housing 1505-3222-000
4 Seal 1505-3257-000
5 Retaining ring 1505-3039-000
6 Flow transducer (includes check valve and screen) 1505-3231-000
7 O-ring 1503-3056-000
8 Plunger 1505-3245-000
9 Spring 1505-3013-000
10 O-ring 1505-3009-000
11 Water trap 1505-3244-000
10-6 03/11 M1142536

10.3 Exhalation valve heater

1 Exhalation valve heater M1200693
2 Cable (order separately) M1188723
M1142536 03/11 10-7

Engström Pro
10.4 External components - front view
11
10 (12, 13)
9 (12, 13)
3 (4)
5 (6, 7)
Torque = 2 Nm

1 Display Unit Refer to section 10.10
2 Cart Refer to section 10.17
3 Foot, Vent Housing 1505-3430-000
4 Screw, M5x20 SKT HD 0144-2131-919
5 Latch Plate, Vent Housing 1505-3432-000
6 Belleville Washer, 1505-3051-000
7 Screw, M5x14 Shoulder 1505-3052-000
8 Cage, air transfer 1505-3250-000
9 Screw, M4x8 Pan HD 9211-0440-083
10 Handle Left Vent Housing 1505-3429-000
11 Handle Right Vent Housing 1505-3428-000
12 Screw M4.07x12 SKT CAP BUTTON HEAD SST M1163008
13 Washer M4 external 9213-0540-003
10-8 03/11 M1142536

10.5 External components - rear view

4
5(6)
1 7
8 8 8
(22 cm) (22 cm) (13 cm)

1 Main enclosure (external) Refer to section 10.11
Main enclosure (internal) Refer to section 10.12
2 Display arm mounting hardware Refer to section 10.6
Display arm assembly Refer to section 10.7
3 Guard, DU connector 1505-3419-000
4 Screw, M4x12 0140-6226-111
5 Spacer, connector guard 1505-3434-000
6 Screw, M4x25 0140-6226-125
7 Housing, Vent 1505-3403-000
8 Tape, Wear UHMW Polyethylene 1505-3030-000
M1142536 03/11 10-9

Engström Pro
10.6 Display arm mounting hardware
10.6.1 Original
display arm Item Description Stock Number
1 Cable, Display Unit 1505-5600-000
Cable, Remote Display unit (2 meter) M1063496
2 Base Display Arm Mount 1505-3415-000
3 Screw M4-0.7 x 8 SHCS 9211-0640-083
4 Washer, M4 Flat 0144-1025-165
5 Bearing Rotate Display Arm 1505-3418-000
6 Plate Rotate Display Unit 1505-3414-000
7 Screw M6x20 SHCS w/Nylon Strip 1505-3038-000
8 WASHER BELLEVILLE SMALL 1505-3017-000
9 Washer Thrust Steel 6.35ID 17.45OD 1.56THK 1505-3021-000
10 Bearing Thrust 1505-3020-000
11 Mount Pivot Display Unit 1505-3412-000
10-10 03/11 M1142536

1 2 5
3 Connect Cable Coil Cable

(4)
9
10
9 6
8
Display
11
3
(4)
M1142536 03/11 10-11

Engström Pro
10.7 Original display arm assembly

1 Mandrel Display Arm Spring 1505-3417-000
2 Sleeve Display Arm Spring Mandrel 1505-3431-000
3 Spring Torsion Display Arm 1505-3016-000
4 Arm Display 1505-3410-000
5 Bearing Tilt Display Arm 1505-3416-000
6 Screw M8x60 SHCS 1505-3018-000
7 WASHER BELLEVILLE BIG 1505-3040-000
8 Nut M8 Keps 0144-3717-348
9 Screw M4x12 SHCS 1102-3006-000
10 Cover Display Arm 1505-3411-000
11 Screw M3-0.5 x 6 Pan Hd Pozidriv Sems s/s 0140-6219-128
12 Cover Display Unit Pivot Mount 1505-3413-000
10-12 03/11 M1142536

2 3
5
5
8 8 6 6
10
(11)
12
M1142536 03/11 10-13

Engström Pro
10.8 Non-remote mount display arm assembly

Cable, Display Unit M1151642
1 Non-remote Mount arm M1162945
2 Screw, M4 x 10, SKT HD CAP 0140-6226-112
(For mounting non-remote arm to ventilator chassis)
3 Yoke Cover, Arm (upper and lower) M1135997
4 Arm Cover M1135999
5 Screw, Arm Cover, Pozi-Dr TRS M3-0 5x8 A-4 SST 1406-3242-000
6 Strain Relief, HPDU cable M1151644
7 Screw, Strain Relief, M4x12, SKT HD CAP 1102-3006-000
8 Screw, Arm to HPDU, M4x8 SKT HD CAP 9211-0640-083
10-14 03/11 M1142536

3 4
2
6 7 5
NA
M1142536 03/11 10-15

Engström Pro
10.9 High Performance Display Unit (HPDU)/Touchscreen

HPDU/Touchscreen Assembly, complete - with front bezel See Appendix B
label (Engström Carestation).
Touchscreen repair kit M1210179-S
Touchscreen Field Upgrade See Appendix B
1 Enclosure, rear (HPDU) 1009-6089-000
2 Gasket, cover plate 1009-5678-000
3 Door 1009-5679-000
4 CPU Board, HPDU (without Compact Flash card) 1009-5933-000
5 Battery, Lithium 3V (positive side up) 1009-5800-000
6 Display, LCD 12-inch color (includes backlights) M1164277
7* Backlight Kit for DG 41 display 1009-8422-000
(backlight assembly, 2 inverters, 2 insulators, and hardware)
7a Harness, inverter 1009-5527-000
7b Spacer, 8mm Nylon 1009-5695-000
7c Insulator, tube 1009-3149-000
8 Grommet, diagonal cut (backlight cable) 1009-3151-000
9 Enclosure assembly, front M1210180
10 Gasket, EMC 1.8mm OD hollow RND (2.3 m per enclosure) 1009-5802-000
11 Touchscreen Window
12 Encoder assembly 1503-3012-000
13 Knob, soft touch GEMS steel blue M1143580
14** Membrane switches, right 1009-5505-000
15** Membrane switches, lower 1009-5507-000
16** Membrane switches, left 1009-5506-000
17 Keypad, right-side (part of keypad set) Refer to Table 1
18 Keypad, lower (part of keypad set) Refer to Table 1
19 Keypad, left (part of keypad set) Refer to Table 1
20 Speaker assembly, 8-ohm 1605-3263-000
21 Enhanced Serial Port with interface boards - HPDU M1057953
22 Cable, ribbon CPU to Display 1009-5520-000
23 Grommet 1009-3152-000
24 Fan, 12Vdc (HPDU) M1130534
25 Capsule, fan filter 896089
26 Filter, fan 897010
27 Compact Flash Card, formatted M1055008
28 External Compact Flash Interface Replacement Kit M1056240
29*** Fan, CPU - with heatsink 12V 1009-6095-000
30 Screw, M4x12 PAN 0140-6226-111
31 Guard 1505-3419-000
32 Screw, M4x25 PAN 0140-6226-125
33 Spacer 1505-3434-000
34 HPDU Front bezel label, Engström Pro M1143620
35 PWA DU TSB M1198435
36 Harness CPU Tachometer M1200701
37 Standoff Hex, M4x8 M1207915
38 Foam pad, short M1210088
39 Foam pad, long M1210093
Where Used (Not Shown)
Speaker (2) Door (2) — 40 Screw, M3x6 Sems 0140-6219-128
Rear enclosure (4) — 41 Screw, M4x12 relieved body 1504-3001-000
Rear enclosure (4) — 42 Lockwasher, M4 external 9213-0540-003
Fan (4) — 43 Screw, M3x16 1504-3003-000
Fan (4) — 44 Lockwasher, M3 external 9213-0530-003
Inverters (4) — 45 Screw, M3x6 Nylon 9211-1730-065
CPU to plate (4) — 46 Screw, M4x8 Sems 0140-6226-113
Connector panel (2) —
Ground straps, keypads (2) —
Mounting plate (10) —
10-16 03/11 M1142536


Fan, 12Vdc (HPDU)(4) 42 O-ring 0210-0547-300
* When replacing a backlight or a backlight inverter, you must replace both inverters and the backlight assembly found in the
Backlight Kit (Item 7).
** Keypads will likely be damaged during membrane switch replacement, order parts accordingly.
*** Remove (discard) the heatsink from the replacement fan before installing it onto the CPU heatsink on the HPDU CPU board.
Refer to Appendix B for HPDU/Touchscreen upgrade and repair kit ordering information.
4 6 7
9 (10)
8 34
3 2 14
11
26
25 17
12
24 21
13
23 20
22 18
15
16 19
M1142536 03/11 10-17

Engström Pro
30
31 38
32 (33) 39
37 35
28
5
29
21
36
10-18 03/11 M1142536

Table 1: HPDU Software

Language 7.X and greater
Keypad set
Chinese M1210100
Czech M1210099
Danish M1210101
Dutch M1210102
English M1210103
Finnish M1210104
French M1210105
German M1210106
Greek M1210107
Hungarian M1210108
Italian M1210109
Japanese M1210110
Norwegian M1210111
Polish M1210112
Portuguese M1210113
Russian M1210114
Spanish M1210115
Swedish M1210116
Turkish M1210117
M1142536 03/11 10-19

Engström Pro
10.10 High Performance Display Unit (HPDU)

HPDU Assembly, complete - without front bezel label M1056959-S
(Engström Pro), keypad set, and guard
1 Enclosure, rear (HPDU) 1009-6089-000
2 Gasket, cover plate 1009-5678-000
3 Door 1009-5679-000
4 CPU Board, HPDU (without Compact Flash card) 1009-5933-000
5 Battery, Lithium 3V (positive side up) 1009-5800-000
6 Display (DG 61), LCD 12-inch color (includes backlights) M1164277
7* Backlight Kit for DG 41 display 1009-8422-000
(backlight assembly, 2 inverters, 2 insulators, and hardware)
7a Harness, inverter 1009-5527-000
7b Spacer, 8mm Nylon 1009-5695-000
7c Insulator, tube 1009-3149-000
8 Grommet, diagonal cut (backlight cable) 1009-3151-000
9 Enclosure, front 1505-3424-000
10 Gasket, EMC 1.8mm OD hollow RND (2.3 m per enclosure) 1009-5802-000
11 Window 1009-5676-000
12 Encoder assembly 1503-3012-000
13 Knob, soft touch GEMS steel blue 1609-3090-000
14** Membrane switches, right 1009-5505-000
15** Membrane switches, lower 1009-5507-000
16** Membrane switches, left 1009-5506-000
17 Keypad, right-side (part of keypad set) Refer to Table 1
18 Keypad, lower (part of keypad set) Refer to Table 1
19 Keypad, left (part of keypad set) Refer to Table 1
20 Speaker assembly, 8-ohm 1605-3263-000
21 Connector Panel Assembly (with interface boards) - HPDU M1057953
22 Cable, ribbon CPU to Display 1009-5520-000
23 Grommet 1009-3152-000
24 Fan, 12Vdc (HPDU) 1009-6096-000
25 Capsule, fan filter 896089
26 Filter, fan 897010
27 Compact Flash Card, formatted M1055008
28 External Compact Flash Interface Replacement Kit M1056240
29*** Fan, CPU - with heatsink 12V 1009-6095-000
30 Screw, M4x12 PAN 0140-6226-111
31 Guard 1505-3419-000
32 Screw, M4x25 PAN 0140-6226-125
33 Spacer 1505-3434-000
34 HPDU Front Bezel Label, Engström Pro M1143620
Where Used (Not Shown)
Speaker (2) Door (2) — 35 Screw, M3x6 Sems 0140-6219-128
Rear enclosure (4) — 36 Screw, M4x12 relieved body 1504-3001-000
Rear enclosure (4) — 37 Lockwasher, M4 external 9213-0540-003
Fan (4) — 38 Screw, M3x16 1504-3003-000
Fan (4) — 39 Lockwasher, M3 external 9213-0530-003
Inverters (4) — 40 Screw, M3x6 Nylon 9211-1730-065
CPU to plate (4) — 41 Screw, M4x8 Sems 0140-6226-113
Connector panel (2) —
Ground straps, keypads (2) —
Mounting plate (10) —
Fan, 12Vdc (HPDU)(4) 42 O-ring 0210-0547-300
* When replacing a backlight or a backlight inverter, you must replace both inverters and the backlight assembly found in the
Backlight Kit (Item 7).
** Keypads will likely be damaged during membrane switch replacement, order parts accordingly.
*** Remove (discard) the heatsink from the replacement fan before installing it onto the CPU heatsink on the HPDU CPU board.
10-20 03/11 M1142536

4 6 7
9 (10)
8
3 34
2
14
11
26
25 17
12
24 21
13
23 20
22 18
15
16 19
27
Table 1:
Language Keypad Set 4
Chinese M1056555
Czech M1056543 28
Danish M1056553
Dutch M1056536 5
29
English M1056532
Finnish M1056541
French M1056534
21
German M1056535
Greek M1056547
Hungarian M1056548
Italian M1056537
Japanese M1056549
Norwegian M1056545 30
Polish M1056544
Portuguese M1056540
Russian M1056551
Spanish M1056539 31
Swedish M1056550
Turkish M1056546
32 (33)
M1142536 03/11 10-21

Engström Pro
10.11 Main enclosure (external)

1 Mount Arm/PM Module Rack M1182471
2 Screw, M4x8 0144-2436-108
3 Screw Thumb M6x16 M1182842
4 Ring, Retaining External 4.8 SFT SST 1505-3035-000
*5 STDF Screwlock, #4-40 Female 1504-3007-000
6 Jacksocket, M2.5/M2 SST 1505-3023-000
7 Filter Guard (includes media), Fan 80MM 1505-3027-000
7a Filter media 1505-3029-000
8*** Screw M3x20 CTSK SKT HD 1505-3056-000
9 Screw M3x40 CTSK SKT HD 1505-3057-000
10 AC Inlet, Filter with fuseholder 1505-5001-000
11 Screw M3-0.5x8 Flat Head Pozidriv 9211-0530-083
12 Fuse Drawer, AC Inlet 1505-5002-000
13 Fuse, 2A 250V 5X20 mm Delayed Time 1503-3073-000
14 Switch, On/Standby DPST 1605-3043-000
15 Retainer, Power Cord 1505-3033-000
16 Screw, M3x8 POSI PAN HD SEMS SST 0140-6219-130
18 Stud Equal Potential 0208-0070-300
**19 Gasket EMI 3x4 with pressure sensitive adhesive 1505-3002-000
20 M4-0.7x12 Pozidriv Pan Hd Relieved SST 1504-3001-000
21 Lockwasher, M4 Internal 0144-1118-128
22 Cable, Display Unit 1505-5600-000
23 Cable, AC Power Cord Refer to section 10.16
24 Plug 1505-3015-000
25 O2 Pipeline Inlet Filter Adapter 1505-3268-000
(See Section 10.15 for Filter Part Numbers)
26 Air Pipeline Inlet Filter Adapter 1505-3269-000
(See Section 10.15 for Filter Part Numbers)
27 Cap, DSUB 9 POSN Socket with screw, tin-plated steel M1141813
Note: Torque - 5nM
28 Cap, DSUB15 POSN Socket with screw, tin plated steel M1141814
Note: Torque - 5nM
* Apply Loctite 277.
** Total length = 1230 mm (300 mm top/bottom — 315 mm sides).
*** Item 8 retained with nut on inside of chassis (Refer to section 10.12).
10-22 03/11 M1142536

20 (21)
12
19**
22 10 (11)
27 5* 6 7 28 14
13
15
4 (3)
8
(***)
24 16
1
(2) 18
23
26 25
M1142536 03/11 10-23

Engström Pro
10.12 Main enclosure (internal)

1 Power Supply Module M1052831
2 Screw 4-40x3/16 Pozidriv Pan Sems 1505-3004-000
3 Harness (Power Supply to PMB) 1505-5700-000
4 Harness (AC Inlet to Power Supply) 1605-3261-000
5 Wire, chassis safety ground 1605-3060-000
6 Harness, Jumper AC Inlet 1505-5718-000
8 Lockwasher, M4 external 9213-0540-003
9 Harness (On/Standby) 1605-3059-000
10 Motherboard - current (Requires VMB M1052980) M1053184
Refer to Motherboard (backplane) block diagram 12-7
11 Screw, M4X6 PAN HD SEMS 1505-3000-000
12 Power Management Board (PMB) 1505-5502-000
13 Heat Sink 1505-5004-000
14 Screw, M3-0.5x20 Pan HD Pozidriv 0140-6719-103
15 Lockwasher, M3 external 9213-0530-003
16 Fan, 24Vdc 14CFM with harness 1505-3025-000
17 Screw, M3x50 Pan Hd Pozidriv SST 1505-3037-000
18 Lockwasher, M3 Split Lock SST 1505-3036-000
19 Washer, 3.18ID 8.64OD 0.76T SST 1006-5234-000
20 Vent Monitor Board (VMB) - Current (Requires M1052980
Motherboard M1053184)
Refer to VMB block diagram - (sheet 2 of 2) 12-10
21 Vent Control Board (VCB) 1505-5500-000-S
22 Retainer, assembly (includes items 32 and 33), M1195740
PCA/CARD CAGE
23 Guide, Card 1505-3001-000
24 Harness (battery to PMB) 1505-5702-000
25 Tie Wrap 0203-5915-300
26 Fan, 24VDC 39.6CFM with harness 1505-3024-000
27 Nut, M3 Keps 0144-3717-302
28 Battery (Internal) 1009-5682-000
29 Battery Tray 1009-3133-000
30 Strap, Battery Restraint 1504-3509-000
31 Label, Battery Service Instruction 1009-5530-000
32 M4-0.7x12 Pozidriv Pan Hd Relieved SST 1504-3001-000
33 Star Washer 9213-0540-003
10-24 03/11 M1142536

(14, 15)
5 7 (8) 10 (11) 13
4 6 (17, 18, 19)
9 12 20 21
16
22
1
(2)
31
25
28 29 30 26 24 23
32 (33)
J1
Battery 2 Battery 1
27
Wire Color
Black
Red
M1142536 03/11 10-25

Engström Pro
10.13 Vent Engine

Vent Engine Assembly Complete M1081816
Vent Engine Sub-assembly (IMPORTANT! Order this part only if vent M1115997
engine water contamination/entry or hydrocarbon contamination
occurs.
Mounting screws (Not shown) 4 M4x8, Pozidriv 0140-6226-107
A Manifold, Main Assembly (does not include mounted components) 1505-8504-000
B Pressure Sensor Assembly, expiratory - inspiratory 1505-8503-000
(includes Items 13 through 19)
C Manifold, Insp Valve Assembly (includes effort valve) (does not 1505-8502-000
include safety valve actuator or safety valve seal)
***1 Regulator w/screws 1505-3256-000
O-ring, EPR, 2-012 1503-3056-000
*2 Port, Regulator 1505-3260-000
3 Gasket, Port 1505-3261-000
4 Inlet manifold Refer to section 10.15
O-ring, EPR, 2-016 1006-3616-000
Screw M5-0.8x30 SHCS 1102-3049-000
5 Transducer Flow 0-160 LPM 1505-3208-000
O-ring, EPR, 2-018 0210-0684-300
6 Fitting 4mm G1/8 Self Sealing Legris 1505-3266-000
7 Plug 4mm dia Legris 1006-3530-000
8 Valve Flow Control 160 LPM 1505-3209-000
O-ring, EPR, 2-012 1503-3056-000
9 Restrictor, Pneumatic 1505-3218-000
10 Gasket, Pneumatic restrictor 1505-3220-000
11 Plate, Pneumatic restrictor 1505-3219-000
12 Screw M4x8 Pan Hd Pozidriv 9211-0440-083
13 Manifold Zeroing Valve 1505-3248-000
14 Valve Zeroing 3/2 1505-3249-000
15 O-ring, EPR, 2-007 1006-3213-000
16 PCA Airway Press Sens Board 1505-5506-000
(see Note on following page)
17 Screw M3-0.5x16 Pan Hd Pozidriv 1504-3003-000
18 O-ring, Buna-N, 2-005 1009-3306-000
19 Gasket Zeroing Valve 1505-3211-000
20 Screw M3-0.5 x 6 Pan Hd Pozidriv Sems s/s 0140-6219-128
21 Outlet manifold Refer to section 10.14
O-ring, EPR, 2-016 1006-3616-000
O-ring, EPR, 2-012 1503-3056-000
Screw M5-0.8x20 SHCS 0144-2131-919
22 Transducer O2 CONC 1505-3215-000
23 Plate, O2 Sensor 1505-3247-000
24 Screw M2 x 6 Pan Hd Pozidriv SST 0140-6712-102
25 O-ring, VITON, BS 4518 0171-16 1505-3059-000
26 Screw M4-0.7x12 SHCS 1102-3006-000
27 Gasket Inspiratory Manifold 1505-3262-000
28 Valve Seat Free Breathing 1503-3204-000
**29 Valve Flapper (Free Breathing) 0211-1454-100
30 O-ring, silicone rubber M1136785
31 Harness (vent engine to VCB/VMB) 1505-5706-000
32 Tie Wrap 0203-5915-300
10-26 03/11 M1142536


33 Valve Umbrella Check 1505-3267-000
34 Seal, safety valve w/disc 1505-8600-000
35 Safety valve actuator (includes safety valve support) M1114504
36 Subplate, O2 Flow Control Valve (FCV) assembly M1079145
37 Screw M4x25 SHCS, O2 FCV and Subplate N122017
38 O-ring - 2, O2 FCV Subplate 1503-3056-000
39 Screw M4x10 SHCS, Air FCV N122015
* Apply Teflon tape to threads.
** Install the flapper valve from the threaded side of the valve seat. Trim the tail piece close to the
outside surface of the seat (refer to removed flapper).
*** Do not use old regulator. Order revision 100 or greater.
M1142536 03/11 10-27

Engström Pro
38 37 3
4
1
1***
A
2
36
37 37
6
29** 28
7 9
8 39
7
8
6
37 11
26
12
C 10
30
12
27
31
26 14
21 33 16 32
(15, 20)
14
13
13 B
34
15 17
19
18
35
22
16
23
25 Note: When replacing the Airway Pressure Sensing
board (Item 16), ensure that the o-ring (Item 15) is
24 properly seated in the manifold before mounting
10-28 03/11 M1142536

10.14 Outlet manifold

A Outlet Manifold Panel Assembly; includes EMI gaskets, 1505-8505-000
Inspiratory port, Auxiliary pressure port, Occlusion port,
O-rings, Exhalation housing latch, Aerogen labels, and
Port cover. Assembly supports systems with and wthout
the Exhalation Valve Heater power connector.
Aerogen Nebulizer label - Big M1204514
Aerogen Nebulizer label M1193436
Plug Cover 1011-3813-000
1 Port, Insp 1505-3216-000
2 O-ring, 2-016, EPR 1006-3616-000
3 Port , auxiliary pressure M1183965
4 O-ring, 2-011, EPR 017-923
5 Seal, Rolling Shaft 1505-3225-000
6 Ring, Retaining 1406-3540-000
7 Port, Occlusion Outlet Manifold (Adult and Neo.) M1182480
8 Pull, Exhalation Housing Latch 1505-3236-000
9 Screw M4-0.7x12 SHCS 1102-3006-000
*10 PCA Ultrasonic Neb Control 1505-3251-000
11 Screw M3-0.5x6 Pan Head Pozidriv Sems SST 0140-6219-128
12 Spring, Exhalation Housing Latch 1505-3237-000
13 Rod, Exhalation Housing Latch 1505-3238-000
14 Housing, Exhalation Housing Latch M1182830
15 Screw Shoulder M3x0.5-12.7 SS 1011-3147-000
16 Spring, Compression 6.1 OD 12.7L 1006-3735-000
17 PCA, Exh Flow Interface Board 1505-5508-000
18 Cable Exh Flow Sensor (Lubed cable) 1505-5603-000
*19 PCA Exh Flow Sensor Board (For Rev 101 or higher.) 1505-5507-000
20 Screw 6-32 x 1/4 PH Pan Hd SST 0140-6524-102
21 Actuator, Voice Coil (See Section 10.13 Vent Engine for 1505-3227-000
Outlet manifold O-rings)
22 Bracket, Voice Coil Connector 1505-3228-000
23 Adapter, Voice Coil Magnet M1182828
* Use special tool (Refer to section 10.1.3) to remove collar from Nebulizer connector.
Apply Loctite 271 to treads of connector when replacing collar.
M1142536 03/11 10-29

Engström Pro
10*
1, 2
8 (9)
3, 4 5, 6
Aerogen Label - M1204514 - Big Aerogen Label - M1193436 Plug cover - 1011-3813-000
Exhalation valve heater

15, 16 power connection
11 9 12 13 14 17
18
10
19
11 20 11
Note: When installing the voice

coil, be sure to route the wires
23 21 around the coil. Ensure the wire
are below the thread engagement
of item 23. Do not pinch the wires.
22
10-30 03/11 M1142536

10.15 Inlet manifold

1 Air Pipeline Inlet Assembly (includes Filter Bowl, O-ring, and 1505-8595-000
Filter Element) Standard
2 O2 Pipeline Inlet Assembly (includes Filter Bowl, O-ring, and 1505-8594-000
Filter Element) Optional
3 Filter Bowl with O-ring 1505-3062-000
4 O-ring, Filter Bowl 1503-3034-000
5 Filter Element 1505-3060-000
6 Transducer, Pressure 827 kPa (120 psi) 1011-3413-000
7 Adapter, O2 Pipeline 1505-3206-000
8 Adapter, Air Pipeline 1505-3207-000
9 Screw, M4-0.7x12 Pozidriv Pan Hd Relieved SST 1504-3001-000
10 O-ring, OD23.9 ID20.35 EPDM DURO70 -019 1006-3614-000
11 Manifold (includes EMI gasket) 1505-8501-000
12 O-ring, EPR 2-122 70 DURO 1504-3612-000
13 Filter Disc, Wire Mesh 2 Micron 1504-3708-000
14 Check Valve 1505-3273-000
15 Inlet fitting, Air Refer to Table 1
16 Inlet fitting, O2 Refer to Table 1
Table 1: Stock Number

Inlet Fitting 1 - O2 2 - Air
DISS 9913-6489-400 9913-6557-800
DISS Female 1505-3851-000 1505-3830-000
NIST 1001-5967-000 1001-5826-000
SIS 1505-3852-000 1505-3831-000
S90-116 1505-3274-000 1505-3275-000
M1142536 03/11 10-31

Engström Pro
1 (2)
13
Adapter
Course side shown
12 (downstream)
AIR O2
11
7 (9)
14
1(2)
10
8 (9)
10 15 16
10-32 03/11 M1142536

10.16 AC power cords

1 Power Cord
Australia, AS3112, 220-240V~, 50-60Hz 1500-3561-000
Brazil, NBR14136, 100-120V~, 50-60Hz M1217469
220-240V~, 50-60Hz, 4 mm
China, 220-240V~, 50-60 Hz M1062785
Danish, Hospital Grade SB 107-2-D1, 1505-3878-000
220-240V~, 50-60 Hz
Europe, CEE 7/7, 220-240V~, 50-60Hz 1500-3291-000
India and South Africa, BS 546, 1505-3817-000
220- 240V~, 50-60Hz
Japan, JIS8303, 100-120V~, 50-60Hz M1098772
North America (NA), NEMA 5-15, 1505-3816-000
100-120V~, 50-60Hz
Swiss, SEV 1011, 220-240V~, 50-60Hz 1500-3292-000
United Kingdom, BS1363, 1500-3283-000
220-240V~, 50-60 Hz
4 Retainer, Outlet Power Cord Jumper 1505-3041-000
5 Retainer, Inlet Power Cord 1505-3033-000
6 Screw, M3x8 Pozidrive HD Sems 0140-6219-130
M1142536 03/11 10-33

Engström Pro
5
6
Tighten screw to 0.23 Nm at bottom.
Screw on right and left should be tightened to 1.0 Nm.
AB.98.242
Electrical Power Cord Part Number Electrical Power Cord Part Number
Outlet Outlet
AS 3112/GB2099 ME 2853
Australia/China Japanese
Hospital Grade SEV 1011

SB 107-2-D1 Swiss
Danish
CEE 7/7 BS1363

Europe (EURO) United Kingdom (UK)
CEE 7/4 Nema 5-15

French/Belgian North American (NA)
BS 546 NBR14136
India and South Africa Brazil
10-34 03/11 M1142536

10.17 Cart

1 Cart Assembly NA
2 Top Plate M1144293
3 Cord Wrap M1144304
4 Cord Wrap Mounting Plate M1144294
5 Cord Wrap Dress Panel M1144295
6 Extrusion, left M1144303
Extrusion, right M1144301
7 Base Cover Plate M1144297
8 Bottom Casting Cover, Cart 02-08-045 (G)
9 Cross Brace M1144291
10 Lock Plate Kit M1144292
11 Front Handle, Cart M1144298
12 Front Panel, Cart M1144296
13 Receiver Assembly (hardware included) Kit includes 1 assembly 1505-3850-000
Kit includes 2 assemblies 1505-3847-000
14 Caster Kit, non-locking M1144300
15 Caster Kit, locking M1144299
16 Base Casting M1057846
17* Weight 1009-3337-000
Screw, M6x70 0144-2131-923
Lockwasher, M6 9213-0560-003
Washer 0402-1107-500
Not Shown
Hardware Kit M114433
(includes hardware used to assemble base cart)
Screw, M6x16 SHCS Stainless Steel Qty. 10
Screw, M6x25 SHCS Stainless Steel Qty . 6
Screw, M5x12 SHCS Stainless Steel Qty. 6
Screw, M5x12 SHCS Steel, Zinc plated Qty. 4
Washer, Flat 1/4 in. Qty. 2
Nut, M5 Keps Qty. 6
Nut, M6 Serrated Flange Qty. 8
Plastic Parts Kit M1144331
White Drive Fastener (3.2 diameter) Qty. 6
White Drive Fastener (4.7 diameter) Qty. 10
* CAUTION: Carts, which do not include AC Outlets, have a weight installed in the base (in place of the
toroid). To reduce the risk of tipping the cart, do not remove the weight.
M1142536 03/11 10-35

Engström Pro
11
2
10
3
12
4 (5)
9
6
8 14
16
7
15
Note: For new installation of receiver

assemblies (6), use the hardware
13 B provided in the kit to open mounting
holes in the rear panel assembly (7).
Thread the hardware from inside the cart
at the locations that apply.
A B
* Use location A for single receiver.
* Use location B for dual receivers.
17
10-36 03/11 M1142536

10.18 Compressor
6
7 (8)
2
4
(5)
7 (8)
3
(5)

1 EVair03 Compressor, only 230V 50Hz 1609000
for service information and parts 120V 60Hz 1609002
refer to Jun-Air Compressor Technical
Reference Manual — 6189655
2 Drain Bottle Kit 5612316
3 Inlet fitting, pipeline Air:
DISS 9913-6557-800
DISS Female 1505-3830-000
NIST 1001-5826-000
S90-116 Fitting 1010-7048-000
Seal 1010-3220-000
SIS 1505-3831-000
4 Outlet hose, Air
DISS 1505-3810-000
DISS Female 1505-3812-000
NIST 1505-3811-000
S90-116 1505-3815-000
SIS 1505-3813-000
5 O-Ring -019 70 EPDM 1006-3614-000
6 Foam, Vibration Damper 1505-3829-000
7 Screw, M6x20 SHCS Shoulder 1505-3031-000
8 Washer, 6.35x11x2.4 Nylon Fender 1505-3034-000
9 Filter, air inlet 6985795
Not Shown
Filter Kit , f/OF302-1.5SDA 5471001
10, 000 Hour Kit 230V/50 Hz 5471002
10, 000 Hour Kit 120V/60 5471003
Trim, compressor Long 1505-3604-000
Trim, compressor Short 1505-3605-000
M1142536 03/11 10-37

Engström Pro
10.19 Key/BID label

1 Key/BID label 1504-3521-000
10-38 03/11 M1142536

10.20 Feature label

Use the feature label holder to attach FRC, SpiroDynamics, Neonatal or NIV
labels.
1. Affix the Feature Label holder to the front of the machine as shown.
• Align the right edge of the label approximately 6 mm from the right edge
of the outlet manifold.
• Align the bottom edge of the label approximately 15 mm from the top
edge of the outlet manifold.
2. Affix the Feature Specific label in the square recesses in the label holder
as shown.

1 Feature label Holder M1057702
2 NIV label M1137916
M1142536 03/11 10-39

Engström Pro
10-40 03/11 M1142536

11 EView Electronic Data Logger
In this section 11.1 What is an EView Data Logger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-2

11.1.1 Media Compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3
11.2 EView overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-4
11.3 EView installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-5
11.4 Software Download . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-7
11.4.1 Verify software download . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-7
11.5 Acquiring and transferring data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8
11.5.1 Data Transfer Settings menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8
11.5.2 Data Transfer Setup menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9
11.5.3 Transferring EView data to USB or SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-10
11.6 EView functional testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-11
11.6.1 Data Transfer Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-11
11.6.2 Transferring EView data to the PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-12
11.7 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-14
11.7.1 Troubleshooting table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-14
11.7.2 Error Logs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-15
11.8 Service tools and parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-17
11.8.1 Software tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-17
11.8.2 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-17
11.8.3 Label ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-17
11.9 External components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-18
11.10 Internal components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-19
11.11 Repair Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-20
11.11.1 To remove the PCA board from the housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-21
11.11.2 To remove PCA board from back plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-21
11.11.3 To remove and replace the Turbo XB board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-22
11.11.4 To replace internal Compact Flash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-23
11.11.5 Re-assembling PCA assembly into housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-23
M1142536 03/11 11-1

Engström Pro
11.1 What is an EView Data Logger

The EView electronic data logging device is an optional accessory which allows patient
and ventilator data to be downloaded from the Engström system. Data is transferred by
using an SD media card or a USB flash drive, then uploaded onto a PC. Data can be
examined and stored electronically or can be printed for use in a patient’s medical
records.
Important The EView is designed solely for use with the Engström family of critical care ventilators.
The data from the EView is comprised of procedure data, ventilator settings, measured
data and numerics, waveforms, alarms, checkout data, and snapshots. Desired data
can be user-configured to meet facility needs. Higher breath rates, waveforms, smaller
sample intervals, and longer time periods may significantly increase data transfer time.
The EView is designed for live data transfer during system operation and can be moved
from system to system as patient data is needed.
The EView contains two electronic boards: the PCA board and the Turbo XB.
These circuit boards are used to log data (communicate) with the Engstrom Ventilator
using D-O Com 1.5 protocol. The internal data storage provides a circular buffer large
enough to hold 7 days of data. The EDLA hardware provides for Internal Backup Power
of EView hardware. Backup power is sufficient to allow for the writing of data to the
internal CF card and the closing of files to prevent corruption of the CF card when power
is removed from EView. In the even t of an EView power loss, the EView software
immediately closes all connection to the internal buffer, and terminates any transfers
in progress.
WARNING User must rely on the Engström primary displays and controls for ventilation
therapy decisions.
Note The HPDU Enhanced Serial Port and Engström System 5.X software or greater are
required to operate EView. To upgrade an HPDU from the Standard Serial port to the
Enhanced Serial Port, order Enhanced Serial Port M1057953.
Figure 11-11 • EView Data Logging Device (optional accessory)
11-2 03/11 M1142536

11.1.1 Media Although the EView has been tested using several brands and sizes of media available,
Compatibility some media may not be compatible. If issues arise, try a different brand or size of
transfer media.
The EView is not compatible with SDHC media.
Transfer times will vary depending upon the speed and size of the transfer media. SD
cards come in different transfer speed ratings, SD cards not marked: “High Speed” or
“Ultra High Speed” most likely have only approximately 2 Mb/s capability. More recent
SD cards are capable of transferring data up to 20 Mb/s.
Standard HPDU Serial 1).

Port 2).
• Future expansion(2
3).
4).
5).
2 3 4 5
AB.98.181
1
Enhanced HPDU Serial 1).

Port 2).
• Eview/RS232Serial communication port (Port 5) (2
3).
• RS232 Serial communication port (Port 6)(3
4).
5).
2 3 4 5
AB.98.258
M1142536 03/11 11-3

Engström Pro
11.2 EView overview
2
3
4
5
AB.98.233
AB.98.232
6
Figure 11-1 • Front and back views of EView
1 Communication LED The green LED lights continuously when the EView is properly connected and communicating with the
serial port located on the back of the Engström.
2 SD card slot Slot for Secure Digital card.
3 Media LED The blue LED lights when data is being written from EView to a storage device (SD card or a USB flash
drive).
4 USB Port Slot for USB flash drive.
5 Ethernet port Not currently supported
6 Serial port connection EView communicates to and is powered by the Engström ventilator through this connection.
7 Reset button Push to reset EView in the event of an error. Intended for factory use only.
Caution: Pushing the reset button during Data Logging operations could potentially corrupt the
Compact Flash card resulting in a loss of all transferred data.
11-4 03/11 M1142536

11.3 EView installation

The EView electronic data logging accessory requires the Engström ventilator to be
equipped with a High Performance Display Unit (HPDU) with the Enhanced Serial Port
and Engström System SW 5.X or greater.
To install EView when enhanced serial port option is installed:
1. Power down the Engström.
2. Remove the upper left screw (A) from the main display guard using a Phillips
screwdriver. (Note: some models may have an additional connector guard (B)
covering the serial port (C); this connector guard must be removed and discarded.
B C
Figure 11-2 • Removing Connector and Display guards
3. Apply a light coating of Loctite 277 (just enough to wet the surface) to Standoff screw
(D) and insert into the upper left of the display guard and tighten.
4. Check the serial port to ensure there is a Standoff screw (D) inserted into the back
plate. If not, apply a light coating of Loctite 277 (just enough to wet the surface) and
insert the second Standoff screw (D) into the back plate of the enhanced serial port
and tighten.
5. Align the EView serial port to the display unit serial port (E) and connect the EView to
the display. Firmly press the EView against the display unit to ensure the EView is
securely seated onto the connector.
M1142536 03/11 11-5
Engström Pro
6. Insert a Thumbscrew (F) through the left support tab onto the Standoff that secures
the display guard and tighten.
7. Use the second Thumbscrew (F) and insert it through the lower support tab onto the
Standoff and tighten.
Figure 11-3 • Re-securing display guard
Important Do not move standoffs between Engström systems. All standoffs have Loctite applied
to the threads to hold them in place. Removal of the standoffs will decrease the
function of the Loctite and the standoffs may loosen when trying to unscrew the EView
thumbscrew.
11-6 03/11 M1142536

11.4 Software Download

Use the EView SFW Application Card to install/update system software to the EView.
Refer to "Software tools"in Section 11.8.1
1. Insert the EView SD Software card into the SD slot.
2. Power the Engström On.
• The media LED (blue) lights indicating software is being downloaded and stops
when the software download is complete.
3. Remove the EView software SD card.
11.4.1 Verify software download

To verify that new software has been loaded:
1. Insert a USB Flash Drive or SD card into the designated port.
• Verify the blue LED lights indicating data transfer to the memory drive. When the
blue LED turns off, the data transfer is complete.
2. Remove the USB device or SD card from the EView and insert into the USB port or SD
card slot on the PC.
3. View the Error Log data from the PC to verify software version.
4. Perform EView Functional Testing (Section 11.6).
M1142536 03/11 11-7

Engström Pro
11.5 Acquiring and transferring data
11.5.1 Data Patient data from the Engström ventilator may be transferred to a PC using a USB flash
Transfer Settings drive or SD card .
menu
Important All settings should be set prior to inserting the transfer media into the EView. New data
transfer settings will not take effect while the EView is downloading data to media.
CAUTION Do not remove EView from a powered Engström ventilator before the EView
internal backup power source has fully charged. This requires the Engström
ventilator to be powered on for a minimum of 2 minutes.
1. Push System Setup.
• See “Installation Mode,” in Section 10 for password information.
3. Select Data Transfer Settings - Transfer Media.
4. Select USB, SD, or Both.
• If USB is selected, SD will be disabled.
• If SD is selected, USB will be disabled.
• If Both is selected, USB and SD will be enabled.
Data Transfer Settings

Transfer Media USB USB, SD or Both
Previous Menu
11-8 03/11 M1142536

11.5.2 Data Use the Data Transfer Setup menu to select settings for desired patient data transfer.
Transfer 1. Select Snapshots or Vent Data.
Setup menu • Snapshots transfers only the Snapshot data for the chosen Time Period. Snapshots is
similar to a Vent Check option. If Snapshots is selected, skip step 3.
• Vent Data transfers all available data at the Sample Interval for the chosen Time
Period.
2. Select Time Period and a value over which the transfer data will span.
• Time period may be from 15 minutes to 7 day increments.
3. Select Sample Interval and a value (enabled only if Vent Data was selected).
• Data may be transferred for: every breath, 1, 5, 10, 15, 30 and 60 minute intervals.
4. Select Waveforms.
• On will include waveform data.
• Off will exclude waveform data.
5. Select Patients.
• Select All to transfer patient data for All patients during the selected Time Period.
• Select Current to transfer only the patient data for the current patient.
Important Data from the EView is transferred and identified using the patient ID. In lieu of Patient
ID, data will be transferred by Engström serial number. See “Patient ID” in Section 4 for
more information. Follow facility procedures regarding patient data privacy protection.
15 min to 7 day (variable increments)

Breath, 1 min, 5 min, 10 min, 15 min, 30 min, 60 min
On or Off
All or Current
*Time Period increments may be set to: 15 min, 30 min, 1 hr, 2 hr, 4 hr, 8 hr, 12 hr,
1 day, 2 days, 3 days, 4 days, 5 days, 6 days, 7 days.
M1142536 03/11 11-9

Engström Pro
11.5.3 Transferring EView data to USB or SD

Use the transfer media type previously selected in the Data Transfer Settings menu.
Important: The EView is not compatible with SDHC media.
1. Insert the designated media type (SD card or USB flash drive).
• Insert the SD card with card label facing away from the display.
• Do not force media into corresponding port/slot connections as damage could occur.
2. The blue data transfer LED turns on to signify that the requested data is being downloaded.
• The time of transfer is dependent upon the amount of data being transferred and
the speed and size of the transfer media used.
• For example, if Breath is selected for the sample interval and Waveforms is turned
On in the Data Transfer settings, data transfer could possibly take up to one hour
per day of data transferred.
3. Remove media when the blue LED turns off.
Note Use only the blue LED on EView for download status. The LED on the USB flash drive
does not pertain to downloading through EView.
When the transfer of data is complete, the media should contain ASCII, tab-limited
files. Refer to “Transferring EView data to the PC” on page11-12.
CAUTION Do not remove media or shutdown the Engström ventilator before blue LED has
illuminated or during download as this could corrupt SD card or USB flash drive.
11-10 03/11 M1142536

11.6 EView functional testing
11.6.1 Data Connect a patient circuit and a test lung to the ventilator to complete the following test.
Transfer Setup 1. Mount the EView to the Engström ventilator.
2. Power up the Engström system.
3. Wait for the green LED to light indicating data transfer to the EView.
4. Push System Setup and select the Data Transfer
Setup menu. Select the following menu items:
• Vent data
• Time period - 15 minutes
• Sample interval - Breath
• Waveforms - On
• Patients - Current
5. If not already in VCV mode, select Vent Setup -
VCV.
6. Set Respiratory Rate (RR) to 20 and Tidal volume
(TV) to 300 ml and confirm settings.
7. Select Start Ventilation and wait 60 seconds.
8. Insert USB Flash Drive or SD card into the
designated port.
• Note: Use of USB Flash Drive or SD card is dependent upon hospital preferences for
Transfer Media setting.
• Most SD cards have a switch on the edge of one side of the card. Sliding it up or down
will unlock or lock the card. When the card is locked you will not be able to transfer
data.
9. Verify the blue LED lights indicating data transfer to the memory drive. When the blue LED
turns off, the data transfer is complete.
M1142536 03/11 11-11

Engström Pro
11.6.2 Transferring EView data to the PC

1. Remove the transfer media from EView and insert it into the USB port or SD card slot
on the PC. The Vent Data folder displays containing the Patient ID folder and
Error Log (s).
Note log.txt files are hidden files.

To see hidden files:
a. On the Tools menu in Window Explorer, select Folder Options.
• To access Windows Explorer, select Start, point to All Programs, and select
Windows Explorer.
b. Select Tools, Folder Options, and then the View tab.
c. Under Hidden files and folders, select Show Hidden files and folders.
2. Double-click the Vent Data folder and then the Patient folder to access the data text
and waveform files.
• Patient folder naming structure: Patientid1_mmddyy
3. Ensure the text files for Settings, Measured, Waveforms, Procedures, and Alarms
data exist.
Data text file naming structure:
• A - Alarms
• C - Checkout Information
• D - Dynostatic Curves or Spirometry Data (Zip file)
• L - SpiroDynamics data from Paux
• N - Measured Data (Numeric)
• Procedure Data
• S - Setting
• Z - Waveform (The Zip file contains the W-Waveform files and the L-Spirodynamics
data files only if that option is enabled.)
File Number
Time (HHMM)
Date (YYMMDD)
Patient ID or Machine Serial Number
File Identifier
11-12 03/11 M1142536

4. Right-click on the Settings text file and select “Open With”, then select a spreadsheet
application to view the file.
When the file opens, look under the Settings heading to verify the following:
• Set Rate = 20
• Set TV = 300
5. Close the Settings text file and remove the media from the PC.
M1142536 03/11 11-13

Engström Pro
11.7 Troubleshooting
Note Ensure that the Engström ventilator is properly configured to support the EView Data
Logger. Refer to Section 11.1.
11.7.1 Troubleshooting table

Symptom Problem Solution
Green LED flashing Internal compact flash memory has Wait 5 minutes for system to repair
been corrupted. memory.
Green LED Off when properly Communications not established. Wait 2 minutes for communications to
connected to Engström ventilator establish.
Unit is not properly configured with Verify that Engström system has
enhanced serial ports. Enhanced Serial port option and 5.X
or greater software.
Blue LED does not illuminate The selected port/slot connection Review Data Transfer Settings menu
may not have been enabled. procedure.
Data transfer may have successfully
occurred. Check media device.
EView media connectors are Replace the interface board.
damaged.
Blue LED flashing Transfer Media Error Reformat transfer media.
Replace Transfer media.
Empty Transfer media.
Transfer media is incompatible. Attempt transfer with different brand/
size of media.
Removed media during transfer. Wait for blue LED to stop flashing
before re-inserting media to attempt
another data transfer.
Blue LED does not turn off Large amount of data transferring *Wait for data to finish transferring.
Note: The time of transfer is
dependent upon the speed and size of
the transfer media used.
Replace internal flash card or
software.
Not all data requested is on transfer Transfer media is full. Attempt transfer using media with
media sufficient free memory.
*For example, if Breath is selected for the sample interval and Waveforms is turned On in the Data Transfer settings, data transfer could possibly take up to one hour
per day of data transferred.
11-14 03/11 M1142536

11.7.2 Error Logs

A hidden Error Log file is created for each completed media transfer, with a filename
format of DO_XXXXXXXXXXXXX_yymmdd_hh.mm_log.txt (where XXXXXXXXXXXXX is the
13 digit machine serial number of the ventilator). The Error Log file is limited to a file
size of 1 MB (approximately 3000 error items).
Important When transferring Error messages, ensure transfer media has at least 2 MB
available space.
Error log text file example:
Log - Applications Started - EView SW Version 0.4.30...
Log - Unable to Establish Communications
22-Jan-2009 16:11:17.36 Log - Communications Established with CBCG001050000
23-Jan-2009 13:01:54.57 Log - Power loss detected
Log - Application Started - EView SW Version 0.4.3.0...
29-Jan-2009 13:05:00.36 Log - Communications Established with CBCG001050000
To optimize the performance of the EView, it is acceptable to store the error log
information in multiple files on the CF card, and then delete the oldest file when the
Error Log size exceeds that which can be output. If multiple files are used internally,
when the Error Log is output to the transfer media, the EView application should
generate a single error log using the most recent error entries; this file is limited to
1 MB in size.
Each error entry contains a timestamp, error message, runtime exceptions, and the
function that produced the error. Errors output to the Error Log prior to the EView
obtaining the System Time from the Engström will be logged without a timestamp.
Application Started EView SW Version x.x.x None

Communications Established with Communications between EView and None
xxxxxxxxxxxxx the Engström ventilator have been
established. Note: xxxxxxxxxxxxx is the
serial number of the ventilator.
Vent xxxxxxxxxxxxx SW Version not Engström software is not compatible Use Engström software version 5.05 or greater.
Compatible with EView.
Note: xxxxxxxxxxxxx is the serial
number of the ventilator.
Unable to Establish Communications The EView device is properly powered Check for proper pin connection between the
up, but unable to establish EView and the ventilator.
communications with the ventilator. If condition persists contact Technical Service.
Transfer Failed - Media Incompatible Transfer media is not compatible with Use a different transfer media.
EView.
Transfer Failed - Unable to Create files Problem with transfer media. Use a different transfer media or reformat
current transfer media.
M1142536 03/11 11-15

Engström Pro
Transfer Media Locked SD card is write-protected. Remove the write-protection from the SD card
by sliding the switch located on the right side of
the card to the un-locked position.
Transfer Media Removed during User did not allow transfer to Check transfer media to ensure file system is
transfer complete before removing the intact, if not re-transfer files.
transfer media.
Transfer Media Full Transfer media is full. Reformat or delete files from transfer media to
free space.
Database Error - Recovered The system had an internal error and Wait for delay at start-up.
was able to repair itself. This problem
may result in a small delay to the
start-up time.
Database Error - Data Lost The system had an internal error and Partial data may have been lost and is non-
data was lost. recoverable. Check transfer media to ensure file
system is intact, if not re-transfer files.
Power Loss Detected Power loss occurs each time power is If error is occurring when a power loss is not
removed from device. expected, check supply voltages on the
ventilator.
CF File System Corrupted The Compact Flash (CF) file system If the system cannot recover from this failure,
has been corrupted. The system will replace the CF card.
try to repair itself but some data may
be lost.
CF File System Repaired A Compact Flash file system The system was repaired, but some data may be
corruption was detected and lost. Check transfer media to ensure file system
repaired. is intact, if not re-transfer files.
Software Exception Software has detected an unexpected Contact Technical Service.
condition.
Transfer Failed - Upgrade Media A transfer was attempted with an The EView will protect its upgrade media from
Detected upgrade media. being accidentally overwritten. Attempt transfer
with appropriate transfer media.
Communications Error - Message Software detected an unexpected Check for proper pin connection between the
Length condition EView and the ventilator.
If condition persists contact Technical Service.
Communications Error - Checksum Software detected an unexpected Check for proper pin connection between the
condition EView and the ventilator .
If condition persists contact Technical Service.
11-16 03/11 M1142536

11.8 Service tools and parts
11.8.1 Software tools

1 EView SFW Application 0.4.X (On SD card) M1162944-S
11.8.2 Accessories
1 M4 Thumbscrew (Qty. 2) M1139205
2 M4 Hex Male/Female Standoff (Qty. 2) M1139207
3 Foam Pad (Qty. 2) M1159708
4 Enhanced Serial Port - Refer to “Enhanced HPDU Serial M1057953
Port” on page11-3.
1
3
2
11.8.3 Label ID
1 Label ID EView M1144494
M1142536 03/11 11-17

Engström Pro
11.9 External components

1 Housing front, EView M1129633
2 Plate Back Assembly M1144632
3 Foam pad, (Qty. 2) M1159708
4 Screw M3x8, (Qty. 2) 0140-6219-130
5 Screw, Pozidrive M3x6 (Qty. 4) 0140-6219-128
5 5 3
1 2
5
3
11-18 03/11 M1142536

11.10 Internal components

1 PCA Board M1128354
2 Turbo XB M1144335
3 Hardware Kit - Includes the following: M1145139
Pan head screw (spacer, lock washer and nut)
4 Internal Card, Compact Flash M1149180
PCA board (front)

1
M1142536 03/11 11-19

Engström Pro
11.11 Repair Procedures

w WARNING To prevent fires:
• Use lubricants approved for O2 environments, such as Krytox. Other
lubricants may burn or explode in high O2 concentrations.
• All covers used on the system must be made from antistatic materials. Static
electricity can cause fires in high O2 concentrations.
w Obey infection control and safety procedures. Used equipment may contain
w Some internal parts have sharp edges and can cause cuts or abrasions. Use care
when servicing internal components.
w After repairs are completed, always perform the checkout procedure. Refer to
Section 3 and Section 11.6 of this manual.
w CAUTION Electrostatic discharge through circuit boards may damage the components on
them. Wear a static control wrist strap before touching the circuit boards. Handle
all circuit boards by their non-conductive edges. Use anti-static containers when
transporting them.
11-20 03/11 M1142536

11.11.1 To remove 1. Loosen the two thumbscrews (A) and remove the EView data logging device from the
the PCA board back of the Engström HPDU.
from the housing
2. Remove the four screws (B) that hold the housing to the back plate and the two
screws (C) located on the left-hand side of the device that hold the PCA board to the
housing.
11.11.2 To remove 1. Remove the housing from the EView device per Section 11.11.1.
PCA board from 2. Remove the three screws (B) from the PCA board.
back plate
C
B
3. Gently remove the ribbon cable (C) from the PCA board.
M1142536 03/11 11-21

Engström Pro
11.11.3 To 1. Remove the housing from the EView device per Section 11.11.1.
remove and 2. Remove the PCA board from the backplate from per Section 11.11.2.
replace the Turbo
3. Turn the PCA board over to access the Turbo XB.
XB board
4. Remove the two screws/nuts (D) that hold the Turbo XB board to the PCA board. Be
careful not to lose the spacer and washers.
5. Pry the Turbo XB board from the PCA board by placing each thumb on the corner of
the Turbo XB board; gently lift and remove the board from the pins.
6. Replace the Turbo XB (E) by slanting the board at a 30 degree angle and sliding the
board in so that it is seated firmly into the pins.
11-22 03/11 M1142536

11.11.4 To replace 1. Remove the housing from the EView per Section 11.11.1.
internal Compact 2. Remove the old Internal Compact Flash card and firmly insert the new Internal
Flash Compact Flash card.
11.11.5 Re- 1. Reassemble the EView data logging device in reverse order.
assembling PCA 2. Set the housing with the inside surface facing up and place the assembly into the
assembly into housing at an angle aligning the correct ports with appropriate cutouts.
housing • Ensure the back plate and housing mounting holes align.
• Ensure that the ribbon cable is connected and seated correctly.
• Ensure that the USB port is fully inserted through the cutout and press the PCA/
Back plate down into the housing recess.
3. Secure the backplate to the housing.
M1142536 03/11 11-23

Engström Pro
11-24 03/11 M1142536

12 Schematics and Diagrams
In this section Schematics are subject to change without notice.

Circuit boards are available only as complete assemblies.
Figure 12-1 Pneumatic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-13
Figure 12-2 Vent Engine manifold flow diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-14
Figure 12-3 System cable/harness interconnections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-15
Figure 12-4 Electrical architecture. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-16
Figure 12-5 Power distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-17
Figure 12-6 Motherboard (backplane) block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-18
Figure 12-7 PMB block diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-19
Figure 12-8 VMB block diagram - (sheet 1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-20
Figure 12-9 VMB block diagram - (sheet 2 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-21
Figure 12-10 VCB block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-22
M1142536 03/11 12-12

Engström Pro
30 mm Male Cone
H
Expiratory Zero
Flow Valve
High Pressure Valve
Transducer Flow
Exhalation
P 25 psi Test Resistor P Valve 22 / 15 mm
172 kPa Port T H Expiratory Pressure Male / Female Neonatal Flow Sensor - Optional
Inlet Check
H
Air P
Total Flow Inspiratory Zero Patient
O2 Sensor Valve
T H
O2
INSP
High Pressure Flow Nebulizer
Valve Male / Female
Valve
Inlet Check
Primary Safety
Inlet Relief Valve
Free Breathing
O2 Check Valve
Auxiliary Pressure
Transducer Relief
Valve
Purge Valve
Paux
AB.98.072
1/8, 3/16, 1/4 inch Stepped Hose Barb
Figure 12-1 • Pneumatic System
12-13 03/11 M1142536

Inlet Inlet
Filter P P Filter
O2 Air
Optional Standard
O2 Air
Regulator Regulator
Air
Test Port
O2
Test
Port
O2 O2 Total Air Air
Atmosphere
Paux
Pexp
Pinsp Paux
O2 Sensor
Relief
AB.98.072
H
INSP Paux
EXP
Figure 12-2 • Vent Engine manifold flow diagram
M1142536 03/11 12-14

Engström Pro
Insp Effort
Valve
Safety
Relief Valve
Air Pipeline P
O2 Pipeline P
H
I2C Exp Flow Exp Flow Exp Flow
Sensor Bd Infc Bd Sensor
Motherboard
(backplane) RS-232 O2 Sensor
RS 485
NEO Sensor VMB Exp P
PSM Port Vent Monitor

Board
J7 Exp P Zero
Valve
RS 422 Future
Expansion
Port 2 C
Piezo-Electric
I
RS 422 Future Nebulizer
VCB Neb Board
Expansion
Port 1 Vent Control
Board Air
J10 Flow Valve
RS 232
DU serial Port O2
Flow Valve
Nurse Call
Display Unit
PMB J8
D 2 - 12 V
Exhal Valve
4AHr
Serial Batteries
Power
RS-232 Air Flow/
Serial
A
Management
Board
J1
E 150W Mains
RS-232
Temp
O2 Flow/
A: Display Unit cable

USB
DU Port
F
Power Supply
G RS-232
Temp
Total Flow/
J4
Temp
B: Monitoring module cable Ethernet J2
Back Panel
C: Vent Engine harness J12
Connectors
Insp P
D: Battery to PMB harness J11

PMB
Fan Insp P Zero
E: Power Supply to PMB harness

Monitoring Module
B Monitoring
Module On/Standby Power Entry
Valve
Vent and Aux P

F: On/Standby Switch harness Port Ext Bat
Module
J3 Engine Safety Switch
Connector
Fan
G: AC Inlet to Power Supply harness
AB.98.060
Aux P Purge
Valve
H: Flex cable
I: Nebulizer cable
Figure 12-3 • System cable/harness interconnections
12-15 03/11 M1142536

AB.98.056
Figure 12-4 • Electrical architecture
M1142536 03/11 12-16

Engström Pro
Display Unit CPU Board
PMB CPU 3.3V

Power Management Board L CD 3.3V
+12.5V Motherboard +4.1V Step Dwn
(backplane) CPU 2.5V
(switched bus voltage)
PCMCIA 3.3V
16V
AC 150W F Reg PCMCIA 5V
Power Mains AC-DC 43W
12.5V CPU 5V
Entry F Power F Reg +6.0V Step Dwn
FAN 5V
Module Supply +20V
+12V fan1 USB 5V
to
+3.3V LCD 12V
+31V
(battery +3.3V stdby DIS 8V (not used)
voltage) 3.2 W
External
24V F Charger
Battery
15W
F
Monitoring Module Power Supply Board MGAS
+5V Step Dwn

14.5W
26W +15.1VDD LDO
I-LMT +15V LDO
24V +/-17V Flyback
Battery -15V LDO
NESTPR
+ 1 2 . 5 V (s w i tc he d b us v ol ta ge )
7.8W
PSM
16W
I-LMT
16W
VCB
Ventilator Control Board
4W +3.3V
+1.8V
+9V
+9VA
+5.5VA
2W
+5VA
+6VA
-6V
1W Neb 12V
9W Valve Drive (12V)
VMB
Vent Monitor Board
+5V Vdd
4W
+5VA
+6V
-6V
8W Exp Flw Snsr
AB.98.059
Valves (12V)
+12.5V (10VA Internal Expansion) up to 20W

20W
+12.5V (10VA Ext Expansion Port 1) up to 20W
I-LMT
+12.5V (10VA Ext Expansion Port 2) up to 20W
Figure 12-5 • Power distribution
12-17 03/11 M1142536

MONITOR SERIAL / NURSE CALL NEON Flow Sensor EXPANSION (RS-422) EXPANSION (RS-422)
DISPLAY INTERFACE CONNECTOR MODULE BUS CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR PORT #1 J4 PORT #2 J5 PORT #3 J6
PSM/RS485_16V
RS422_12.5V
MOD_BUS_16V
RS422_12.5V
CO M
NO
NC
EMI Filters EMI Filters EMI Filters EMI Filters EMI Filters EMI Filters
ESD Protection ESD Protection ESD Protection ESD Protection ESD Protection
12.5VBUS
DU/MN COMM RS232
DU/PMB
COMM DU/MOD BUS & PSM COMM RS485
RS232 DU/MOD BUS & PSM RESET
Service RS422
VMB 3rd RS422 Application /
MAINS LED
Therapy Device
MONITOR ON/STANDBY 16V Current Limiter MOD_& PSM PWR_FAIL Communication
EMI Filter ILIM_MOD_EN
16V
12.5VBUS THERAPY 12.5VBUS
12.5V Current Limiter MODULE_PWR_FAIL 1
EMI Filter
PO WER MANAGEMENT BO ARD CONNECTO R
ILIM_TMP_EN_1
THERAPY
12.5VBUS MODULE_PWR_FAIL 2
12.5V Current Limiter PWR_FAIL(3)
EMI Filter
ILIM_TMP_EN_1
ILIM_EN(3)
AUX_AUDIO_PWR AUX_AUDIO_PWR
DU/VCB COMM RS422
Neonatol Analog Flow Signals
VENTILATO R CO NT RO L BOARD CO NNECTOR

THERAPY COMMUNICATIONS (RS422)
DU/VMB COMM RS422
12.5VBUS Nurse Call Enable
VCB/VMB COMM RS422

12.5VBUS
VM_BUZZER_ON
VENTILATOR MONITOR BOARD CONNECT OR

BUZZER_SNSE
VM_EXHAL_OPEN
MNVR_OPEN
SAFE_CLSE
OK_TO_ZERO
RESET
SPI BUS
Craig Tolmie
February24, 2006 EXPD[7:0]
Version 2
BA[2:0]
IRQ6 CNTL
EXP BUS CONTROL
AB.98.057
Figure 12-6 • Motherboard (backplane) block diagram
M1142536 03/11 12-18

Engström Pro
VBUS
VBAT
PS_V_ADJ
Fuse
Isolated
P o w e r S u pp ly
MAINS_PWR +3.3V
ENABLE +16V
C o n n ec t or
Diode DC_DC (VDD) +12V
M B C o n ne c to r
Convert
Int Battery
Voltage BATT1_V
MODE BATT_STROBE Connector
Sense
AC_GOOD FAN_HIGH
ISO
AC_GOOD SET_SYS_ON
Isolated
+12.5V CLR_SYS_ON
DC_DC
ENABLE SYS_ON EXT_BAT_SEL
Convert
FAN_ON Int Battery Voltage BATT2_V
FAN_GOOD Connector Sense
LOW_CHG_RATE
EXT_VBAT BATT_STAT_1 BATT_STROBE
Switch
EXT_BAT_ON_FULL
BATT_STAT_2 EXT_BAT_I_LMT +3.3V +3.3V
INT_BAT_DISABLE (VDD) (VDD)
EXT_BAT_SEL ON/STBY_UP EXT_BATT_CLK
Voltage/
+12.5V Current BATT_I CURRENT_SENSE
Current
12V Sense
Converter
LDO
A_GND
VBAT V_GND_1.5V uC GND Battery

Switch
Charger/ BATT_DISCHARGE
C o n ne c t or
TX Discharge
OPTO Detector
MB
RS-232
BATT_CONNECT BATT1_V RX ISO
VSTBY BATT2_V
BATT_I BATT_I
BATT_STROBE TEMP TEMP EXT_BAT_V
SENSOR
MUX
VDD WATCHD0G
Battery Connect WDOG Fuse
OR VFAN
Timer
EXT_BAT_V
On/Standby
EXT_BAT_I
Switch
RESET Ext Battery EXT_BAT_V
Connector Voltage
Connector Sense
ON/STBY_UP Debug/Programming
Connector
VSTBY +3.3V
VREF (VDD)
ISP Connector
SET_SYS_ON
Current EXT_BAT_I
FF Sense
CLR_SYS_ON SYS_ON
Q
VFAN1
Fan1 SAFETY_SW AUX_AUDIO_PWR
Connector GND
MAINS_PWR
MAINS_PWR Internal
C o n ne c t or
VBUS Battery VBAT
VBAT ISOLATED
MB
VBUS Speed FAN1_GOOD OR TRKLE_CHRG_CTRL Trickle
Fuse Linear Reg PS
Detect Charger
EXT_VBAT
FAN1_ON
Step-Down
+12V VFAN2
SMPS FAN1_HIGH Fan2 +12V
Connector
VBAT
Speed FAN2_GOOD BATT_DISCHARGE
Linear Reg BATT_STAT_1
Detect
C on n ec t or
Step-Down +3.3V MAINS_LED_C VBAT_SENSE OVER_CHARGE
Isolated Logic BATT_STAT_2
SMPS (VDD) FAN2_ON AC_GOOD
MB
Drive /FLOAT_CHARGE
MAINS_LED_A
FAN2_HIGH Circuit
Battery
FAN_FAIL_DET_EN
Charge
+12.5V CURRENT_SENSE
Controller
VBUS DRIVER PS_V_ADJ
C o nn e c to r
Level Shifter
VSTBY AC_GOOD
LDO SYS_ON OPTO PM_P
MB
VBAT CHARGER_ON
ISO AND
AB.98.057
BATT_CONNECT
Figure 12-7 • PMB block diagram
12-19 03/11 M1142536

AB.98.061
Figure 12-8 • VMB block diagram - (sheet 1 of 2)
M1142536 03/11 12-20

Engström Pro
AB.98.061
Figure 12-9 • VMB block diagram - (sheet 2 of 2)
12-21 03/11 M1142536

NEB_PWR_ON MUX[0:2]
NEB_12V NEB_12V NEB12VT

BA[2:0]
12.5VBUS
VBUS 12P5_TEST O2VLV_I
Clock Clock MUX_OUT MUX_OUT
+5VA +5VA 5VA_TEST AIRVLV_I
Oscillator Distribution Power
+6VA Power +6VA 6 VA_ T EST NEB12VT
Supply
-6VA Supplies -6VA NEBFLW_I
Bidirectional Monitors N6VA_TEST
8-Ch 8-Ch
D[31:24] Tranceivers EXPD[7:0] +5.5VA +5.5VA 5P5VA_TEST MUX MUX AMB_TEMP Temp
(LVC/LCX) O2AIRFL_9V O2AIRFL_9V 9V_TESTA MOD_PWR_FAIL Sensor
+5V CF_T/RXD1
O2VLV_I
TOTFL_9V TOTFL_9V 9V_TESTB
EX PAN SION PO RT 3
Bidirectional 12-Bit O2 Valve

D[31:16] RESET ADC
Tranceivers FD[31:16] 16-Bit Driver
Flash
(LVC/LCX) DAC
CF_T/RXD1 (4M X 16) FL_WP FS_PWR_EN
D[31:0] EXHVLV_I
EXHVLV_V
RS232 O2VLV_EN
AUX_PRESS
Tranceiver SRAM INP_PRESS
(512K X 16)
4.096V 4096V_ADC 2 04 8V REF 4.096V
SPI BU S
CF_T/RXD0
AIRVLV_I
B DM C O NN ECT O R
REF REF
Development
MCF5407 Coldfire SRAM Air Valve
SPI BUS
BDM BUS Microcontroller (512K X 16) 16-Bit Driver
DAC
EXP BUS_CONTROL
OK_TO_ZERO EEP_WP
I2C BUS EEprom
AIRVLV_EN
EXP_MBUS_RESET EXPD[7:0]
EPLD CONTROL LINES
ILIM_EN(3) EXHVLV_I
I2C BUS EXHVLV_V
MNVR_OPEN
SAFE_CLSE Clock BA[2:0] 16-Bit Exh. Valve

Oscillator DITHER DAC Driver
IRQ6 CNTL(2)
24mA VCB/VMB COMM RS422
IRQ2 CNTL(2) A[23:0] Drivers BA[23:0]
RS422 DU/VCB COMM RS422 16-Bit
(LVC/LCX)
Tranceivers EXP1 COMM DAC
UARTs
Co nfig ur atio n
T erm ina tio n
6 Channels
Po we r-up
24mA TOTAL FLOW COMM EXHVLV_EN
VEN T E NG INE C O NN EC TO R
64-Byte FIFOs
Drivers D[7:0] RS232 O2 FLOW COMM
(LVC/LCX) Bidirectional Tranceivers AIR FLOW COMM VALVE_EN
D[31:24] Tranceivers
AUX_AUDIO_PWR (LVC/LCX)
ZEROINSP_EN
EPLD DITHER
PURGEAUXP_EN
RESET VC_BUZZER_ON Zero Valve
EXP_BUS CONTROL ZEROINSP_ON
Drivers
VM_BUZZER_ON Audio Current Watchdog Latch PURGEAUXP_ON
Alarm Sense Logic Control LATCH CONTROL
Interrupt IRQ2 CNTL(2)

IRQs/ACK
External Vectors
AUX_PRESS
IA
R ES ET W D _S T RB
Watchdog
JT AG C O NN EC T OR
& Reset
MO T HE R BO AR D C O NN ECT O R
UART SPI BUS
SPI
INTERFACE
VALVE_EN IRQ6 CNTL(2)

Glue Logic
B PD[7 :0]
RESET
INP_PRESS
IA
BUZZER_SNSE
Voltage
Monitors CURRENT LMT PWR FAIL SIGNALS
BUZZER_SNSE
AB.98.067
OVER_PRESS
Comp
+1.8V Power PURGEAUXP_ON CF_T/RXD0 EXP _MBUS COMM
OVER_PRESS
Supply RS485
Input Latch ZEROINSP_ON VREF
EXP_MBUS_RESET Tranceiver EXP MBUS RESET
16-bits SPARE1
(LVC/LCX) VM_BUZZER_ON NEB_12V
+3.3V Power VM_EXHAL_OPEN
NEB_TICK_LS
Supply
NEB_TICK_LS NEBULIZING_LS
NEBULIZING_LS VM_BUZZER_ON NEB_STOP
MUX[0:2] TOTAL FLOW COMM

FL_WP OK_TO_ZERO O2 FLOW COMM
EEP_WP AIR FLOW COMM
ILIM_EN(3)
ZEROINSP_EN
OVER_PRESS
PURGEAUXP_EN MNVR_OPEN
VC_BUZZER_ON
Output Latch SAFE_CLSE
EXHVLV_CNTL
16-bits
(HC) AIRVLV_CNTL
LATCH CONTROL O2VLV_CNTL AUX_AUDIO_PWR
Status LEDs
EXPBIT0
EXPBIT_CNTL YEL YEL YEL YEL RED YEL YEL YEL
NEB_PWR_ON
12.5VBUS
NEBVLV_CNTL
SW 35P5 RXDU TXDU RESET EXPZ AUXZ OVP
12.5VBUS
Figure 12-10 • VCB block diagram
M1142536 03/11 12-22

Engström Pro
12-23 03/11 M1142536

Appendix A
In this section This section provides

A.1.1 Medical-Grade Air Recommended Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2
A.1.2 Medical-Grade Air Auxiliary Filter Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2
A.1.3 Medical-Grade Oxygen Recommended Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3
M1142536 03/11 Appendix-1

Engström Pro
Appendix A.1
A.1.1 Medical-Grade Air The following information has been obtained from the Compressed Gas
Recommended Association, "Compressed Gas For Human Respiration" Pamphlet G-7
unless otherwise noted.
Specifications
limiting Characteristic Gaseous
% O2 (v/v) Balance predominantly N2 Atm/19.5% to 23.5%
(Note 1)
Hydrocarbons (condensed) in Mg/M3 5 ppm
of gat at NTTP
Carbon Monoxide 10 ppm
Odor None
Carbon Dioxide 500 ppm
Halogenated Hydrocarbons 2 ppm
(Note 2)
Dewpoint (Note 2) 39° F (4° C) at 50 psig
Particulate (Note 3) 2 micron
Note 1: The term "atm" (atmospheric) denotes the oxygen content normally
present in atmospheric air; the numerical values denote the oxygen limits for
synthesized air.
Note 2: From NFPA 99 Health Care Facilities 2002 Edition
Note 3: From GE recommendation on filtering pipeline Air
A.1.2 Medical-Grade The Engström ventilator was designed to be operated using Medical-Grade
Air Auxiliary Air. The generally accepted standards for medical air are ISO 8573-1:2002
(E) specifications quality class 1.2.1, Breathing Air. The key elements that
Filter Recommendations relate to equipment reliability are liquid hydrocarbons, moisture, and
particulates. In general the standards for medical air from an air compressor
system calls for no particulates larger then 1.0 micron, a maximum pressure
dew point of 39°F (4°C) at 50 psig, and a maximum oil content of 0.01 ppm.
The Engström ventilator has inter inlet filters, and optional inlet filters are
available if the integrity of the customer’s ventilator pipeline is questionable.
The intent of the internal filter is to block any large particles that may be
introduced when the ventilator is not connected to a wall source or during the
connection process, it does not filter particulates finer than 5 micron, oil, or
moisture. The optional inlet filter is provided to give a visual indication of
contaminate problems. It has a clear bowl so that the filter material is visible
to the user. If there is any indication of contamination from particulates or
moisture, the ventilator should be removed from the source and the source
must be cleaned. This inlet filter will not protect the ventilator from damage if
a continuous source of particulate or moisture is present in the supply lines.
Appendix-2 03/11 M1142536

Appendix A
Damage to the ventilator due to medical gas contamination is not a

waranteed condition. The ventilator should only be operated using medical-
grade gas.
GE Healthcare LSS Research and Development Engineering conducted tests
to determine if a filter, or a combination of filters would effectively remove
contamination from an unfiltered source.
Listed below is the filter combination that provides the best results when used
under ventilation conditions. None of the filters tested, including the filters
listed were 100% effective. GE Healthcare does not warranty these filters or
make any specific claims of their efficacy or reliability. Use of these filters
does not change the ventilator product warranty. GE Healthcare is not
responsible for the maintenance or support of these filters.
The Coalescing filter can capture particles down to 0.01 micron, so the
Particulate filter must be installed up stream of the Coalescing filter,
otherwise premature failure can occur. The filters must be properly
maintained as recommended by the filter manufacturer. Only genuine
replacement parts from the filter manufacturer must be used. GE Healthcare
will not supply these filters or mounting hardware. All components must be
sourced and assembled locally. The filters must be mounted to the cart or wall
and a hose connection between these filters and the ventilator inlet is
required to minimize stress on the inlet manifold. Adding filters to the pipeline
source can cause a pressure drop to the ventilator. This pressure drop will
increase as the filters degrade, replace filters frequently.
• Wilkerson Particulate filter F28 Type A with automatic drain
• Wilkerson Coalescing filter M18 Type B with automatic drain
Other manufacturers filters may be substituted if they meet or exceed all of
the performance specifications of these filters.
To locate a local distributor or get performance specifications:
http://www.wilkersoncorp.com
A.1.3 Medical-Grade The following information has been obtained from the Compressed Gas
Oxygen Recommended Association, "Compressed Gas For Human Respiration" Pamphlet G-7
unless otherwise noted.
Specifications
limiting Characteristic Gaseous Liquefied
Oxygen Min. % (v/v) 99.5% 99.5%
Inerts Balance Balance
Odor None None
Water 6.6 6.6
Dewpoint °F -82°F -82°F
Methane 50 ppm 25 ppm
Ethane and Other Hydrocarbons 6 ppm 3 ppm
(such as Ethane)
Ethylene 0.4 0.2
Acetylene 0.1 0.05
M1142536 03/11 Appendix-3

Engström Pro
limiting Characteristic Gaseous Liquefied

Carbon Dioxide 10 ppm 5 ppm
Nitrous Oxide 4 ppm 2 ppm
Halogenated Refrigerants 2 1
Solvents 0.2 0.1
Other by Infrared 0.2 0.1
Permanent Particulates 1.0 mg/l 1 mm
Fibers (40 g diameter) 6mm
Appendix-4 03/11 M1142536

Appendix B
In this section This section provides

B.1.1 Engström Pro URM and keypad set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2
M1142536 03/11 Appendix-1

Engström Pro
Appendix B.1
A.1.1 Engström Pro URM The HPDU Upgrade kit requires a URM and a Keypad set (oordered
and keypad set separately). Keypad Set includes a language specific keypad overlay set .
6.X Keypad 7.X Keypad

Language URM 4.X URM5.X URM 6.X URM 7.X
Set Set
Bulgarian NA M1149384 M1175288 M1205972 NA* NA*
Chinese NA M1149385 M1175289 M1205973 M1056555 M1210100
Croatian NA M1149386 M1175290 M1205974 NA* NA*
Czech NA M1149387 M1175291 M1205975 M1056543 M1210099
Danish NA M1149388 M1175293 M1205976 M1056553 M1210101
Dutch NA M1149389 M1175294 M1205977 M1056536 M1210102
English M1142527 M1149390 M1175295 M1205978 M1056532 M1210103
English, US only M1142528 M1149391 M1175296 M1205979 M1056532 M1210103
Estonian NA M1149392 M1175298 M1205980 NA* NA*
Finnish NA M1149393 M1175299 M1205981 M1056541 M1210104
French NA M1149394 M1175300 M1205982 M1056534 M1210105
German NA M1149396 M1175301 M1205983 M1056535 M1210106
Greek NA M1149397 M1175302 M1205984 M1056547 M1210107
Hungarian NA M1149398 NA M1205985 M1056548 M1210108
Italian NA M1149399 M1175304 M1205986 M1056537 M1210109
Japanese NA M1149400 M1175305 M1205987 M1056549 M1210110
Korean NA M1149401 M1175306 M1205988 NA* NA*
Latvian NA NA NA M1205989 NA* NA*
Lithuanian NA M1149402 M1175307 M1205990 NA* NA*
Norwegian NA M1149403 M1175308 M1205991 M1056545 M1210111
Polish NA M1149404 M1175310 M1205992 M1056544 M1210112
Portuguese NA M1149405 M1175311 M1205993 M1056540 M1210113
Romanian NA M1149406 M1175312 M1205994 NA* NA*
Russian NA M1149408 M1175314 M1205995 M1056551 M1210114
Serbian NA M1149409 M1175315 M1205996 NA* NA*
Slovakian NA NA NA M1205997 NA* NA*
Spanish NA M1149410 M1175316 M1205998 M1056539 M1210115
Swedish NA M1149412 M1175317 M1205999 M1055650 M1210116
Turkish NA M1149413 M1175319 M1206000 M1056546 M1210117
NA* - Keypads not available in language, please order appropriate English

keypad set.
Appendix-2 03/11 M1142536

Engström Pro
Technical Reference Manual, English
M1142536
03 11 006 13 13 04
Printed in USA

Engström Pro: Technical Reference Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Engström Pro: Technical Reference Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Engström Pro TM

Technical Reference Manual

AAA X 11111 AAA XX 111111AA

M1142536 03/11 iii

Installation and Service Menus 4

Service Tests and Calibration 5

5.2.8 Calibrate airway pressure transducer Zero and Span . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16

Installation and Maintenance 6

7.6 Alarm message troubleshooting chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22

Service Diagnostics and Software Download 8

M1142536 03/11 vii

viii 03/11 M1142536

10.19 Key/BID label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38

EView Electronic Data Logger 11

Schematics and Diagrams 12

M1142536 03/11 1-1

1.1 What this manual includes

1.2 User’s Reference manuals

1.3 Conventions used

1-2 03/11 M1142536

1.4 What is an Engström Pro?

Figure 1-1 • Engström Pro

M1142536 03/11 1-3

1-4 03/11 M1142536

1.5 Ventilator overview

Figure 1-2 • Front view

M1142536 03/11 1-5

1. Display fan filter 13. Ventilator unit fan filter

Figure 1-3 • Back view

1-6 03/11 M1142536

1.6 Display controls and indicators

Figure 1-4 • Controls and indicators

M1142536 03/11 1-7

1.7 Ventilator display

Figure 1-5 • Normal Screen view

1-8 03/11 M1142536

M1142536 03/11 1-9

1. Push the menu key to display the corresponding menu.

1-10 03/11 M1142536

1.8 Symbols used in the manual or on the equipment

p On for part of the equipment

wW Attention, refer to product instructions

REF Stock number SN Serial number

Y Equipotential connector Fuse

+ Plus, positive polarity

N Movement in one direction

This way up Warning, dangerous voltage

M1142536 03/11 1-11

Pneumatic inlet Pneumatic outlet

Electrical input Electrical output

Inspiratory port Expiratory port

Electrical testing certification Inspiratory breath identifier

Serial port Module data indicator

Module bay port Electronic micropump nebulizer

Auxiliary pressure port Display signal input/output

No battery/battery failure Battery in use. Bar indicates

Silence alarms Submenu

Hourmeter Drain outlet

1-12 03/11 M1142536

Heavy object USB port

Authorized representative in the Systems with this mark agree with

Pediatric patient type Adult patient type

Manufacturer GOST R Russian certification